Home

4060-xxx Service Manual (P/N 12G9221)

Contents

1. Connector CN pin Signal no CN1 Fuser lamp AC 1 AC fuser lamp 2 Not used GO 6 3 AC fuser lamp Qe 1 i 209 CN1 CN2 CN2 DC output 1 5 V dc 2 5 V dc 3 Ground 4 Ground 5 Ground 6 Ground 7 24 V dc 8 24 V dc 9 Heat on 10 5 V dc 11 5 V dc 12 Ground 13 Ground 14 Ground 15 Ground 16 24 V dc 17 ZC Out 18 42 V dc 5 6 Service Manual Output expander control board Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Connector Pin no Signal J1A Autoconnect 24 V dc Ground 5 V dc J1B j N Prtxdin Ground prtrxd Ground Oj N N C J2A Autoconnect 24 V dc Ground Co ND 5 V dc J2B prtxdout Ground prtrxd O Ground J3 Pass thru sensor Ground Paper Present RVsnsr J4 DC motor W N mtrout1 mtrout2 Ground Ground tach 5 V dc J5 Bin full near full dual sensor OD a AJ Ww N Ground Ground binful binful on AJ Oj N RVsnsr J6 Jumper connector Not used
2. n nar Units Description NS 53P8481 1 Parts packet screw NS 53P8361 1 Parts packet contact kit NS 53P8249 1 Parts packet retainers NS 53P8250 1 Parts packet springs paper feed NS 53P8251 1 Parts packet duplex option fan mounting NS 53P8268 1 Parts packet duplex option cam follower assembly NS 53P8252 1 Parts packet envelope option gears NS 53P8314 1 Parts packet retainers envelope option NS 53P8319 1 Parts packet screw duplex NS 53P8359 1 Parts packet bearings 500 sheet stacker NS 53P8360 1 Parts packet cable ties 10 each NS 53P8380 1 Parts packet screw high capacity feeder NS 53P8381 1 Parts packet nuts high capacity feeder NS 53P8382 1 Parts packet washers high capacity feeder NS 53P8219 1 Parts kit multipurpose tray NS 53P8348 1 Parts kit charge roll link asm left side NS 53P8349 1 Parts kit charge roll link asm right side NS 53P8777 2 Printer stand caster non locking NS 53P8778 2 Printer stand caster locking NS 53P8779 1 Printer stand grommet wire NS 53P8780 2 Printer stand lock cam NS 53P8781 1 Printer stand storage shelf NS 53P8782 1 Printer stand door assembly cabinet NS 53P8783 1 Printer stand filler rear top piece NS 53P8784 1 Printer stand table assembly large NS 53P8785 1 Printer stand table assembly small NS 53P8472 1 Parts packet pulley NS
3. 400 410 dete ieee Units Description 6 1 56P1386 1 Cable laser 2 53P8617 3 Parts packet screw printhead mounting 3 56P1854 1 Printhead assembly includes all cables 1372 4 56P1387 1 Cable HSYNC 7 12 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 7 Paper feed autocompensator opi ini Units Description 7 1 56P1325 1 Pick arm assembly 500 sheet Infoprint 1852 1372 1 56P1326 1 Pick arm assembly 250 sheet Infoprint 1332 2 56P1337 1 Parts packet bellcrank and spring for 250 tray Infoprint 1332 2 56P1331 1 Parts packet bellcrank and spring for 500 tray Infoprint 1352 1372 3 75P5958 1 Pick roll assembly 2 per pack 4 56P1324 1 Flag paper out 250 sheet tray Infoprint 1332 4 56P1323 1 Flag paper out 500 sheet tray Infoprint 1352 1372 5 53P8617 1 Parts packet screw hanger 6 56P1406 1 Card asm paper wt paper low out sensor 7 56P1382 1 Int card autocomp card cable paper low out sensors Parts catalog 7 13 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 8 Paper feed multipurpose feeder 7 14 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 8 Paper feed multipurpose feeder Asm Part i err index viumbar Units Description 8 1 53 8215 1 Screw socket set M4X5 mm 2 53P9106 1 Arm assembly MPF 3 53P87
4. 7 62 Assembly 31 Kiosk horizontal paper adapter 7 64 Assembly 32 StapleSmart finisher iii idis zik Ra ER RE ER 7 66 Assembly 33 StapleSmart finisher2 00 0000 ee eee 7 68 Assembly 34 StapleSmart finisher 3 7 70 Assembly 35 StapleSmart finisher 4 7 72 Assembler XODIOUS RSEN OPES p SPUR LI FS Eq d 7 74 Assembly o7 MISCSlIBIBONS cud 124059 Dada SL SN RR ER 7 76 cer Tr eC Te er eT ee ee ee TT ee ee ee Te Te ee ee 1 EE ETE PET ENN EA RP ae l 7 Table of contents viii Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 iX Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Laser notices Laser notice Laser The printer is certified in the U S to conform to the requirements of DHHS 21 CFR Subchapter J for Class 1 laser products and elsewhere is certified as a Class laser product conforming to the requirements of IEC 60825 1 Class laser products are not considered to be hazardous The printer contains internally a Class IIIb 3b laser that is nominally a 5 milliwatt gallium arsenide laser operating in the wavelength region of 770 795 nanometers The laser system and printer are designed so there is never any human access to laser radiation above a Class level during normal operation user maintenance
5. 7 41 Parts packet screw tray option card mounting 7 59 Parts packet screw upper front cover mounting 7 3 Parts packet screw wear plate mounting 7 41 7 45 Parts packet screws ver maset nest Angie dodo St PREDA s 7 29 Parts packet screws meus pesa stai eaaa r ei ea lp aaa e aiaa ee 7 25 7 31 7 69 7 71 Screw pans packet ue orenen a ae aa A a VC Su E SEES DER AAY 7 25 Screw USB attaining acs bes drea dot e o a Do i eed d iot wea M ER E ed TD 7 31 Frame assembly left side liliis 7 65 Frame assembly right side llslelsseeeseeeeee hne 7 65 Arm assembly piVOL estre MARRE EEG UA Md Rue RUE 7 63 7 65 Gear esset Wa sed eate a dan Mente d uds 7 63 7 65 GE ANG OR 4 ceti Gis a h uid AUi ped du 7 63 7 65 MPE solerioid w cable pes Sa mer ar REOR EARS YU 7 37 Tray assembly drive roller RR Rh n 7 63 Guard geal a cus sede ER eodem ER IL WR ane ened IS ale URS 7 7 Tray assembly drive roller mis nrk nen 7 65 Mounting frame assembly
6. Connector Pin no Signal Staple card assembly continued J7 Right side 1 Ground sensor board 2 Bottom 3 Top 4 Ground J8 Solenoid 1 Sol2 2 24 V dc J9 Bin empty 1 Ground sensor 2 bnempty 3 5Vsnsr2 J10 Left side 1 Ground sensor board 2 full 3 NRFull 4 Ground J12 Pass thru 1 Ground sensor 2 psthruint 3 5Vptt J13 Cover open 1 5V dc switch 2 Ground 3 cvropin J14A 1 24V dc 2 Ground 3 5V in 1 J3 J14B 1 prtxdout 0000000000 2 Ground 3 prtrxd 4 Ground 5 Ground J15 Stapler 1 Dooropin door open 2 Ground 3 5Vswitch Connector locations 5 9 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 System board non network oo 20000000000 O 000000000 o quvo NOLO o Q0000000000 ERE J26 182 e NOLLdO 0000000000 1 J15 J19 5 10 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 System board network 1 1 c Co A
7. 7 53 Idler pulley belt tension sanaaa a IERE eee 7 57 Pull y idlers oom xat e nam dma em p Pest nete ds intus 7 55 BEL driV652 ee tec aa mist VE dre equa een 7 55 Powersupply board vest sg dak vou aeons ska PER eaten EE sedan wine 7 55 Arm assembly pick 2000 454 ic sva Eker ee hektar 7 61 Parts packet screw card asm 7 53 Parts packet screw deflector mt 8 18 x 7 81 7 53 Parts packet screw door to door frame mounting 7 59 Parts packet screw feed frame 7 53 Parts packet screw printer support 2 frame mounting 7 53 Parts packet screw wear plate mounting 7 59 Parts packet screw high capacity feeder 7 76 Parts packet SCreWS hurts su eM RENE MK 7 55 Parts packet nut 6 32 hinge mounting 7 53 Parts packet nut door switch spring mounting 7 53 Parts packet nut support frame 1 hex support frame 2 hex 7 59 Parts packet tenete ek dha oe
8. 4 20 Eee 5243 pr E ERES dob d au SSS SESSA EN 4 20 EI Tam assembly as dedu dde 4 20 LOM SIGS Thames rd eo Vb ES qoe asd dile qs 4 20 ee bee nu tte annie cu ded oU ROLE Qr ddl dauid d qon arde da ipea 4 22 Table of contents vi Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 ETE EEE suras a naked tiie et daa d d waaay awe a 4 23 PUSS Covel TOImoVdl oaa qe x be bp TNT de qe degunt 4 25 Fuser exit sensor or fuser narrow media sensor removal 4 28 SEE EE ROE d caudal end dd afa dd qoe 4 28 Fuser transter plate removal 45522 mmm ees m mec m paras ee e RA UR 4 30 High voltage power supply removal 0 0 0 eee eee 4 31 Inner paper deflector assembly removal 4 33 Inner shield romal aa es sa SATSA ERR VOR DOS TATE DANS 4 34 eee PENERE s EEE 4 34 Integrated tray autocompensator assembly removal 4 35 Integrated tray autocompensator pick roll assembly removal 4 38 Interconnect board assembly 4 40 Internal tray card ITC Paper size sensing board removal 4 41 Low voltage power supply removal erante sS ske ke idque 4 42 Main drive assembly removal
9. 5500 Ia 7 70 Service Manual Assembly 34 StapleSmart finisher 3 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 E i UNE Units Description 34 1 53P8617 1 Parts packet screws 2 56P1747 1 System card assembly stapler option 3 53P8704 1 Switch assembly top cover open 4 53P8710 1 Flange pulley 5 53P8222 1 Spring upper diverter 6 53P8711 4 Bearing redrive 7 53P8690 1 Shaft assembly upper exit 8 53P8689 1 Deflector upper 9 53P8298 1 Pulley drive 10 1 Bearings 500 sheet stacker PP 53P8359 11 53P8300 1 Shaft assembly lower 12 53P8411 4 Shaft assembly 40T middle stacker 13 53P8688 1 Shaft assembly upper drive 14 53P8691 4 Shaft assembly lower exit 15 53P8709 1 Belt FHT 86T 16 53P8714 1 Cover optical sensor 17 53P8702 1 Guide inner bias 18 53P8700 1 Frame assembly left 19 53P8706 1 Bar upper output tray 20 53P8696 1 Spring output tray 21 53P8719 1 Bumper output tray 22 53P8720 1 Card assembly left stapler bin level 23 53P8536 1 Gear drive 24 53P8687 1 Motor assembly drive 25 53P8721 1 Clutch assembly stapler option 26 53P8718 1 Pulley belt idler 27 53P8722 1 Bushing tensioner CBM Parts catalog 7 71 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 35 StapleSmart finisher 4 7 72 Service Manual Assembly 35 StapleSmart
10. 2 86 Toer sensor service aso odd wird opc ME RP doe deer ees eek Xe pe ad Y 2 93 Hege Eee uus 4 373034 329 4 03 A ab Lew 2 94 Table of contents iv Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 MR NET 3 1 DIBUDDSUCS HOUSE so adi dara Sandt dt bd edand TT f ddl Oddkdvd 3 1 Entering Diagnostic a auae rep ee RERO BERE RA pP eG d 3 1 d tes acad E abo PE d dap duco qud abus pane 3 1 Exiting Diagnostics Mode issus eed dees du kc Renee E CER RR e pet dare 3 1 DSViCG TOSS oc ae EXER Cree te eh pp ed EO XN YR Y FEE 3 2 IBS oda d seede Sok A ded oan 3 2 BE GE SEG pedea ed Pa ERN oe Ree EIE etd dq do edd 3 2 EEE dara adiac tu uod aca qid ach Bole and p add 3 3 Disabling Download Emulations 0 c eee nh 3 3 Duplex 1653 hcl sede EP dp pER RUE Ya a TE EE E BERI gode d Eos 3 4 Duplex est iat dada Edu dd gag dide dad Obs d eu edd 3 4 Duplex Sensor BB 9 dad nye aie ORS a Xr a bdo dd qubd odo Pod d 3 4 DOMES MIDIOF NGS do dde d d dob Ead d dd iuda dva dien palacio eau d 3 5 Duplex Feed 1 Test usse shaken aad te Ea pear 3 5 pus dg GE PTT rr rr 3 6 EB Wei tet Posed EE bono eu d GER Red af de
11. Dimensions Description Width Depth Height Weight Printer IBM Infoprint 1332 base printer 16 6 in 19 6 in 13 6 in 38 Ib 421 mm 498 mm 345 mm 17 kg IBM Infoprint 1352 base printer 17 2 in 20 2 in 16 in 41 5 Ib 436 mm 513 mm 406 mm 19 kg IBM Infoprint 1372 base printer 17 2 in 20 2 in 16 in 41 5 Ib 436 mm 513 mm 406 mm 19 kg Options 2 000 Sheet drawer 15 6 in 19 5 in 11 8 in 28 Ib 398 mm 495 mm 300 mm 12 7 kg Output Expander 15 6 in 14 9 in 6 8 in 7 Ib 398 mm 374 mm 173 2 mm 3 2 kg 500 Sheet drawer 15 6 in 20 5 in 5 3 in 7 Ib 398 mm 520 mm 134 mm 3 2 kg 250 Sheet drawer 15 6 in 19 5 in 3 5 in 6 Ib 398 mm 495 mm 90 mm 2 7 kg 5 Bin Mailbox 15 7 in 12 2 in 13 1 in 8 2 Ib 399 mm 310 mm 332 mm 3 7 kg High capacity output stacker 15 7 in 18 in 11 4 in 10 Ib 399 mm 457 mm 290 mm 4 5 kg StapleSmart finisher 17 6 in 19 5 in 9 0 in 13 Ib 447 7 mm 495 3 mm 228 6 mm 5 9 kg Envelope option closed position E 7 72 in 4 Ib 196 mm 1 8 kg Envelope option support fully 12 28 in 4 Ib extended 312 mm 1 8 kg Printer cabinet 30 4 in 23 2 in 31 8 in 76 Ib 772 mm 594 mm 808 mm 34 5 kg Printer cabinet stand 34 8 in 23 2 in 31 8 in 83 Ib 883 mm 594 mm 808 mm 37 6 kg Envelope option fits within height and width of printer General information 1 5 Infoprint 1332 1352 13
12. 7 9 Parts packet Screw xs ata ER EIER Nein QM e Ne Macte wae atto 7 76 Base 500 sheettray ex E eee X ERN equ Cae ees Gee Fe 7 45 Label tray option 7 19 7 21 7 61 l 10 Service Manual 53P8484 53P8485 53P8488 53P8489 53P8491 53P8492 53P8493 53P8493 53P8494 53P8518 53P8520 53P8521 53P8522 53P8523 53P8526 53P8536 53P8568 53P8588 53P8596 53P8597 53P8598 53P8599 53P8600 53P8602 53P8603 53P8607 53P8608 53P8610 53P8612 53P8614 53P8615 53P8617 53P8617 53P8617 53P8617 53P8617 53P8617 53P8617 53P8617 53P8617 53P8617 53P8617 53P8617 53P8617 53P8617 53P8617 53P8617 53P8617 53P8617 53P8617 53P8617 53P8617 53P8617 53P8617 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Base 250 sheetoptlon iconic ned et D desea ve bakes RPM E ERE 7 41 Arm paper out 500 i c beue vet eels ete Gage buE IMBRE Ei dE 7 47 Cover fuser wiper cavity sossa ai 0 000 saa k aliea eai hh 7 25 Guides P PEKE urne es GN nd 7 63 Bellerank roller releases 3 Alera ance be arts ia Pane de re er dixi eaa 7 A7 Deflector base 500 is ieuas e at aaa ee eae 7 47 Label optioriS 2 sat pe cR OE Rer ende SKE Reid debs Baha a seeded 7 45 7 51 7 61 Label tray Options Misc Gy akties Rodi buie aT 7 41 7 67 Bracket 500 sheet tray retention
13. ENES NATOk 82508677 5 ALOV VYV WMECHSCEMMPMANTIES co 7Zyr sZ i7ZHb 3b 2 CO LF T95T 22 72 o088 8Ph C BH 5387y TAMIL ME MHT 51 4 4 VWATACTULS ii BORE 2 POAVFPV AL HR amp 417 BYTE AMI FALTOVANVELLOL V ik His NSZCLOMWEABHANTHET ED OL ae EA ES DHHS 21 CFR Subchapter I Xj 47 28 I 1 TMH d Hb X N SEGA ES IEC 825 1 m KUDFEER HE TIED OLA 8 A 27 Hb 3b EREHE TS JE 5 ETER NN fil EG HK wE 770 795 nm z GE MAT ENLAI VE GER EGET DA AES TOT I DIT ERE Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Laser notices Xiv Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Korean Laser Notice XV 188 sola ASSO CHE DHHS 21 CFR Subchapter 39 742 Ves Ol SoA amp 122 IEC 825 TAS Fre 158 lol BORA 9138 BOS LIC 188 AOA HESS CMS AOS BS 5 28 2 770 795 THOA SScteE Class Il 3b Bolas cyto 27 alo xi Aj eiut AA AS Sol Fa HS amp EE PAE Au 7 2 Class 29 alo x Ao Ar Sos Aes SAO Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Safety information The safety of this product is based on testing and approvals of the original design and specific components The manufacturer is not responsible for
14. 7 56 Service Manual Assembly 27 High capacity feeder 3 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 es Units Description 27 1 53P8389 4 Parts packet mounting feet 3 53P8596 3 Parts packet screw w washer motor mt 4 53P8598 1 Motor assembly DC 5 53P8809 1 Plate drive pulley 6 8597 3 Parts packet nut and washer drive pulley plate 7 53P8807 1 Belt DC motor drive 8 53P8375 1 Idler pulley belt tension 9 53P8811 1 Pulley drive 10 53P8810 1 AC receptacle lower AC 11 53P8812 1 Retainer C clip 12 53P8813 1 AC receptacle upper AC 13 53P8814 1 Cover top LVPS 14 53 8599 3 Nut w lock washer top LVPS cover mounting 15 53P8600 1 Grommet top LVPS cover 27 1 53P8389 4 Parts packet mounting feet Parts catalog 7 57 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 28 High capacity feeder 4 Oo 7 58 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 28 High capacity feeder 4 ru i PE Units Description 28 1 53 8262 1 Cable 250 sheet autoconnect 2 53P8260 1 Bearing drive shaft 3 53P8254 1 Gear bevel 4 53P8617 2 Parts packet screw frame mounting 5 53P8257 1 500 Drive roll assembly 6 53P8331 1 Roll skewed backup 7 53 8249 1 Parts packet retainer roller 8 53P8380 2 Parts packet screw wear
15. ort aS du a Ge UAR LR eee seh d edo CRT ean 7 74 Gable Elo LETT 7 74 Cable serial rs tie Sane Tee or CR S sn tos ger Y A a 7 74 Stapler cartridge holder 321 C 1 1 2 cette tees 7 69 Bracket l6vel Sensor 3 iur Es Eid haute rea Garde x x 7 7 Door assembly redrive 250 sheet 0 000 eee 7 9 Part number index 1 13 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 53P8883 53P8884 53P8885 53P8886 53P8887 53P8888 53P8893 53P8914 53P8919 53P8920 53P8922 53P8925 53P8928 53P8931 53P9084 53P9085 53P9106 53P9113 53P9135 53P9135 53P9136 56P0069 56P0125 56P0159 56P0161 56P0161 56P0162 56P0162 56P0556 56P0557 56P0695 56P0696 56P0697 56P0698 56P0699 56P1100 56P1101 56P1279 56P1300 56P1301 56P1302 56P1303 56P1305 56P1306 56P1307 56P1308 56P1309 56P1310 56P1311 56P1314 56P1315 56P1316 56P1317 56P1318 Duct left stacker 500 sheet Infoprint 1352 Infoprint 1372 7 9 ulde exterisiOri aua tr Star wie tata a erar e nod ade bee ur vett sil LET dried a dus 7 9 Support left lower stacker 0 00 hh rh 7 7 Spring cartridge hold down 0 0 cece 7 7 Transter plate assembly arks ee Ree Oa at 7 7 Support right stacker plate Infoprint 1332 7 7 MPF frame assembly sse et RP eere UA Paoli SPE Pagan aes PRA ER 7 15 Sensor MBE paper out xis cete ih deter Non Cet an vit
16. 7 67 Tray output assembly eta esd yaa Pog ey EX pesi d ipea EE PEDE E 7 67 Sensor stapler bin 7 67 Spring output tray a a dese Peta teeth nete 7 69 7 71 Cables hesters belt fak ene far Dekning 7 73 Sensor stapler vae Sr RD Ro que ebd PEE a Der ds 7 73 Stapler assembly s t xr aC I e ie h st ETE MER eae 7 69 Frame assembly left auia aka Xu RE Nee EX ERE drar 7 71 Frame assembly 64 sa cig beu E S eR IRURE wee A AEG 7 69 Guide itiner bias 7 fra read e Root alle eios DARE ayaa 7 71 Cable assembly right stapler bin 7 73 Switch assembly top cover open 7 71 Gable grourid ET arte dotted etae nt anaes Deine e eut ode ut dar 7 73 Bar upper output tray rece PaG Paes GE Waals da EURO 7 69 7 71 Ground cable stapler tray bar 7 73 Belt 861 acces ettet inte ea UE walt ae Bg ea Up e ket bee ona ccm Ee gas 7 71 Flange s beret h r Eee biu Ue ibi E La ee RES d 7 71 1 12 Service Manual 53P8711 53P8712 53P8713 53P
17. CARD D FRU No XXXXXX Connector locations 5 11 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 System board non network and network see System board non network on page 5 10 or System board network on page 5 11 Connector Pin no Signal J1 not used N A J2 Printhead laser cable Video Level 2 Video3 Ground 5PHead LPOW LADJ LPOW FB LENA J3 Cover closed switch oO A OJN Cov Closed Ground 5V dc J4 Printhead HSYNC j nm 5V dc HSYNC ID HSYNC IN AJ N Ground J5 Printhead mirror motor Ground Ground MM REF R MM LOCK MM Stgart Ground NI OO AJ Oj N 24V dc J6 Printhead fan Infoprint 1372 24V dc PH FAN J7 Main fan FANSTALL Ground MAINFAN J8 SDRAM memory J9 Cartridge fan CARTFAN Ground J10 SDRAM memory J11 Output level output bin sensor HOP FULL Ground HOP LED Oj Ground J12 not used 5 12 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 System board non network and network see System board non network on page 5 10 or System board
18. aden BS 7 24 Assembly 14 Transter charglrng bI RR d des 7 26 Assembly 15 Electronics power 7 28 Assembly 16 Electronics card 7 30 Assembly 17 Electronics Shields ss45 cade are d ded bead dedo pad 7 32 Assembly 18 Cabling diagrams T RAS REP REG Yu 7 34 Assembly Cabling 2 a eo dab anes 7 36 Assembly 207 Cabling diagrams IA cA SEES du eds 7 38 Assembly 21 250 sh et paper lay iaa dade wads pa aia Dad dotar 7 40 Assembly 22 500 sheet 1 7 44 Assemb 23 Duplex opon 3243 b tic de ower Nebbenes Sce 7 48 Assembly 24 Envelope beder DER LER pae EAS 7 50 Assembly 25 Mign capacity BOTEN at hase bed radaran preesse bead e d e dons 7 52 Assembly 26 High capacity feeder eee 7 54 Assembly 27 High capacity feeder 3 7 56 Assembly 28 High capacity 4 7 58 Assembly 29 High capacity feeder 5 nada oae ba dd Seger dade ad Ad aqaa 7 60 Assembly 30 Kiosk vertical paper
19. 7 74 Optra F rms 32MB Flash card 2404 ged eed nr tea EE heen 7 75 Optra Forms 16MB Flash card hn 7 75 Simplified Chinese font card 0 0 0 cette n 7 75 Traditional Chinese font card 7 75 Serial adapter int WwOUt SV aC a whee ide 7 74 RS232C serial interface card 7 74 Parallel 1284 B interface card lilii 7 74 dJapariese Tont card Rx ISA A M XR Meca ket eds 7 75 Printhead assembly includes all cables Infoprint 1352 7 11 Card assembly communications non network llle 7 31 Card assembly communications network 0000 cece teen ees 7 31 MarkNet N2100t token ring internal print 5 7 74 MarkNet N2101e Ethernet 10BaseT 100Base TX internal print server 7 74 MarkNet N2104fl SC fiber optic 10MB internal 7 74 MarkNet N2103fx SC fiber optic 100MB 7 74 System card assembly stapler option 7 71 Kit operator panel overlay English Brazilian Portuguese French and Spanish 7 3 Kit operator panel overlay Dutch French German
20. nyos nese ak e AT EO IRR IRR I hen 7 7 Cover Sx so EHE ELE E A eed CR Mae Ged x a E euis 7 63 7 65 Label paper size Ea hr n 7 43 7 45 Parts packet retalner cos faa ea E de dla nk gage e S bang ging na Tee thas 7 63 Parts packet screw arasat a aieh A nn 7 5 7 7 7 9 7 41 Parts packet screw alignment asm mounting 7 17 Parts packet screw auto comp assembly mounting 7 61 Parts packet screw auto comp mounting 7 41 7 45 Parts packet screw board mounting 7 45 Parts packet screw bracket 250 sheet frame retention mounting 7 61 Parts packet screw charge roll 7 27 Parts packet screw clip ref ground mounting 7 17 Parts packet screw deflector 7 61 Parts packet screw developer drive ground 7 23 Parts packet screw frame mounting 7 15 7 59 Parts packet screw gearbox mounting 7 23 Parts packet screw hanger liiis m rh 7 13 Parts packet screw INA cover
21. 2 82 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Print quality banding Service tip Banding is difficult to detect except on a page with a uniform gray or a large amount of graphics printed on the page Banding is primarily due to a variation in the speed of the paper as it feeds through the printer especially in the development and transfer process Inspect the alignment assembly main drive assembly and all other paper feed components for signs of wear dirt binds or damage especially the drive gears Banding appears as light or dark horizontal lines on a uniformly gray page Banding can also be caused by a defective charge roll brush contact or HVPS Check the charge roll contact for damage and for proper connection to the HVPS and print cartridge Print quality black bands on outer edges of the page This print quality problem appears as vertical black bands on one or both sides of the copy and can be wide narrow light or dark FRU Action 1 Charge roll counterbalance If the problem is just on one side of the page check the charge roll springs counterbalance spring on that side You can check to see if enough force is being applied to the charge roll by applying a slight downward pressure with your finger to the charge roll link arm that the spring is attached to while you run a print test sample See if the problem changes or goes If this fixes or changes the problem then check the springs an
22. Check the top and bottom autoconnect connectors for signs of damage If damaged replace the duplex option If not damaged check the cables are correctly connected to the duplex system board at J9 J10 J11 and J12 If no problem is found replace the duplex option Note Before proceeding with the following service checks verify the media used in the duplex option meets specification and is not dog eared or damaged in any way See Media specifications on page 1 8 231 Jam displays on the operator panel FRU Action 1 Fuser exit sensor Check the sheet of media is leaving the exit sensor in the fuser and feeding properly into the duplex option Check the duplex link for correct operation and any signs of damage If the problem is prior to the duplex input sensor and in the base machine repair as necessary If the jam occurs in the duplex option prior to the duplex input sensor go to step 2 2 Duplex input sensor If the paper does not reach the duplex input sensor make sure the sensor is connected to the duplex system board If correct check for any paper or other objects that might cause a paper jam If none are found replace the duplex option assembly 232 Jam displays on the operator panel FRU Action 1 Duplex input sensor If the paper reaches the duplex input sensor but does not clear the sensor make sure the sensor is connected to the duplex system board I
23. aided 3 20 THO a4 rotos ea sess d bd epis dread ode dad iden ax 3 21 Autocormpensator operatio REC PER Y 993 ci RAP 3 21 Autoconnect system paper tray options envelope feeder electrical 3 21 Autoconnect cabling and connectors nnn 3 21 Duplex ODIGH siccat doo Oque Qupd d redi adire eM ed iq dedu 3 21 CDUOD TIICIDDOSB uo adipe e aed Ado add ade ded ded ad god 3 22 FSR di do dr d bd qa Skee bg ada Aa Qa do dde 3 22 Paper jars Dase KING Se Geek m Bare 3 23 Paper dms op iud e 5888 IE Rea EACUS EE obo dE E UR 3 24 Error Message 23x Paper Jam Check Duplex 3 24 Error Message 24x x tray 1 through 5 Paper Jam Check Tray x 3 25 Error Message 250 Paper Jam Check MP Feeder 3 25 Error Message 260 Paper Jam Check Envelope Feeder 3 25 Error Message 27x Paper Jam Check Bin X 3 25 Error Message 28x Paper Jam x StapleSmart finisher 3 25 Error Message 282 Check Stapler 3 26 Error Message 283 Check Stapler e a o ik xt RR LER aes 3 26 Repair gg REE paa qoe d awed ad DE qe odd 4 1 Hand
24. Primary message Secondary message Explanation 280 Paper Jam Leave Job in Finisher Primary Paper is jammed in the finisher option Open Check Finisher the finisher option side door or top cover to access the jammed pages Secondary When this message is displayed do not remove accumulated sheets during the jam clearance procedure as the printer will not reprint the removed sheets Also if the accumulated sheets are removed the portion of the job printed after the jam will not be stapled 281 Paper Jam Remove Job from Primary Paper is jammed in the finisher option Open Check Finisher Finisher the finisher option side door or top cover to access the jammed pages Secondary When this message is displayed remove the job from the finisher The printed will not reprint the removed sheets 282 Staple Jam Remove Job from Primary A staple jam has been detected during Check Stapler Finisher normal stapler operation Secondary The printer flashes the secondary message to indicate that all accumulated sheets should be removed during the jam clearance 283 Staple Jam A staple jam has been detected during the priming Check Stapler operation Note Press Go to initiate priming and resume printing while either of the primary or secondary messages displays 1565 Emul Error This message appears when the IPDS emulation Load Emul Option version contained in the SIMM does not function with the printer code This message
25. seeeseseeeselle enn 4 44 Marsa 3 2 2 3 29 EEE 4 46 Multipurpose tray lower deflector assembly removal 4 47 Operator panel assembly 4 48 Operator panel bezel removal 4 49 Operator panel Cable removal 68S PP ESSEN b EP IP SES 4 50 Optional 250 or 500 sheet paper tray assembly removal 4 51 Paper tray autocompensator assembly removal 4 51 Paper tray frame assembly removal 4 51 Paper Way board removal as pisare sexo deme vee es Garde PA Sd 4 51 Paper tray paper out sensor flag removal 4 51 Paper size spring Comb removal cepere each eer e PR Yu a Rs 4 51 Outer shield ues dq pe add en ER Ud bakes add 4 52 Paper alignment assembly 4 52 Paper bin full sensor flag assembly removal 4 54 geste TE EE TE EEE pda s qs 4 55 P ntligad tomova iesus c ERG RS Gere TT ET RS 4 56 assembly Temovd 3249 dne rede E eq edu A AA dde 4 57 Smart contact assembly PEMOVAl 3 42 22 x3 daha dando Saad aden 4 58 EEA DORM EN
26. 7 63 7 65 Cover left base assembly nannan cc els 7 67 Cover right base assembly ea qd quee er E Eo Ced 7 67 Switch stapler access door assembly 7 67 Cover Stapler access ouch quei ie he Snail eR Sai CHA E ket 7 67 Cable assembly left stapler bin level 7 73 Cover top assembly e eme cues Gresk ED gem ee ee 7 67 Top cover bail plate right side esr erreren Ae E aE E RA II 7 67 Top cover bail plate left side sosya ana ea eens 7 67 Kits stacking e tack tercero C aiae o a aia a one a 7 67 Parts packet screws switch stapled access mounting 7 67 Clip brush ground suia E sata gine Geeta TG H RE eee DEBIAN d ERU ace 7 67 Bail center stapler nr EE A VERRE gata Fea OR 7 67 Door rear ACCESS a tac bac eee beer 7 67 Motor assembly drive s Seen nes whee ba abi ede Ge vit aar bie eteren nerd T 7 71 Shaft assembly upper drive sasaaa 0c tees 7 71 Deflector upper ingens per R Sat EUER EEE A AERA TOE 7 71 Shaft assembly upper exit 7 71 Shaft assembly lower exi earl oR bena hee he eere d RUE Kaase X ed 4 d 7 71 Cover accumulator assembly
27. 7 3 56P2126 Cover left door 500 2 slot Infoprint 1352 Infoprint 1372 7 3 56P2136 Gear bevel with grease packet and washer 7 23 56P2540 Spring bellcrank 250 sheet tray option 7 43 56P2542 Fuser assembly w 115V lamp Infoprint 1332 Infoprint 1352 7 25 56P2543 Fuser assembly w 100V lamp Infoprint 1332 Infoprint 1352 7 25 56P2544 Fuser assembly w 220V lamp Infoprint 1332 Infoprint 1352 7 25 56P2545 Fuser assembly w 115V lamp Infoprint 1372_ 7 25 56P2546 Fuser assembly w 220V lamp Infoprint 1372_ 7 25 56P2547 Fuser assembly w 100V lamp Infoprint 1372_ 7 25 56P2584 Card assembly IPDS and 5 5 1 eens 7 31 56P2584 Card assembly IPDS and SCS TNe 0 eee ene eee 7 74 56P3082 System board assembly non network Infoprint 1352 includes 56P1444 7 31 6952298 Power setJapan es aaraa aa EE ee hh 7 29 6952298 Power cord set USA Canada Columbia Costa Rica Dominican Republic El Salvador Ecuador Guatemala Honduras Mexico Nicaragua Panama Puerto Rico Saudi Arabia Taiwan LV Venezuela Virgin Islands he 7 29 75P5958 Pick roll assembly
28. Elrisc de xoc el ctric i de danys personals pot augmentar durant el proc s de desmuntatge i de servei d aquest producte El personal professional ha d estar ne assabentat i prendre les mesures convenients PRECAUCI aquest s mbol indica que el voltatge de la part de l equip amb la qual esteu treballant s perill s Abans de comen ar desendolleu l equip o extremeu les precaucions si per treballar amb l equip l heu de connectar OF l At St LL e ENES CAN cde 5r BOUET x sep HEA FA NE FAE qeu E OS Ae AA PE TI STAAT E Al EI oz H amp t A Oi 10L A D LU L T ENES PYNTE IAS AS ws usb omm W T8 spe spem opus l FJ 2g epu RER FE So sp p peser xix rir o2 lo Preface Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 This manual contains maintenance procedures for service personnel It is divided into the following chapters 1 Oo KK WO N General information contains a general description of the printer and the maintenance approach used to repair it Special tools and test equipment are listed in this chapter as well as general environmental and safety instructions Diagnostic information contains an error indicator table symptom tables and service checks used to isolate failing field replaceable units FRUs Diagnostic aids contains tests and checks used to locate or repeat symptoms of printer problems Repair information provides ins
29. Polyester 220 g m 59 1 bond Vinyl 3 300 g m 92 Ib liner Integrated forms Pressure sensitive area 140 to 175 g m Paper base grain long 75 to 135 g m 20 to 36 Ib bond Multipurpose feeder and optional 250 sheet drawer Paper Xerographic or business paper 60 to 135 g m grain long 16 to 36 Ib bond Card stock maximum Index Bristol 120 g m 67 Ib bond grain long Tag 135 g m 50 Ib bond Cover 135 g m 50 Ib bond Card stock maximum Index Bristol 163 g m 90 Ib bond grain short Tag 163 g m 100 Ib bond Cover 176 g m 65 1 bond Transparencies Laser printer 138 to 146 g m 37 to 39 Ib bond Labels maximum Paper 163 g m 43 Ib bond Dual web paper 163 g m 43 Ib bond Polyester 220 g m 59 1 bond Vinyl 3 260 g m 78 1 liner General information 1 11 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Media weights input continued Media Type Weight Integrated forms Pressure sensitive area 140 to 175 g m Paper base grain long 75 to 135 g m 20 to 36 Ib bond Envelope Sulfite wood free or up to 100 60 to 105 g m cotton bond 16 to 28 Ib bond 4 Envelope feeder Envelope Sulfite wood free or up to 100 60 to 105 g m cotton bond 16 to 28 Ib bond 3 4 2000 sheet drawer Paper Xerographic or business paper 60 to 135 g m grain long 16 to 36 Ib bo
30. HVPS Check the voltages on J22 1 thru J22 8 If incorrect replace the System board HVPS cable Check the continuity of the HVPS cable If incorrect replace the part of front harness cable System board cable assembly If correct replace the system board Print quality blank page FRU Action Print cartridge Check the print cartridge for damage especially the PC drum contact on the cartridge High voltage contact Check the PC drum contact on the right side frame for damage PC drum contact wear or contamination If the contact is bent or damaged replace the contact Note Inspect the HVPS PC drum contact on the board for damage or contamination HVPS Check the fuse on the HVPS If open replace the HVPS Check the voltages at J22 on the system board Measure the following voltages from connector J22 to printer ground Printer Idle J22 5 measures 24 V dc Printer Printing J22 5 measures 24 V dc If the voltages at J10 5 are incorrect replace the system board Front cable harness HVPS section Check the front cable harness at J22 on the system board and at CN1 on the HVPS to make sure the harness is connected properly If connected properly check the continuity of the cable harness If there is no continuity replace the front cable harness Printhead assembly Generally a 93x service error is posted if the printhead assembly fails and the printer does not giv
31. N gt 102 A 323 6 Remove the mounting screws C from the right side LT 0 4 54 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 T Lift the right corner of the laser assembly cover to access the flag 8 Use your thumb to bend the paper full flag assembly slightly to unlatch it from the mounting bracket Pick roll removal MPT 1 Remove the upper paper deflector See Upper paper deflector assembly removal on page 4 63 2 Release the pick roll retaining tab and slide the pick roll off the shaft Repair information 4 55 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Printhead removal 1 Remove the laser assembly cover See Laser cover removal on page 4 14 2 Disconnect the printhead cables A from the printhead assembly 3 Remove the printhead mounting screws B and remove the printhead Note Do the Printhead assembly adjustment on page 4 3 whenever you remove or replace the printhead assembly or loosen the mounting screws A B 425 A Note The Infoprint 1332 machine type printhead is shown Cables for the Infoprint 1352 and for the Infoprint 1372 machine type are different See Printhead 1 Infoprint 1332 on page 7 10 Printhead 2 Infoprint 1352 on page 7 11 and Printhead 3 1372 on page 7 12 4 56 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Redrive assembly removal Remove the redrive door assembly Remove the redrive exit cover Remove the redrive assembly mounting screws
32. 4 Remove the left lamp contact assembly 4 28 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 5 Remove the fuser lamp Warning The lamp is under spring tension and care must be used when removing the lamp from the fuser Grip the lamp by the ceramic end piece and remove it from the fuser assembly Be careful not to touch the glass as skin oils and acids can reduce the life of the lamp Use the following table to identify and install the correct lamp Description P N Fuser Lamp 115 V 56P1362 Fuser Lamp 220 V 56P1363 Repair information 4 29 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Fuser transfer plate removal 1 Remove the upper paper deflector See Upper paper deflector assembly removal on page 4 63 Remove the transfer roll Remove the inner paper deflector See Inner paper deflector assembly removal on page 4 33 Lift the left side of the fuser transfer plate A and move the plate to the left to clear the right side from its mounting RR 5 Remove the screw that attaches the transfer plate ground wire to the center 6 Remove the fuser transfer plate 7T Remove the screw that attaches the deflector cable to the transfer plate 4 30 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 High voltage power supply removal are working Unplug the printer before you begin or use caution if the printer must receive power in order to perform the task 1 Remove the inner paper deflector See
33. 7 33 Parts packet screw inner shield mounting 7 33 Parts packet screw laser 7 3 Parts packet screw left side cover mounting 7 3 Parts packet screw lower deflector mounting 12 7 15 Parts packet screw lower deflector mounting 8 mm 7 15 Parts packet screw motor mounting 7 23 Parts packet screw option board sessseeeeeeel eh 7 41 Parts packet screw outer shield mounting 7 33 Parts packet screw printhead mounting 7 10 7 11 7 12 Part number index 1 11 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 53P8617 53P8617 53P8617 53P8617 53P8617 53P8617 53P8617 53P8617 53P8617 53P8618 53P8620 53P8621 53P8626 53P8627 53P8634 53P8638 53P8641 53P8642 53P8643 53P8674 53P8675 53P8676 53P8677 53P8678 53P8679 53P8680 53P8681 53P8682 53P8683 53P8684 53P8685 53P8686 53P8687 53P8688 53P8689 53P8690 53P8691 53P8692 53P8693 53P8694 53P8696 53P8697 53P8698 53P8699 53P8700 53P8701 53P8702 53P8703 53P8704 53P8705 53P8706 53P8707 53P8709 53P8710 Parts packet screw right side cover 7 3 Parts packet screw switch spring
34. Repair information 4 47 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Operator panel assembly removal 1 Remove the upper front cover 2 Remove the operator panel overlay A and set it aside 4 Disconnect the operator panel cable and remove the operator panel 4 48 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Operator panel bezel removal 1 Remove the upper front cover See Upper front cover removal on page 4 12 2 With the upper front cover upside down on a soft non scratching surface release the clips and remove the operator panel lens cover Note Use caution to avoid scratching or damaging the operator panel lens cover Repair information 4 49 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Operator panel cable removal Note Pay careful attention to the cable routing through the printer before you remove the operator panel cable 1 Remove the left cover See Left door removal on page 4 9 Remove the upper front cover See Upper front cover removal on page 4 12 Remove the outer system board shield See Outer shield removal on page 4 52 Disconnect the operator panel cable from connector J15 on the system board Remove the operator panel See Operator panel assembly removal on page 4 48 Remove the cable retainer from the left side of the upper front cover hinge assembly Note the routing of the operator panel and cover closed switch cables PAWN 7 Remove the old cable from the printer 8 Plug the new operator panel ca
35. Explanation Toner Low If the toner cartridge is low then Toner Low displays The Toner Low condition clears whenever the upper front door is opened and Toner Low displays again if the condition exists after the upper front door is closed Tray x Missing If any of the input trays equipped with tray present sensing are missing then Tray x Missing displays where x designates which tray 1 through 5 is missing If multiple trays are missing they are prioritized in this order Tray 1 2 then Tray 5 Tray x Missing status clears whenever Tray x is reinserted If the Tray 1 Missing message does not clear when tray 1 is inserted go to Parallel port service check on page 2 77 If Tray 2 through 5 Missing message does not clear by inserting the tray go to Input tray s service check on page 2 64 Tray x Empty If any of the input trays are empty then Tray x Empty displays where x designates which tray Tray 1 through 5 is empty If multiple trays are empty then they are prioritized in this order Tray 5 Tray 4 Tray 1 Note Tray x Empty status clears whenever Tray x is removed When Tray x is reinserted it is examined and the appropriate status if any displays Empty status is not displayed for the Envelope Feeder or Multipurpose Feeder Tray x Low If any of the input trays are low then Tray x Low displays where x designates which tray 1 through 5 is low If multiple trays are low they a
36. This error code displays when the printer detects an unformatted disk at power on Press Go to clear the message The disk is marked as bad and normal operation continues Disk operations are not allowed until the disk is formatted 64 Unsupported Disk Format The printer detects an unsupported disk format at POR Press Go to clear the message The disk is marked as bad and normal operation continues Further disk operations are not allowed until the disk is formatted 80 Scheduled Maintenance The operator panel displays this message at each 300K page count interval It is necessary to replace the fuser assembly transfer roller charge roll and pick rolls at this interval to maintain the print quality and reliability of the printer The parts are available as a maintenance kit For more information go to Scheduled maintenance on page 6 1 81 Engine Code CRC Failure This error displays when the microcode to be programmed in the engine flash code module has failed a CRC check Press Go to clear the message The microcode data is discarded and must be re transmitted from the host computer 88 Toner Low This message displays when toner low occurs and the toner low alarm is activated Press Go to clear this message Diagnostic information 2 29 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 User attendance messages continued Primary message Secondary message Explanation 200 Paper Jam Remo
37. ine Not used Not used Connector locations 5 7 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 StapleSmart finisher Connector Pin no Signal Staple card assembly 1 J3 J1A Bottom autoconnect 24 V dc Ground 5 Vin J1B Bottom autoconnect j rtxdin Ground prtrxd Ground on AJ Oj N Ground J2 Feed motor fdmtr1 fdmtr2 Ground Ground tachft 0 om BR 5Vptt 0000000000 J3 Stepper motor stpmtr stpmtr stpmtr stpmtr crtprsnt stplow stpphomo Ground N BR 5Vstpl 4 stprimed J4 Accessory connector 24 V dc accmtr Ground Ground tacha 5Vptt J5 Solenoid 09 of AJ Ww Sol1 ine 24 V de J6 Stapler Ground pfrinstp 5Vsnsr2 5 8 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372
38. ro rua qe IE ER REPRE a 7 74 Cable parallel 1284 C B adapter 0 00 cece ee 7 75 Card assembly 2000 tray option 7 59 Board Option tray 22 iset ae G Led Ea ue LEVIA UE Ed kanin pe RUE d dan 7 41 7 45 memory Option 22 5 so s ke quado ec Heide eR s Sape br Eam Sa 7 74 16MB memory option eiae eeu ERR e Se aie KR Rm beg be hgh RT 7 74 J32MB m miory optlon ina Gee ed Helo de ka Coe de ELT we Hatta EM ERI 7 74 CAME memory Option 2 ee Nene FG Dex aere E b alice bre Hardee EE 7 74 128MB memory option sr es e hh 7 74 Cartridge empty 5 mn 7 74 Cable assembly 6 parallel A C 2 0 0 cc n 7 75 oif Sean AST email adler red be dr sate te tuse DeC 7 19 7 43 Cover fuser wick assembly 0 00 eee tenn tenn tenes 7 3 Cover assembly laser assembly 250 sheet output Infoprint 1332 7 3 Cover assembly laser assembly 500 sheet output Infoprint 1352 Infoprint 1372 7 3 Upper front cover with labels w Lexmark logo 7 3 Hinge upper front COVOer Seas en EROR RIRs wea eas Paley ef 7 3 Cover right side 250 sheet output Infoprint 1332 7 3 Cover right side 50
39. Los productos l ser de Clase no se consideran peligrosos La impresora contiene en su interior un l ser de Clase 3b de arseniuro de galio de funcionamiento nominal 5 milivatios en una longitud de onda de 770 a 795 nan metros El sistema l ser y la impresora est n disefiados de forma que ninguna persona pueda verse afectada por ning n tipo de radiaci n l ser superior al nivel de la Clase durante su uso normal el mantenimiento realizado por el usuario o cualquier otra situaci n de servicio t cnico Declara o sobre Laser xi A impressora est certificada nos E U A em conformidade com os requisitos da regulamentag o DHHS 21 CFR Subcap tulo J para a Classe 1 de produtos laser Em outros locais est certificada como um produto laser da Classe em conformidade com os requisitos da norma IEC 60825 1 Os produtos laser da Classe n o sao considerados perigosos Internamente impressora cont m um produto laser da Classe 3b designado laser de arseneto de pot ssio de 5 milliwatts operando numa faixa de comprimento de onda entre 770 e 795 nan metros O sistema e a impressora laser foram concebidos de forma a nunca existir qualquer possiblidade de acesso humano a radia o laser superior a um nivel de Classe durante a opera o normal a manuten o feita pelo utilizador ou condi es de assist ncia prescritas Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Laserinformatie De printer voldoet aan de
40. Reset Active Bin Diagnostic information 2 27 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 User attendance messages continued Primary message Secondary message Explanation 56 Standard Parallel Port Disabled This error is displayed when data is sent to the printer across the parallel port but the parallel port has been disabled Once this message is displayed reporting of further errors is suppressed until the menus are entered or the printer is reset The following actions may be taken Press Go to clear the message The printer discards any data received on the parallel port Press Menu until Busy Waiting appears The following are available Reset Printer Reset Active Bin 56 Parallel Port x Disabled This error is displayed when data is sent to the printer across the parallel port but the parallel port indicated has been disabled Once this message is displayed reporting of further errors is suppressed until the menus are entered or the printer is reset The following actions may be taken Press Go to clear the message The printer discards any data received on the parallel port Press Menu until Busy Waiting appears The following are available Reset Printer Reset Active Bin 57 Configuration Change The printer has attempted to restore the Print and Hold jobs from the disk and found that some or all of the jobs could not be restored The printer could not restore jobs from the disk becau
41. cables Try running the Input Tray Tests for Tray 3 and see if Tray 3 is feeding paper correctly and all the sensors are working correctly Make sure the paper size setting is correct for the size paper in the tray 84 xx 1A There is media over the Tray 4 pass thru sensor during warm up Check for media over the sensor If no media is present check the pass thru sensor flag and cables Try running the Input Tray Tests for Tray 4 and see if Tray 4 is feeding paper correctly and all the sensors are working correctly Make sure the paper size setting is correct for the size paper in the tray 84 xx 1B There is media over the Tray 5 pass thru sensor during warm up Check for media over the sensor If no media is present check the pass thru sensor flag and cables Try running the Input Tray Tests for Tray 5 and see if Tray 5 is feeding paper correctly and all the sensors are working correctly Make sure the paper size setting is correct for the size paper in the tray 84 xx 1C There is media over the Tray 6 pass thru sensor during warm up Check for media over the sensor If no media is present check the pass thru sensor flag and cables Try running the Input Tray Tests for Tray 6 and see if Tray 6 is feeding paper correctly and all the sensors are working correctly Make sure the paper size setting is correct for the size paper in the tray 84 xx 1D The envelope feeder pass thru sensor
42. network on page 5 11 Connector Pin no Signal J13 USB connector J1 G12 Ground 1 USB 5 2 USB MINUS 2 3 USB PLUS 3 4 Ground G2 Ground J14 Fuser DC 1 NARMEDIA Ground THERM Ground THUMP 45V THUMPRET EXIT SNS OPPAN INT Ground 12C CLK R 5V dc I2C DAT R NI AJ J15 Operator Panel on BY wy N J16 not used J17 not used J18 not used J19 Smart cartridge 1 SM Cart 2 Ground 3 Ground J20 Parallel port not used for network model J21 not used Connector locations 5 13 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 System board non network and network see System board non network on page 5 10 or System board network on page 5 11 Connector Pin no Signal J22 HVPS 1 ATSERVO 2 TXCURPWM 3 TXENABLE 4 TDXPWM 5 24V dc 6 CHGPWM 7 Ground 8 DEVB input sensor 9 Ground 10 INSENSE cartridge sensor 11 45V dc 12 TONER WHEEL 13 Ground J23 not used for non network model J24 BLDC main drive motor ON OFF Ground BLDC CLK 5V dc MTR1 DIR BLDC HALL BLDC LOCK o AJ OJN Ground Ground a o 24V dc 5
43. skew Go to Paper feed service check on page 2 76 Print quality banding Go to Print quality banding on page 2 83 Print quality random marks Go to Print quality random marks on page 2 80 Print quality toner on backside of printed Go to Print quality toner on backside of printed page on page page 2 84 Print quality vertical black bands on edge Go to Print quality black bands on outer edges of the of copy page on page 2 83 Unable to clear a 32 Unsupported Print Go to Smart contact assembly service check on Cartridge user error message page 2 85 High capacity feeder 2000 sheet symptoms Symptom Action The printer does not recognize the high Go to High capacity feeder input tray service check on capacity feeder installed page 2 56 Paper feed problem with the high capacity Go to High capacity feeder input tray service check feeder page 2 56 Diagnostic information 2 35 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Paper tray symptoms Symptom Action Paper feed problem with 250 Sheet Paper Tray Go to Input tray s service check on page 2 64 Paper feed problem with 500 Sheet Paper Tray Go to Input tray s service check on page 2 64 Media fails to pass through from the lower attached Paper Tray option to the next higher mounted option Go to Input tray s service check on page 2 64 Duplex option sym
44. uide tei Sat eh tt edv eai e n a i edi feri es 7 73 Shield ESD assembly with label l lssleeeeell rn rn nr rane 7 7 Spring counterbalance 2 obi easy wd bee UA eSI EA Ra EUR ERR he 7 7 Link teo step eh dee RESI MS rare Ese date it aee d 7 7 Parts packet bearings 500 sheet 7 71 7 76 Parts packet cable ties 10 each 7 3 7 76 Parts packet contact Kit aa 2 ske Mas Rn ebore 7 7 7 76 Jumper PIN axe Ver xS ru xe uc ER eura ER es e Rx RECHTE RO KIM Kand 7 41 Frame assembly sit gba sg edu pe Xa bu ERE x 7 53 Sensor assembly paper out upper limit 7 55 Switch lower limit microswitch eens 7 55 SWITCH pape s e Esc metae m ee be n E AREE 7 55 COVEN edu aea ane SR LY sure had arie 7 53 FHirgesdoonms uide fe aeree Ke Gen ean ee be 7 53 Magnet suis parks Gat Bathe DO eR eL Aase 7 53 Frame printer support 1 Re Re ar ee ee age De EET ERE EE RH 7 55 Frame printer support frame 2 sseeeeseeeeeeee e ren 7 53 Tray assembly elevator 0 0 0 cc e rne 7 53 Transfer leadscrew assembly
45. 2 Remove the developer drive assembly mounting screws A 3 Remove the developer drive assembly Note Be sure the developer drive shaft and coupler aligns with the hub on the main drive assembly when reinstalling the assembly 237 Frames removals EP frame assembly 1 Remove the left and right side frames See Left side frame on page 4 20 and Right side frame on page 4 22 2 Remove the EP frame assembly Left side frame Remove the covers Remove the inner shield See Inner shield removal on page 4 34 Remove the main drive assembly See Main drive assembly removal on page 4 44 Remove the upper front cover hinge assembly See Upper front cover hinge assembly removal on page 4 62 Remove the multipurpose tray lower deflector assembly PONH 4 20 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 6 Remove the paper alignment assembly See Paper alignment assembly removal on page 4 52 7 Remove the left side frame mounting screws A A 102 B 104 9 Remove the left side frame Repair information 4 21 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Right side frame CAUTION Unplug the printer before you begin Remove the right side cover See Right cover removal on page 4 10 Remove the laser cover See Laser cover removal on page 4 14 Remove the LVPS See Low voltage power supply removal on page 4 42 Remove the multipurpose tray assembly Disconnect the autocompensato
46. Check the master cam gear and master kick gear to make sure they rotate together If not then the tenons on the master kick gear may be sheared off If incorrect replace the master kick gear 2 50 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 260 Paper Jam displays unable to clear and envelopes fail to feed from the hopper Kick rolls are rotating Check the deflector gap adjustment before continuing this service check FRU Action 1 Deflector gap adjustment Check the deflector gap adjustment The adjustment may be too narrow 2 Weight assembly Check the weight assembly to make sure it moves up and down freely without any binds Make sure the weight assembly rests on all the rear kick rollers when the hopper is empty Replace the weight assembly if it is damaged or does not operate properly 3 Envelope edge guide Check the envelope edge guide to make sure it is not warped or set too close to the envelopes in the hopper Replace the edge guide if it is damaged or does not operate properly 260 Paper Jam displays envelope stops in feeder paper path FRU Action 1 Kick rolls feed rolls drive rolls Check all the rolls for oil grease or other contamination If you find a problem clean the rolls If this does not correct the problem replace the envelope feeder 2 Deflector gap adjustment Check the deflector gap adjustment The adjustment may be too narr
47. Duplex Feed 1 Feeding message displays while the paper is feeding through the printer e Duplex Feed 1 Clear Paper message displays when the paper reaches paper stop position 1 and the power indicator turns on solid Diagnostic aids 3 5 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Duplex Feed 2 Test This test feeds a blank sheet of paper to the duplex paper stop position 2 To run the Duplex Feed 2 Test Select Duplex Feed 2 from the Duplex Test menu The power indicator blinks while the paper is feeding Duplex Feed 2 Feeding message displays while the paper is feeding through the printer Duplex Feed 2 Clear Paper message displays when the paper reaches the duplex paper stop position 2 and the power indicator turns on solid Error log Viewing the error log The error log provides a history of printer errors It contains the 12 most recent errors that have occurred on the printer The most recent error displays in position 1 and the oldest error displays in position 12 if 12 errors have occurred If an error occurs after the log is full the oldest error is discarded Identical errors in consecutive positions in the log are entered All 2xx and 9xx error messages are stored in the error log To view the error log 1 Select Display Log from the Error Log menu The error log displays on three screens as only four entries display at a time ERROR LOG Display Log 2 To move to the next screen press Menu 3 Press Ret
48. MPF Feeder Envelope Feeder custom string a user definable name Change input source size This message displays when the user should change the media installed in one of the input options input gt Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 Tray 4 Tray 5 MPF Feeder Envelope Feeder lt size gt letter legal B5 A4 Executive Universal A5 B4 11x17 Folio or Statement For envelopes s ze 734 Envelope 9 Envelope 10 Envelope DL Envelope C5 Envelope B5 Envelope or other Envelope Change input source lt type gt lt size gt This message displays when the user should change the media installed in one of the input options input source gt Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 Tray 4 Tray 5 MPF Feeder Envelope Feeder lt type gt Bond Card stock Colored Envelope Labels Ltrhead Plain Preprint or Transparency lt size gt letter legal B5 A4 Executive Universal A5 B4 11x17 Folio or Statement For envelopes lt size gt 73 4 Envelope 9 Envelope 10 Envelope DL Envelope C5 Envelope B5 Envelope or other Envelope Diagnostic information 2 19 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 User attendance messages continued Primary message Secondary message Explanation Check Duplex Connection This messages displays for the following conditions The duplex option may have been removed from the printer possibly to clear a paper jam or to
49. Press Select to reset the printer When in the power saver mode the Press Menu to take the printer offline Power Saver HEX Printer displays this screen instead of and access the Ready Menu Group the ready screen When a job is warning received the power saver screen or remains displayed until the printer exits the power saver mode and the printer Press Go to take the printer out of warms up power saver and initiate a printer warm up cycle When the printer has been configured to Power Saver lt fax status gt eceive or send faxes the printer or Press Stop to take the printer offline Not Ready is displayed and no more data is processed Press Go to return the printer to the previous state Res Reduced warning The printer is processing data or printing pages and the resolution of a page belonging to the current job has been reduced from 600 to 300 dpi to prevent a Memory Full Error Res Reduced fax status warning Displayed whenever the printer has been configured to receive or send faxes Press Stop to take the printer offline Not Ready is displayed no more data is processed and the current job in the paper path is processed Press Go to return the printer to the previous state or Press Menu to access the Busy Waiting Menu The following functions may be available Cancel Job Reset Printer Reset Active Bin Cancel FAX 2 14 Service Ma
50. Slippage between the roll and the paper is theoretically impossible When the motor is energized the pick rolls are driven down into the stack increasing the normal force and drive force until the bending strength of the paper is overcome and the paper bends and moves up the dam Once this critical threshold is achieved the normal force remains at a level just high enough to reliably feed the paper Rather than having a fixed spring force for feeding all weights of paper like the D roll this device has its own mechanical logic for producing only enough pick energy to feed a single sheet of paper regardless of its stiffness High normal force is one of the most significant contributors to double feeding paper The pick arm is counterbalanced by an extension spring located on the pick arm to reduce weight in the rest state This spring is factory set to exert no more than ten to fifteen grams on the stack This is as light as can be realistically set and always guarantee there is some force to start the autocompensating phenomena This spring is not to be considered an adjustment for feeding problems unless it is obvious that the pick arm cannot fall all the way down to the bottom of the tray or has come loose Poor gear efficiency can cause the arm to generate higher normal forces If the pick assembly is noisy replacement may be required The arm must pivot freely through its full range of motion On 500 sheet trays there are wrap springs located on the
51. The power indicator goes on solid and the final results display 3 Press Return Stop to exit the test Diagnostic aids 3 9 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Input tray tests Input Tray Feed Test This test lets the servicer observe the paper path as media is feeding through the printer A blank sheet of paper feeds through the printer as the laser turns off during this test The only way to Observe the paper path is to open the lower front door that is used to access the envelope or multipurpose feeder The paper is placed in the output bin To run the Input Tray Feed Test 1 Select Input Tray Feed Test from the menu Select the input source from the sources displayed on the Feed Test menu All installed sources are listed 2 3 Select either Single feeds one sheet of media from the selected source or Continuous continues feeding media from the selected source until Return Stop is pressed 4 Press Return Stop to exit the test Input Tray Sensor Test This test is used to determine if the input tray sensors are working correctly To run the Input Tray Sensor Test 1 Select the Sensor Test from the Input Tray Test menu Input Tray Emptying Pass OP message displays EM Input Tray Empty Sensor LO Input Tray Paper Low Sensor Input Tray Pass Thru Sensor 2 Once this message displays the servicer can manually actuate each sensor The tray empty sensor can be actuated by hand however a sheet of paper can b
52. and 500 sheet paper drawers 400 sheet universally adjustable tray 2000 sheet high capacity feeder Envelope feeder Duplex option 250 sheet For IBM Infoprint 1332 Duplex option 500 sheet For IBM Infoprint 1352 1372 Output expander High capacity output stacker StapleSmart Finisher 5 bin Mailbox Vertical Kiosk Presenter Horizontal Kiosk Presenter e Application solutions Lexmark Document Solutions Optra Forms including a Forms Hard Disk 20 GB with adapter DBCS font cards Simplified Chinese Traditional Chinese Japanese 1 2 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Print speed and performance print speed Performance Performance speed depends on e Interface to the host USB serial parallel network Host system and application e Page complexity and content Printer options installed or selected Available printer memory Media size and type Resolution The following table specifies throughput based on resolution and media size IBM Infoprint 1332 IBM Infoprint 1352 IBM Infoprint 1372 300 600 300 600 300 600 1200 1200 1200 image 1200 dpi image 1200 dpi image 1200 dpi quality quality quality Simplex printing on full size media pages per minute Letter 35 1 18 0 40 1 21 5 45 8 5 in x 11 in A4 33 2 17 1 38 0 20 4 43 8 3 in x 11 7 in Legal 28 4 14 6 32 8 17 4 8 5 in x 14 in Duplex printing on letter size media sides per m
53. continued Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Primary message Secondary message Explanation 59 Incompatible Tray x An incompatible tray is installed For Tray x x 2 3 4 or 5 Remove the incompatible tray and press Go to clear the message Note If the user installed the incompatible device to satisfy a Check Device Connections reattach message the user should reinstall an associated compatible option or hot unplug the option 59 Incompatible Duplex An incompatible duplex option is installed Remove the incompatible duplex option and press Go to clear the message Note If the user installed the incompatible device to satisfy a Check Device Connections reattach message the user should reinstall an associated compatible option or hot unplug the option 61 Defective Disk This error code displays when the printer detects a defective disk This error may occur at power on or during disk format and write operations While this message displays press Go to clear the message The disk is marked defective and normal printer operations continue Disk operations are not allowed with a defective disk The Format Disk menu is not shown 62 Disk Full This error code displays when there is not enough free space on the disk to hold the resources that have been requested to be written to the disk This message displays for both resource and PostScript Disk operators when the disk is full 63 Unformatted Disk
54. desenchufe el equipo o tenga cuidado si para trabajar con l debe conectarlo Informa es de Seguran a A seguran a deste produto baseia se em testes e aprova es do modelo original e de componentes espec ficos O fabricante n o respons vel pela segunran a no caso de uso de pe as de substitui o n o autorizadas As informa es de seguran a relativas a este produto destinam se a profissionais destes servi os e n o devem ser utilizadas por outras pessoas Risco de choques el ctricos e ferimentos graves durante a desmontagem e manuten o deste produto Os profissionais destes servi os devem estar avisados deste facto e tomar os cuidados necess rios CUIDADO Quando vir este s mbolo existe a poss vel presen a de uma potencial AN tens o perigosa na zona do produto em que est a trabalhar Antes de come ar desligue o produto da tomada el ctrica ou seja cuidadoso caso o produto tenha de estar ligado corrente el ctrica para realizar a tarefa necess ria Safety information xviii Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Informaci de Seguretat La seguretat d aquest producte es basa en l avaluaci i aprovaci del disseny original i els components espec fics El fabricant no es fa responsable de les questions de seguretat si s utilitzen peces de recanvi no autoritzades Lainformaci pel manteniment d aquest producte est orientada exclusivament a professionals i no est destinada a ning que no ho sigui
55. or prescribed service condition Der Drucker erf llt gem amtlicher Best tigung der USA die Anforderungen der Bestimmung DHHS Department of Health and Human Services 21 CFR Teil J f r Laserprodukte der Klasse 1 In anderen Landern gilt der Drucker als Laserprodukt der Klasse I der die Anforderungen der IEC International Electrotechnical Commission 60825 1 gem amtlicher Best tigung erf llt Laserprodukte der Klasse gelten als unsch dlich Im Inneren des Druckers befindet sich ein Laser der Klasse 3b bei dem es sich um einen Galliumarsenlaser mit 5 Milliwatt handelt der Wellen der Lange 770 795 Nanometer ausstrahlt Das Lasersystem und der Drucker sind so konzipiert da im Normalbetrieb bei der Wartung durch den Benutzer oder bei ordnungsgemaBer Wartung durch den Kundendienst Laserbestrahlung die die Klasse bersteigen w rde Menschen keinesfalls erreicht Avis relatif l utilisation de laser Pour les Etats Unis cette imprimante est certifi e conforme aux provisions DHHS 21 CFR alin a J concernant les produits laser de Classe 1 Pour les autres pays cette imprimante r pond aux normes IEC 60825 1 relatives aux produits laser de Classe Les produits laser de Classe sont consid r s comme des produits non dangereux Cette imprimante est quip e d un laser de Classe 1110 3b ars niure de gallium d une puissance nominale de 5 milliwatts mettant sur des longueurs d onde comprises entre 77
56. paper 38 53P8255 1 Gear feed roll 39 53 8211 1 Spring switch activate Parts catalog 7 45 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 22 cont 500 sheet paper tray 7 46 Service Manual Assembly 22 cont 500 sheet paper tray Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 d d HE Units Description 22 40 53P8264 1 Spring backup roller 41 8491 4 Bellcrank roller release 42 53P8254 1 Gear bevel 43 53P8260 1 Bearing drive shaft 44 53P8262 1 Cable 250 sheet autoconnect 45 53P8526 1 Stud assembly 500 frame 46 53P8485 1 Arm paper out 500 NS 53P8332 4 Washer frame mounting NS 53P8492 1 Deflector base 500 NS 53P8494 2 Bracket 500 sheet tray retention NS 53P8826 1 Spring bellcrank 500 sheet option tray Parts catalog 7 47 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 23 Duplex option 7 48 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 23 Duplex option Asm Part index number Units Description 23 1 56P1414 1 250 duplex assembly 1 56P1416 1 500 duplex assembly Parts catalog 7 49 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 24 Envelope feeder 7 50 Service Manual Assembly 24 Envelope feeder Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 ane i E Units Description 24 1 53P8308 1 Paper weight assembly
57. power in order to perform the task If the correct lamp is installed and a 925 error remains the problem may be due to the following The fuser may have reached standby temperature too quickly The line voltage may be above the maximum rating for the printer Note A 920 921 or 922 fuser error may be caused by an incorrectly mounted thermistor Service tip Set the Fuser Temperature to NORMAL before starting this service check FRU Action 1 Fuser lamp incorrect lamp Install the correct voltage and wattage lamp or fuser assembly See 925 Service Error Fuser assembly removal on page 4 23 If the correct fuser lamp is installed and the 925 error remains the fuser may have reached standby temperature too quickly Check that the line voltage is not exceeding the maximum rating for the printer 2 Fuser lamp Observe the lamp through the left side frame If the lamp does not fuser top cover assembly come on do the following Remove the redrive assembly Remove the fuser assembly disconnect the LVPS to fuser AC cable from the fuser assembly and remove the fuser See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 23 Verify that the lamp is installed correctly If correct check the continuity of the fuser top cover assembly by verifying the lamp contacts on the right contact assembly If incorrect check continuity of the fuser lamp If incorrect replace the lamp If correct replace the fuser top cover assembly 3
58. removed from the printer for instance to clear a paper jam Otherwise the device can still be attached to the printer but is experiencing a communications problem not fully connected or having a hardware failure If the device is temporarily removed or not connected properly then the user is advised to reattach it When the option is recognized the printer automatically clears the error and continues If the option is experiencing a hardware problem turn the printer off and back on If the error occurs again the user is advised to turn the printer off remove the option and call for service User status message Explanation Turn Printer OFF to Enable Option A printer option Input Tray or Envelope Feeder has been attached while the printer is powered on To use the option the printer must first be powered off and back on again Data loss results if print jobs are active when the printer is power cycled If a print job is active then remove the option and finish the job The printer automatically clears the message once the option is removed Once the job is complete turn off the printer and attach the option again Insert Duplex Front Cover The duplex front access cover is not installed Close Duplex Rear Door The duplex rear door is open Diagnostic information 2 33 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Power On Self Test POST When you turn the printer on it performs a Power On Self Test Chec
59. tools 1 14 transfer roll assembly parts catalog 7 26 removal 4 61 service check 2 94 U unique tools 1 14 upper front cover hinge assembly removal 4 62 upper front cover removal 4 12 upper paper deflector 4 63 user attendance messages 2 19 user line 2 link messages 2 32 user status displays 2 14 user status messages 2 17 V vertical paper adapter 7 62 viewing the permanent page count 3 17 W warning messages user status displays 2 16 l 6 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Part number index P N 02K0542 13F9975 13F9993 14F001 1 14F0029 14F0047 14F0083 53P8201 53P8203 53P8204 53P8205 53P8207 53P8209 53P8209 53P8211 53P8211 53P8213 53P8214 53P8215 53P8217 53P8219 53P8220 53P8222 53P8226 53P8227 53P8228 53P8229 53P8230 53P8241 53P8242 53P8243 53P8244 53P8247 53P8249 53P8249 53P8249 53P8249 53P8249 53P8250 53P8251 53P8252 53P8252 53P8253 53P8254 53P8255 Description Page Power cord set PRC HV 7 29 Power cord set Austria Belgium BlueMark Catalan CIS Czechoslovakia Finland France Germany Greece Hungary Italy Netherlands Norway Poland Portugal Russia Slovak countries Spain Sweden Turkey 0 0 0 cc llenas 7 29 Power cord set Denmark 7 29 Power cord set Botswana Lesotho Namibia Pakistan South Africa 7 29 Pow
60. 1372 7 5 Clip external ground kias imine si en aa a aii 7 9 Developer drive assembly gt hh hn 7 23 Shield gear 460 MPE ote h r Rete Fatis e e T de STR erte cote RR hit 7 7 Bushing charge roll ua etie Ide dead CONV E LR ERE UR 7 27 Shaft power takeoff 500 Infoprint 1352 Infoprint 1372 7 23 Tray assembly 500 sheet ce hh hr 7 21 Tray assembly 500 sheet 2 cc ehh hn 7 45 Arm tbranster rolll ft Jute a wether 7 27 Slider autosize 500 sheet mai a ni ara aa a a T ae 7 21 7 45 Plate 500 sheet tray wear 7 21 7 45 Support PaPek asus are bt ee cS Vee 7 3 Retaner cable i sl d uie iu E ai tek tye a 4 ea IN 7 3 Contact LSF ground eee tenet E eee 7 9 Parts packet pulley pase Sounds Kagan RR aa 7 63 7 65 7 76 Latch back restraint iiie rsen eaa a ite ee ee 7 19 7 21 7 43 7 45 Kit cap stack bails 500 sheet x nionde ae ede Gen ERU WA Hyena CIS E EE 7 74 Shield Ethernet blank 7 33 Flag output paper level Infoprint 1332
61. 2 53 8518 1 Guide edge 3 53P8520 1 Cover top 4 53P8340 1 Sensor envelope pass thru 5 53P8311 1 Clutch restraint gear 6 53 8521 1 Cover right side 7 53P8309 1 Support slide out 8 53P8342 7 Roller support 9 53P8304 1 Motor stepper DC 10 53P8493 1 Label options 11 53P8307 1 Switch envelope out 12 53P8829 1 Board assembly electronic control 13 53P8252 1 Parts packet gear kit 14 53 8522 1 Cover left side NS 53P8314 1 Parts packet retainer 4 mm PP NS 53P8314 3 Parts packet retainer clip 5 mm shaft NS 53P8314 2 Parts packet retainer 6 mm NS 53P8314 3 Parts packet retainer 7 mm shaft NS 53P8305 1 Shaft drive pressure roller NS 53P8306 1 Cable auto connect front NS 53P8347 1 Spring cam clutch NS 53P9084 1 Label envelope orientation icon NS 53P8336 1 Deflector guide NS 53P8523 1 Guard pass thru sensor NS 53P8319 6 Screw top motor board NS 53P8339 1 Belt gear drive NS 53P8345 1 Bracket stack limiter NS 53P8313 1 Spring restraint roll shaft NS 53P8343 1 Spring latch return NS 53P8341 1 Flag envelope out sensor Parts catalog 7 51 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 25 High capacity feeder 1 7 52 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 25 High capacity feeder 1
62. 20 and print a test page to help diagnose problems before changing any settings or working on the printer e Use the resident diagnostics test provided to help isolate a problem before taking the machine apart or removing any options 5 Bin mailbox service check Service tip The majority of the mechanical components can be observed during operation by removing the left and right side covers Make sure the option s are correctly installed and the machine is configured correctly before attempting to service the unit Problems with excessive static electricity buildup FRU Action 1 Front cover assembly Check the front cover assembly to make sure the ESD brush ground lead is firmly attached to the 5 Bin mailbox frame Also check to make sure the ESD brush is not loose or damaged 2 38 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 The printer does not recognize one or more output options as installed Service tip If more than a single output option is installed check each one to see if the printer recognizes any single option as being installed If the printer recognizes any of the output options then the base printer autoconnect system is operating correctly and the problem is in the unrecognized option Continue with this service check or go to the service check for the failing output FRU Action 5 Bin mailbox option Check the autoconnects cables and connectors of the option for any signs of loose or
63. 21 7 43 7 45 Clip 250 sheet tray wear 20 eee enna 7 19 7 43 Plate sSnap Ili Lese Eyed ced ea ceret PARE acd ase Sones eee 7 19 7 21 7 43 7 45 Finger autosize 7 19 7 21 7 43 7 45 Slider autosize 250 sheet 7 19 7 43 Spring transfer roll left 7 27 Spring transfer s 7 27 Shaft transfer eed ap eee ken Re de a e Gade Re a EDI e e s 7 27 Guide rear paper use with 53 8247 7 55 Frame assembly top with labels 7 55 Parts packet clip pick roll Shaft 0 0 IR 7 15 Parts packet retainer aligner 5 lt 7 45 7 59 Parts packet retainer pivot shaft 7 27 Parts packet retainer roller 7 59 Parts packet retainers 0 0 0 ccc 7 76 Parts packet springs paper feed 7 76 Parts packet duplex option fan mounting 7 76 Parts packet envelope option gears 7 76 Parts packet gear Kit orure reni i eno ea rh n
64. 250 tray Infoprint 1332 7 13 Interconnect board assembly 2 slot Infoprint 1352 Infoprint 1372 7 31 Interconnect board assembly 1 slot Infoprint 1332 7 31 Gover INA flat blank aum dd os aoe IAE UE Gene LEES whats 7 33 Shield inner assembly 2 slot Infoprint 1352 Infoprint 1372 7 33 Shield inner assembly 1 slot Infoprint 1332 _ 7 33 Shield outer 2 slot Infoprint 1352 Infoprint 1372 7 33 Shield outer 1 slot Infoprint 1332 Taste Rd vr IE RE m 7 33 Parts packet reference adjust cece 7 17 Frame EP module Infoprint 1352 Infoprint 1372_ 7 5 Kit f ser cover assembly isi ke DERE ERU aoe Re Ladue kasus 7 25 Clip reference ground aai s ren kiki eR Y RET ERE 7 17 Board inp titray ITG educ hut HETE Last FASE iuh ew base pacc A me m nds 7 7 MPF pad separator arm assembly 7 15 Cover clear bezel Infoprint 1332 2 2 0 rn rn nr nrk nr rane 7 3 Fan maimw cable wheat vedere ida isa 7 7 7 35 Toner sensorassembly ss ev prie pev bx EDGE EA EU EE EI dE 7 7 Lamp 115V Infoprint 1332 Infoprint 1352 llli 7 25 Lam
65. 26 High capacity feeder 2 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Asm Part i T index Units Description 26 1 8244 3 Guide rear paper use with 53P8247 2 53P8380 Parts packet screws including Top frame mounting 6 Base mounting 2 Power supply board mtg 2 Sensor bracket mtg 2 Support 1 frame mtg 2 Screw 2 3 53P8247 1 Frame assembly top with labels 4 53P8382 Parts packet washers including Top frame clamp 2 Base mounting 2 Motor plate mtg 4 Power supply board 2 Sensor bracket mtg 2 5 53P8400 1 Clamp top frame mounting 6 53P8381 Parts packet nuts including Base mounting 2 2 56 switch mounting 2 Power supply cover 2 Power supply ground 2 7 53P8375 1 Pulley idler 8 53P8376 1 Belt drive 9 53P8602 1 Cable AC internal wiring 10 53P8366 1 Switch lower limit microswitch 11 53P8603 1 Cord AC external jumper 12 53P8396 1 Cover power supply 13 53P8377 1 Power supply board 14 53P8397 1 Cable low voltage power supply 15 53P8395 2 Clamp feed frame 16 53P8388 1 Bushing 17 53P8366 1 Switch paper low 18 53P8364 1 Sensor assembly paper out upper limit 19 53P8371 1 Frame printer support 1 20 53P8394 1 Parts kit paper size switch assembly Parts catalog 7 55 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 27 High capacity feeder 3
66. 53P8770 1 Parts packet screw kiosk NS 53P8774 1 Grease packet Nyogel 744 NS NA 1 Relocation kit 250 250 sheet printer NS NA 1 Relocation kit 500 250 sheet printer 7 76 Service Manual Index Numerics 1565 Emul Error Load Emul Option 2 32 200 Paper Jam Remove Cartridge 2 30 201 Paper Jam Remove Cartridge 2 30 202 Paper Jam Open Rear Door 2 30 231 Duplex Paper Jam Rear 2 30 232 Duplex Paper Jam Rear 2 30 233 Duplex Paper Jam Rear 2 30 234 Duplex Paper Jam Rear 2 30 235 Duplex Paper Jam Front 2 31 236 Duplex Paper Jam Front 2 31 237 Duplex Paper Jam Front 2 31 238 Duplex Paper Jam 2 31 239 Duplex Paper Jam 2 31 24x Paper Jam Check Tray x 2 31 250 Paper Jam Check MP Feeder 2 31 250 sheet paper tray option parts catalog 7 40 removals 4 51 service check 2 64 260 Paper Jam Check Envelope Feeder 2 31 27x Paper Jam Check Output 2 31 280 Paper Jam Check Finisher 2 32 281 Paper Jam Check Finisher 2 32 282 Staple Jam Check Stapler 2 32 283 Staple Jam Check Stapler 2 32 500 sheet paper tray option parts catalog 7 44 removals 4 51 service check 2 64 80 scheduled maintenance 6 1 900 error code service check 2 41 950 error code service check 2 42 A acronyms 1 15 adjustments 4 2 duplex motor drive belts 4 2 fuser solenoid 4 2 gap adjustment 4 3 paper alignment assembly 4 4 printhead assembly 4 3 alignment assembly adjustment 4 4 parts catalog 7 16 removal 4 52 Infoprint 133
67. 7 47 uide edge ede dee terse enka dear e a aeui xd eu dis eed duc Le ud a 7 51 1 DISCRETE 7 51 Gover TIM Side svarar vae e ec C Ox Mate nce ets abate cie oce aed eae e Vr taeda 7 51 Gover ST side Ava atic dx db erii x ea pe ba d UR aca reta a oe dS EE AO d 7 51 Guard pass thru sensor 1 eee eee nee eas 7 51 Stud assembly 500 frame oers ia cerren r iadan eee has 7 47 G am ANELSE Gs Bae ein ier V Wi a a ace a tae 7 71 Wear plate pass thru s sauces vier ba arti vek BEG ee eX keh ed 7 45 Latch rear access door 7 67 Parts packet screw w washer motor mt 7 57 Parts packet nut and washer drive pulley plate 7 57 Motor assembly DG UR NEU RARUS E ae ER ed cm NO aed 7 57 Nut w lock washer top LVPS cover mounting 7 57 Grommet top COVER ou sagde VIE UA aes Fad CR RR MUR eat OH 7 57 Cable AC internal wiring ras 7 55 Gord AC external jumper acea Ga ed 7 55 NOS Gi cen EP 7 63 7 65 7 69 Bail SUPPO RU B dex 7 63 7 65 Upper redrive
68. Error displays for approximately three seconds and the failure count increases by 1 ROM Memory Test The ROM Memory Test is used to check the validity of the controller board code and fonts To run the ROM Memory Test 1 Select ROM Memory Test from the menu P and F represent the same numbers for DRAM The power indicator blinks indicating the test is in process The test runs continuously Each time the test finishes the screen updates with the result If the test passes the Pass Count increases by 1 however if the test fails one of the following messages displays for approximately three seconds ROM Checksum Error or ROM Burst Read Error Once the maximum pass count or fail count is reached the test stops with the power indicator on solid The results appear on the screen 2 Press Return Stop to exit the test Parallel Wrap Test This test is used with a wrap plug to check operation of the parallel port hardware Each parallel signal is tested To run the Parallel Wrap Test 1 Disconnect the parallel interface cable and install the wrap plug P N 1319128 2 Select Parallel Wrap Test from the menu The power indicator blinks indicating the test is in progress The test runs continuously until canceled Each time the test finishes the screen updates If the test passes the Pass Count increases by 1 however if the test fails a message displays for approximately three seconds Once the maximum count is reached the test stops
69. Finisher Side Cover displayed Go to StapleSmart finisher service check on page 2 86 Unable to clear or reset message POST incomplete Paper feeds into finisher option output tray Go to StapleSmart finisher service check on page 2 86 Paper is not stapled and paper does not align with the right side Paper feeds into finisher option Paper Go to StapleSmart finisher service check on page 2 86 aligns with the right side The stapler does not staple Paper is transported into the output tray but Go to StapleSmart finisher service check on page 2 86 is not stapled Stapled sheets are not transported to the Go to StapleSmart finisher service check on page 2 86 output tray Diagnostic information 2 37 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Service Checks Anytime the system board is replaced the Configuration ID must be reset in NVRAM Go to Setting configuration ID on page 3 18 Review the following information before performing any service checks Paper feed problems especially paper jams Go to Viewing the error log on page 3 6 and check the printer error log for indications of repetitive entries that help to isolate a problem to a particular area of the printer or option e Paper feed problems with error message Use the Sub error codes for 9xx and 2xx error codes on page 2 5 to help diagnose the problem Print quality problems Go to Print quality test pages on page 3
70. Inner paper deflector assembly removal on page 4 33 2 Remove the right side cover See Right cover removal on page 4 10 3 Disconnect the HVPS cable from the HVPS at connector A CAUTION There is a danger from hazardous voltage in the area of the printer where you 4 Disconnect the transfer roll cable B from the HVPS board Warning Use care when disconnecting the cable from the transformer on the HVPS The cable and connector can be easily damaged Repair information 4 31 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 5 Remove the HVPS mounting screws C C 235 6 Slide the HVPS to the left to release the mounting tab from the center pan and remove the HVPS 4 32 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Inner paper deflector assembly removal Remove the paper tray Remove the upper paper deflector assembly See Upper paper deflector assembly removal on page 4 63 Place the printer on its side Remove the MPT deflector assembly See Inner paper deflector assembly removal on page 4 33 Gently pry the inner paper deflector from the left and right mounting posts A located on the bottom of the printer and remove the deflector RAO N 6 Disengage the two latches B on the upper part of the deflector from the upper edge of the frame C and lift to remove Repair information 4 33 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Inner shield removal Dm 1 Remove the left door 2 3 Remove a
71. LVPS CAUTION When taking measurements for AC power observe all LVPS to fuser AC cable safety precautions Measure the AC line voltage between the two connectors on the fuser end of the LVPS to fuser AC cable If the voltage is incorrect turn the power off and remove the LVPS Measure the AC line voltage between pins CN1 1 and CN1 3 on the board If correct check the continuity of the LVPS to fuser AC cable If incorrect replace the cable If the AC line voltage at CN1 is incorrect check fuse F2 If the fuse is blown replace the fuse If the fuse is not blown replace the LVPS assembly 2 52 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 FRU Action Fuser top cover assembly assembly includes thermistor and thermal fuses Disconnect the thermistor cable from the fuser control board at J6 Resistance 1 00000000 J1 HOT J2 1 J2 2 10K ohms COLD approximately 450K ohms If the resistance is incorrect replace the fuser top cover assembly If the resistance is correct check each pin of J6 to ground If there is continuity replace the fuser cover assembly See Fuser cover removal on page 4 25 Diagnostic information 2 53 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Hot fuser service check Error Code 923 Indicates the fuser is too hot during printing or when the printer is idle Error code 924 Indicates an open circuit has been
72. NF Near Full Sensor Once the screen is displayed manually actuate each of the output expander sensors When the sensor is closed CL displays and when the sensor is open OP displays Select Return or Stop to exit the test High Capacity Output Stacker 1 2 3 4 5 Select Output Bin tests from the menu Select Output Bin Tests Sensor Tests Select Sensor Tests for Output Bin x x number of the output option to be tested The following screen is displayed HCBinx P OP F OP NF OP TP High Capacity Stacker top position sensor P High Capacity Stacker pass thru sensor F High Capacity Stacker bin full sensor lower part of dual sensor NF High Capacity Stacker near full sensor upper part of dual sensor Once the screen is displayed manually actuate each of the sensors of the high capacity stacker When the sensor is closed CL displays and when the sensor is open OP displays Select Return or Stop to exit the test Diagnostic aids 3 13 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 5 Bin Mailbox Option 1 2 3 5 Select Output Bin Tests from the menu Select Output Bin tests Sensor Tests Select Sensor Tests for Output Bin x x number of the output option to be tested The following screen is displayed Output Bin x P1 OP P2 OP L NL P1 5 Bin Mailbox first pass thru sensor P2 5 Bin Mailbox second pass thru sensor L EM 5 Bin x empty L NL bin contains media but the bin is NOT near full nor full L
73. Not used 4 Ground 5 5 V dc Varies 3 V dc to 5 V dc 6 5 V dc 5 V dc If the voltages are correct replace the mechanical drive assembly If the voltages are incorrect replace the stapler card assembly FRU Action 1 Swing arm spring Make sure the swing arm spring is connected and not loose or broken 2 Clutch assembly Drive motor assembly Drive gear Check the clutch assembly on the right side frame assembly for correct operation and broken or loose parts Check the drive motor assembly and drive gear for damage 281 Paper Jam The paper may jam at the upper deflector FRU Action 1 Upper deflector Check the upper deflector for signs of broken parts especially the hook that holds the upper deflector spring Check for bowing of the deflector Make sure the deflector moves smoothly and freely with no signs of binds 2 Upper deflector spring Make sure the upper deflector spring is not loose or broken Diagnostic information 2 89 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 281 Paper Jam paper jams into stapler output bin FRU Action 1 Center stapler bail Check the center stapler bail for broken parts and that the bail moves freely on the upper exit shaft assembly 2 Upper exit shaft assembly Lower exit shaft assembly Exit shaft bearings Check the upper and lower shaft assembly for wear binds or damage Check the exit
74. Pick Motor below speed 913 DC Pick Motor over speed Error Codes 910 911 912 913 and 914 are indications that a Tray 1 paper feed problem has been detected Go to Input tray s service check on page 2 64 914 DC Pick Motor No encoder feedback Check the integrated paper tray Tray 1 for correct paper loading Reload the paper and POR the printer If the error continues go to Input tray s service check on page 2 64 917 Transfer Roll Indicates a problem in the transfer roll area Go to Transfer roll service check on page 2 94 920 Fuser Error Indicates that the fuser is below temperature when printing Go to Fuser service checks on page 2 52 921 Fuser Error Indicates that the fuser is below standby temperature when the printer is idle Go to Fuser service checks on page 2 52 922 Fuser Error Fuser failed to reach standby temperature Go to Fuser service checks on page 2 52 923 Fuser Error Fuser is too hot during printing or when printer is idle Go to Fuser service checks on page 2 52 2 2 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Service error code continued Error code Action 924 Fuser Error An open circuit has been detected in the Fuser Thermistor Circuit Go to Fuser service checks on page 2 52 925 Fuser Error Wrong fuser lamp installed Go to Cold fuser service check on page 2 52 927 Fa
75. Units Description 12 1 56P1330 1 Gearbox w motor Infoprint 1332 1 56P1332 1 Gearbox w motor Infoprint 1352 1 56P1858 1 Gearbox w motor 1372 2 53P8925 1 Shaft power takeoff 250 Infoprint 1332 2 53P8457 1 Shaft power takeoff 500 Infoprint 1352 1372 3 53 8256 1 Spring power takeoff shaft 4 56P2162 1 Gear bevel with grease packet and washer 5 53P8451 1 Developer drive assembly 6 53 8922 1 Parts packet developer drive shaft coupler gear 55 7 53P8617 3 Parts packet screw developer drive ground NS 53P8617 4 Parts packet screw gearbox mounting NS 53P8617 3 Parts packet screw motor mounting Parts catalog 7 23 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 13 Hot roll fuser 7 24 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 13 Hot roll fuser Asm Part i T index number Units Description 13 1 56P2542 1 Fuser assembly w 115V lamp Infoprint 1332 1352 1 56P2543 1 Fuser assembly w 100V lamp Infoprint 1332 1352 1 56P2544 1 Fuser assembly w 220V lamp Infoprint 1332 1352 1 56P2545 1 Fuser assembly w 115V lamp Infoprint 1372 1 56P2546 1 Fuser assembly w 220V lamp Infoprint 1372 1 56P2547 1 Fuser assembly w 100V lamp Infoprint 1372 2 53P8488 1 Cover fuser wiper cavity 3 56P1415 14 Wiper assembly wet Infoprint 1332 1352 MICR 4 56P1348 1 Kit fuser cover assembly with thermistor thermal fuse and L amp R fuse
76. V dc 5 V dc J24 1 45 V dc 0 V dc If the voltage is incorrect replace the FRUs in the following order Main drive motor assembly System board 2 68 Service Manual Main fan service check Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Check the cable connections at J7 on the system board and at the main fan assembly The main fan runs continuously when the printer is powered on unless the printer is in the Power Saver mode FRU Action 1 Main fan Manually spin the fan and check that it rotates freely Check the cable connection to the system board J7 for correct installation 2 Main fan to system board cable Check the continuity of the cable If incorrect replace the cable 3 Error code 927 fan runs Check the voltage at J7 1 on the system board The voltage measures 5 V static 0 V dc fan running If incorrect replace the main fan If this does not fix the problem replace the system board 4 Error code 927 fan not running Check the voltage at J7 3 on the system board The voltages are 22 V dc to 24 V dc printer and fan running e 12 V dc to 15 V dc printer not running fan running about half speed If incorrect replace the system board If this does not fix the problem replace the main fan Diagnostic information 2 69 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Operator panel service check Operator panel buttons service check Before continuing wit
77. a problem replace the pick roll assembly Check to ensure the media that is being fed through the multipurpose tray assembly meets recommended paper specifications Parallel port service check Run the Parallel Wrap Test on page 3 9 Note The Parallel Wrap Test is designed to check the parallel port hardware by using a wrap plug P N 1319128 and invoking the Parallel Diagnostic Test This test helps isolate the printer from the parallel cable and host The test provides failure information on the display for approximately three seconds If the test indicates that a problem is detected replace the controller board Diagnostic information 2 77 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Printhead service check The printhead assembly does not contain any service replaceable parts or components If service error code 930 displays the wrong printhead is installed in the printer See Printhead 1 Infoprint 1332 on page 7 10 Printhead 2 Infoprint 1352 on page 7 11 or Printhead 3 1372 on page 7 12 Note A 201 paper jam may also indicate a failing printhead The paper may have jammed prior to or at the input sensor Print the error log and see if 201 or 931 errors are logged Service Error Code Explanation Error code 931 These errors usually indicate a failure in the HYSNC signal to the No first HYSNC Signal printhead Check the continuity of the cables connected to J5 and J4 Error Code 932 on the system board If incorrect replac
78. a valid ID is verified If the ID is valid then the ID is saved in NVRAM and the printer automatically PORs to activate the new setting Note When the printer 5 it does so in the normal mode Restore EP Factory Defaults To restore each of the printer settings contained in the EP Setup menu to their factory default value select Restore from the menu To exit the menu without restoring the settings to the factory default values select Do Not Restore Sometimes this is used to help correct print quality problems Fuser Temperature This adjustment can be used to help solve some customer problems with paper curl on low grade papers and problems with letterheads on some types of media The fuser temperature can be adjusted to NORMAL LOWER LOWEST Warm Up Time You can change the amount of time the printer warms up before allowing pages to print by changing this setting from 0 to 5 The factory sets the warm up at 0 or no warm up time This time period lets the backup roll heat up and helps reduce curl in some environments Transfer The transfer can be adjusted to LOW MEDIUM HIGH 3 18 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Print Contrast The print contrast setting controls the developer voltage offset The print contrast can be adjusted to LOW MEDIUM HIGH Charge Roll The charge roll can be adjusted to LOW MEDIUM HIGH Print tests The purpose of the diagnostic Print Tests is to verify that the printer can p
79. and Italian 7 3 Kit operator panel overlay Czech and Hungarian 7 3 Kit operator panel overlay Danish Finnish Norwegian and Swedish 7 3 Kit operator panel overlay Polish Russian and Turkish 7 3 Kit operator panel overlay WW English and Spanish 7 3 Kit operator panel overlay WW English Simplified Chinese Traditional Chinese and Japanese 7 3 Card assembly Bar Code nene 7 74 G rd assembly Bar code x svak serere ba ARR RR ate re n e d E 7 31 PrintCryption card 5 7 74 l 16 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 56P3084 System board assembly non network Infoprint 1372 includes 45P1444 7 31 56P3085 System board assembly network Infoprint 1372 7 31 56P1854 Printhead assembly includes all cables Infoprint 1372 7 12 56P1858 Gearbox w motor Infoprint 1372 illis en 7 23 56P2182 Card assembly ImageQuick panasi nie 7 31 56P2182 Card assembly ImageQuick ssssssseselese teen eee eee 7 74 56P2122 Cover left door 250 1 slot Infoprint 1332
80. approximately 1 6 V dc when the thermistor is hot If incorrect replace the system board If correct go to step 5 5 Fuser hot roll Fuser hot roll bearings Fuser backup roll bearings Fuser backup roll Fuser mechanical parts Examine the fuser assembly for signs of overheating or damage Check the hot roll and backup roll for signs of excessive toner label glue labels or other contaminants If problems are found replace the fuser assembly 2 54 Service Manual Fuser solenoid service check Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 are working Unplug the printer before you begin or use caution if the printer must receive CAUTION There is a danger from hazardous voltage in the area of the printer where you power in order to perform the task Service tip Try changing the envelope enhance level setting A different setting may correct the problem Note Check the fuser envelope conditioner solenoid adjustment as described in the adjustment section Fuser solenoid adjustment on page 4 2 FRU Action 1 Fuser envelope conditioner solenoid Observe the operation of the fuser solenoid by removing the redrive assembly Check for proper mechanical operation of the solenoid and associated hardware link and so on If correct check the resistance of the solenoid between J4 1 and J4 2 on the fuser control board Pd 00000000 J1 The resistance meas
81. arken 7 41 7 47 7 59 Cable 250 sheet autoconnect 7 41 7 45 Spring Backup roller uri Seger wale Sg ER Ie ead xen s 7 43 7 47 7 59 Sensor option pass thru 2 0 hh 7 41 7 45 Sensor pass thif x IUS beu pe ba naa al enn re cade on eee fa de 7 61 DUI WEAN ret Suds Rom Sut dedu Medias do huder endte A Reds had 7 21 Wear SMIDE Din sede ipu Ree i Pada se 7 45 Parts packet duplex option cam follower assembly 7 76 Arm transfer roll assembly right rnes aree erti riaan RII 7 27 Sensor paper lOW ses elec e p ena Verdt ere Det ber eR Ee UE Ga de 7 41 7 45 Arm assembly belt idler e ses raskt RIP Tere Sie oe tere RERO s Ret qe dn 7 69 PUley Arve uret Sie Mesi RP eum S erbiatum eee Pte al nate vesci Deci rate 7 71 shattassembly lower sien a ess Ea ar AG HE eek co dote d d cd 7 71 Motor stepper DG eme ped xe do uud dime 7 51 Shaft drive pressure roller 0 I n 7 51 Gable auto conriect front sirenen aa he meia ee eva ed eu s eater adc a ans 7 51 Switchenvelope Out criss oett date Wid dora lee eta ea s me eet ee 7 51 Paper weightassembly Rete Ue Saves bie ete ha eed eee d ei Kates 7 51 S pport slide Out 2i vaare re bola g
82. automatically clears in 30 seconds and the IPDS emulation is disabled No other printer functions are affected The correct IPDS emulation must be downloaded User line 2 link messages If the printer is locked on a particular link the link indication displays If the printer is ready to process any link no messages display Link messages are listed in the following table User message Explanation Parallel Standard Parallel Port if available Serial Standard Serial Port if available Serial x Serial Port is attached to PCI connector x where 1 2 or 3 Network x Network card x is attached to connector x where x21 2 or LocalTalk x LocalTalk Card x is attached to PCI connector x where 1 2 or 3 Infrared Standard Infrared port if available Infrared x Infrared Port x is attached to PCI connector x x21 2 or 2 32 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Check device connection messages The messages in the following table display when the printer loses communications with one of the following devices User status message Explanation Check Env Feeder Connection Check envelope feeder connection Check Tray x Connection Check tray x where 1 2 3 4 or 5 Check Duplex Connection Check duplex option connection The messages in the following table can occur in two ways The specified device could have been
83. bad dtd deat 3 14 Finisher Sensor Tests vend wd i d a Frekk eden Deda cre kd eee 3 14 Staple SONS ES dx a d caca 3 15 Cover and Door Sensors Gad da 3 15 Pass ang Media Sensis oec icerdi deposit d Kat anes 3 15 Pin Level Sensor i sdauesed ka bad dd aw bad iudi edes denis 3 15 Baca Sanasdi 16st Suiv EXP 2 ibd P EY De dp Mb BN uod ea 3 16 EE gt EE 253 5994 tasers fb ore tous bord dept patur db ear d 3 16 PIITIBI assessed mes x proponere dba doe eee bade d d eda dona 3 17 Seg Me PP COUN edd paused dti d 3 17 Viewing the permanent page count 3 17 V Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Maintenance paga uu dus d d tiki dp ded dos de act 97 Sotto CONTOUIANON ID a ca rede 3 18 estore EP Factory Deraults 2 2 3 HERRERA YO LES 3 18 PU ene Tae hate coed Maa EG AE ERE PE d adig des NG 3 19 Print quallty test PAGES siaeeas esie iesea eyed A RE E WU adda wade eee A 3 20 mena Dade escenas deeds
84. board is replaced because this board contains the printer NVRAM Memory where the page count is stored To set the page count 1 Select Page Count from the Diagnostic menu The current page count displays The leftmost digit blinks indicating it is the first digit to be changed 2 Press Menu until the value you want displays 3 Press Select to move to the next digit and press Menu until the value you want displays Continue with each digit until you set the page count You can skip any digit by pressing Select 4 Press Select to save the new page count in NVRAM 5 Press Return Stop to exit the Diagnostic menu Viewing the permanent page count The permanent page count can only be viewed and cannot be changed To view the permanent page count 1 Select Permanent Page Count from the menu 2 Press Return Stop to exit the Diagnostic menu Maintenance page count This counter is reset by the servicer after a 80 Scheduled Maintenance message displays 300K copies and a maintenance kit is installed To view the maintenance page count 1 Select Maintenance Count Value from the Configuration menu 2 Press Return to go to the previous menu To reset the maintenance page count to zero 1 Select Reset Maintenance Count Configuration menu 2 Pressing Select resets the maintenance page counter to zero Reset Maintenance Count Saved displays momentarily When the reset operation is complete the menu returns to the Printer Se
85. can display due to a problem with the HSYSC signal to or in the printhead Use the sub error code table to assist in isolating a 200 Paper Jam message See Base printer sub error codes on page 2 6 Note When the StapleSmart finisher option is installed a secondary message may be displayed which advises whether or not to remove the job from the finisher If a job has accumulated in the finisher then the printer alternately flashes the primary and secondary messages to indicate that all accumulated sheets should not be removed during the jam clearance procedure If the sheets are removed then the printer does not reprint these sheets Error Message 201 Paper Jam Remove Cartridge This message indicates the paper is jammed between the printer input and exit sensors This condition can be caused by the paper exiting the input sensor too late or jamming in the fuser assembly prior to activating the exit sensor flag in time or not at all Note When the StapleSmart finisher option is installed a secondary message may be displayed which advises whether or not to remove the job from the finisher If a job has accumulated in the finisher then the printer alternately flashes the primary and secondary messages to indicate that all accumulated sheets should not be removed during the jam clearance procedure If the sheets are removed then the printer does not reprint these sheets Error Message 202 Paper Jam Open Rear Door This message indicates
86. damaged parts Mechanical linkage assembly Remove the left and right side covers and check the two autoconnects for damage especially the connector pins Remove the output option and check the voltages on the standard output bin autoconnect located on the top left rear of the printer Go to Autoconnect on page 5 1 If the voltages are correct reinstall the output option noting the position of the toroid on the autoconnect cable of the lower autoconnect Check the voltages on each of the autoconnects If the toroid was moved make sure to move it back to its original position on the cable If the voltages are correct replace the control board If the voltages are incorrect replace the failing autoconnect assembly 271 Paper Jam Check Bin 1 displays FRU Action Bottom pass thru sensor flag assembly Control board Check the flag for correct operation binding broken parts or interference from the sensor cable If incorrect repair as necessary If correct make sure the bottom pass thru sensor is correctly connected to J5 on the control board Disconnect the pass thru sensor cable and check the voltage at J5 3 The voltage measures approximately 5 V dc If incorrect check the voltage at J5 2 The voltage measures approximately 0 V dc If incorrect replace the sensor assembly If this does not fix the problem replace the control board 274 Paper Jam Check Bin 4 displays Servi
87. detected in the fuser thermistor circuit Note Check the fuser sub error codes to help diagnose between a 923 and 924 error CAUTION The fuser may be hot use caution before removing or servicing are working Unplug the printer before you begin or use caution if the printer must receive CAUTION There is a danger from hazardous voltage in the area of the printer where you power in order to perform the task FRU Action 1 Fuser cover assembly assembly includes thermistor and thermal fuses Check for damage to the thermistor assembly If damage is found replace the fuser top cover assembly If no damage is found check the resistance of the thermistor between pins J6 1 and J6 2 on the cable HOT 10K ohms COLD approximately 450K ohms If the resistance is incorrect replace the fuser top cover assembly If the resistance is correct check each pin of J6 to ground If there is continuity replace the fuser cover assembly See Fuser cover removal on page 4 25 2 Fuser assembly Check for continuity between J6 1 and J1 2 and between J6 2 and J1 3 If incorrect replace the fuser assembly If correct go to step 3 3 Fuser to system board DC cable Check the continuity of the cable If incorrect replace the cable If correct go to step 4 4 System board Measure the voltage on J14 3 on the system board The voltage should change from approximately 2 5 V dc with the thermistor cold to
88. eisen die gesteld worden aan een laserprodukt van klasse Voor de Verenigde Staten zijn deze eisen vastgelegd in DHHS 21 CFR Subchapter J voor andere landen in IEC 60825 1 Laserprodukten van klasse worden niet als ongevaarlijk aangemerkt De printer is voorzien van een laser van klasse 3b dat wil zeggen een gallium arsenide laser van 5 milliwatt met een golflengte van 770 795 nanometer Het lasergedeelte en de printer zijn zo ontworpen dat bij normaal gebruik bij onderhoud of reparatie conform de voorschriften nooit blootstelling mogelijk is aan laserstraling boven een niveau zoals voorgeschreven is voor klasse 1 Lasermeddelelse Printeren er godkendt som et Klasse I laserprodukt i overenstemmelse med kravene i IEC 60825 1 Klasse l laserprodukter betragtes ikke som farlige Printeren indeholder internt en Klasse IIIB 3b laser der nominelt er en 5 milliwatt galliumarsenid laser som arbejder b lgel ngdeomr det 770 795 nanometer Lasersystemet og printeren er udformet s ledes at mennesker aldrig uds ttes for en laserstr ling over Klasse 1 ved normal drift brugervedligeholdelse eller obligatoriske servicebetingelser Huomautus laserlaitteesta Tama kirjoitin on Yhdysvalloissa luokan I 1 laserlaitteiden DHHS 21 CFR Subchapter J m rityksen mukainen ja muualla luokan I laserlaitteiden IEC 60825 1 m rityksen mukainen Luokan I laserlaitteiden ei katsota olevan vaarallisia k ytt j lle Kirj
89. ep RR CUL Pe Sea vare 1 6 Power nd electrical Specifications a usas s aka smaa da and bale 1 6 Electrical SDecITiCallOPiS dene data Rosen ae Seba maid RS aged Rao d 1 6 ACOUSIIOS ex NES IJI wb ed SET 1 7 EODD ERE dad A TE 1 7 Media seca etes b ren cele dud eee beduwb gebe kat abes Fendi 1 8 os bhi ies obo Dre dd acaba Capsa RUD daga cab 1 12 M dia guidelines abate cmm eae S dad s g G r G eae deb Sag dus ais 1 12 1 12 Envelopes Lusia quA ESPERE EE due dd fade dao bebo ees 1 13 He se aspere Sac bs EE denen td dx ure sb qu 1 13 Labels Ses da TR DE AEG pa mood Cee Sam 1 13 TOO TBOUIFBO EE ete gene sais sd qiiid dos 1 14 FUMING adt cali apii bapti ET 1 15 Diagnostic information 2 beds EROR Rari Rod ck aa es 2 1 SUBIT ee EE cee ee ee er ee et eee Cer Dub dodo d iue vira 2 1 MERE eee CHOP COSS ERE te dd date i adi PR 2 2 SAT eror GOOBS cone oam ses cea E Gao qus 3 2 2 S
90. error may occur at power on or during flash format and write operations Press Go to clear the message The flash is marked as bad and normal operation continues Flash operations are not allowed until the problem is resolved 52 Flash Full This message displays when there is not enough free space in the flash memory to hold the resources that have been requested to be written to flash 2 26 Service Manual User attendance messages continued Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Primary message Secondary message Explanation 53 Unformatted Flash This message displays when the printer detects an unformatted flash at power on Press Go to clear the message The flash is marked as bad and normal operation continues Flash operations are not allowed until the flash is formatted 54 Standard Network Software Error This error displays when a network port is detected but the printer cannot establish communications with it 54 Network x Software Error This error displays when a network port is detected but the printer cannot establish communications with it 55 Unsupported option in Slot x An unsupported option is installed in the specified solutions port Power off the printer and remove the unsupported option in the specified slot 55 Unsupported Flash in Slot x An unsupported flash option is installed in the solutions port Power off the printer and remove the unsupported flash opt
91. esed beau ap ANE QU gura D atus 7 37 Smart cartridge contact assembly w cable 7 7 Smart contact assembly w cable 0 0 00 ln 7 37 Autoconnect top Infoprint 1332 qe ERTE EEEN 7 35 Autoconnect top Infoprint 1352 Infoprint 1372 7 35 Narrow media esie Gee od eed beat Gun Sede ERREUR RO ae ee EG id LR 7 39 Sensor narrow media 2 viser edat M ee aca x beati e vies Maas dale Vit 7 25 sari tA feen b qu EE RE bete Re P ER Rea HR d RARE 7 39 Sensore Xiana heared a dt eau traut sever ar ai t keratin 7 25 Cable AC fuserlamp to EVPS uas ves vas a DR Malan Sloat FARE SG 7 39 Card asm paper wt paper low sensor 7 13 Cartridge fan i cnt d hag Mage teri ae en Pa tst te lel 7 7 7 35 250 duplex assembly spasere d ane REA een kr ea pig EEG ERU RE Ea ag 7 49 Wiper assembly wet mh hh hn 7 25 500 duplex assembly serr sra RE VR RO ER RAE DD bats 7 49 TeMB Elashicard estes IE ude eters n 7 74 a2 MB Flashcard o ite eue Eesti ee tete bitt DEN Aq DT ES 7 74 Hard disk with adapter 20 GB 0 0 eee tenet tenets 7 74 Optra Forms hard disk with adapter 20 GB
92. exit sensor flag This may also be caused by erratic operation of exit sensor flag or exit sensor or a defective piece of media 89 xx 04 x1 The fuser exit sensor never actuated from the sheet going through the fuser before the next page begins feeding x12media size 89 xx 07 The narrow media sensor in the fuser was covered by a sheet of paper when not expected or a piece of media is in the machine during POST This error can occur when a 202 paper jam has occurred 1 Remove any piece of media that is over the narrow media sensor 2 Try to feed a piece of paper through the printer could run the print test from the diagnostic test menu If the media stops over the narrow media sensor again check the flag and sensor for correct operation 89 xx OB x1 The fuser exit sensor may be bouncing This error can be caused by a failing exit sensor or system board 89 xx The fuser exit sensor bounced Check the exit sensor for correct operation Check the fuser DC cable to J14 on the system board Also the system board may be failing Diagnostic information 2 9 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Base printer sub error codes continued First 6 bytes sub error code data xx can be Explanation any value 8D 00 00 The fuser exit sensor was never activated by the leading edge of the media fed through the printer This error can be displayed after a 201 paper jam This can be caused by a
93. fan grill cover Note Be sure to reseat the fan grill cover before replacing the laser assembly cover Repair information 4 15 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Bevel gear removal Open the left door Remove the inner shield Remove the gear guard Remove the power takeoff shaft and spring A through the bo Bp NE ttom of the printer i 5 Place your thumb on the top of the gear and press firmly down and away Note You need to exert firm pressure to snap the bevel gear out 4 16 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Installation 1 Remove any washer that may be present A and discard 2 Lubricate areas A that engage the journal B with grease from the provided packet 3 Place the new washer C on the bevel gear shaft A B C 4 Insert the bottom portion and press or pull into position Note You should hear two distinct snaps If you only hear one the bevel gear is only partially engaged and you should continue to press until the second snap is heard Very firm pressure is required CAUTION Do not brace your hands below the bevel gear itself When the gear double snaps into place it may pinch your hand 5 Install the power takeoff shaft and spring 6 Install the gear guard T Install the inner shield Repair information 4 17 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Communications board removal 1 Remove the outer shield See Outer shield removal on page 4 52 2 Rem
94. finisher 4 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 E i UNE Units Description 35 1 53P8727 1 Paper alignment wheel NS 53 8847 1 Kit maintenance StapleSmart wheels NS 53P8698 1 Sensor stapler pass thru NS 53P8703 1 Cable assembly right stapler bin level NS 53P8707 2 Ground cable stapler tray bar NS 53P8697 1 Cable stapler NS 8705 1 Cable ground NS 53P8678 1 Cable assembly left stapler bin level NS 53 8717 14 Label pinch point NS 53P8350 1 Tie cable Parts catalog 7 73 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 36 Options n Units Description NS 56P0695 1 8MB memory option NS 56P0696 1 16MB memory option NS 56P0697 1 32MB memory option NS 56P0698 1 64MB memory option NS 56P0699 1 128MB memory option NS 56P1417 1 16MB Flash card NS 56P1418 1 32MB Flash card NS 56P1850 1 Card assembly Bar Code NS 56P2584 1 Card assembly IPDS and SCS TNe NS 56P1419 1 Hard disk with adapter 20 GB NS 56P0159 1 Adapter card SES for SCS NS 53P8859 1 Cable Twinax NS 53P8860 1 Cable Coax NS 53P9085 1 External serial adapter NS 56P2182 1 Card assembly ImageQuick NS 56P1424 1 Optra Forms hard disk with adapter 20 GB NS 53P8822 1 Tray assembly 250 sheet special media NS 53P8802 1 Tray universal adjustable 250 sheet NS 56P11
95. from the two mounting posts 2 Gently release the upper deflector assembly latch from its mounting on the right side frame and slide to the right 3 Remove the upper deflector assembly Repair information 4 63 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 4 64 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 5 Connector locations Autoconnect Connector Pin no Signal static 24 V dc 0 V dc 5 V dc 0 V dc 0 V dc 0 V dc Bottom autoconnect BR OS N 0 V dc 0 V dc 0 V dc 5 V dc 0 V dc 24 V dc Front autoconnect orci A wo N 0 V dc 5 V dc 0 V dc 0 V dc 0 V de 5 V dc 0 V dc 24 V dc Top autoconnect co oO BR N Connector locations 5 1 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Envelope feeder board Connector Pinno Signal ee J1 1 N A Ground Tx EOC Ground Rx EOC 24 V dc Return SIDI OL AJ OND 24 V dc J2 Ground Paper Present Co m 5 V dc J3 Ground Paper Present Co m 5 V dc J4 Motor Phase B Motor Phase A Motor Phase B AJ wy N Motor Phase A Fuser Board Fuser Board not a FRU Connectors at J1 J1 System
96. i P Units Description 25 1 53P8372 1 Frame printer support frame 2 2 53P8380 3 Parts packet screw printer support 2 frame mounting 3 53 8395 2 Clamp feed frame 4 53P8380 4 Parts packet screw feed frame clamp 5 53P8391 2 Bearing Nyliner leadscrew top 6 53P8368 1 Cover left side 7 53P8385 3 Strip wear 8 53P8815 1 Strip wear dimple 9 53P8380 3 Parts packet screw deflector mt 8 18 x 7 8 inch 10 53P8748 1 Label tray option number 11 53P8374 2 Transfer leadscrew assembly 12 53P8398 2 Bearing leadscrew bottom 13 53P8381 4 Parts packet nut 6 32 hinge mounting 14 53P8382 4 Parts packet washer hinge mounting flat 15 53P8382 4 Parts packet washer hinge mounting star 16 53P8369 2 Hinge door 17 75P8380 1 High capacity feeder asm 18 53P8370 2 Magnet door 19 53P8363 1 Frame assembly 20 53P8373 1 Tray assembly elevator 21 56P0069 1 Card assembly 2000 option control 22 53P8382 4 Parts packet washer card asm mounting 23 53P8380 4 Parts packet screw card asm mounting 24 75P8380 1 High capacity feeder asm 25 53P8382 1 Parts packet washer door switch spring mounting 26 53P8381 1 Parts packet nut door switch spring mounting NS 53P8390 1 Cable optical sensor Parts catalog 7 53 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 26 High capacity feeder 2 ut 280 E T i 1 7 54 Service Manual Assembly
97. inch apart Replace the main drive motor 2 Lines spaced 22 32 This can be caused by a defective gear in the main drive gearbox mm 882 inch apart assembly Replace the main drive gearbox assembly Lines spaced 28 7 mm 1 130 inch apart Lines spaced 47 83 mm 1 883 inch apart Lines spaced 63 77 mm 2 511 inch apart 3 Lines spaced 38 26 mm This can be caused by defective gear s in the main drive gearbox 1 506 inch apart Replace the FRUs in the following order Main drive gearbox Reference edge 4 Lines spaced 44 64 mm Replace the FRUs in the following order 1 757 inch apart Developer drive assembly Main drive gearbox assembly 5 Lines spaced 47 19 mm Replace the FRUs in the following order 1 858 inch apart Toner cartridge Charge roll Developer drive assembly 6 Lines spaced 49 16 mm Replace the toner cartridge 1 935 inch apart 2 80 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 FRU Action 7 Lines spaced 49 74 mm Replace the FRUs in the following order 1 958 inch apart Redrive assembly Fuser assembly There is a danger from hazardous voltage in the area of the printer where you are working Unplug the printer before you begin or use caution if the printer must receive power in order to perform the task 8 Lines spaced 51 02 mm Replace the transfer roll 2 009 inch apart 9 Lines spaced 52 23 mm Replace the redrive assembly 2 056 inch apa
98. indicate the download emulation and RIP code are incompatible To help resolve download emulation problems the following steps are necessary to instruct the printer to POR without activating any download emulations To disable the download emulation 1 Turn the printer off 2 Press and hold the Go and Menu buttons 3 Turn the printer on and release the buttons once Performing Self Test displays Once the printer is idle the emulation can be downloaded again 4 Program the download emulation into the code overlay card assembly again 5 If these steps do not resolve the problem replace the code overlay card assembly and download the emulation again Diagnostic aids 3 3 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Duplex tests Duplex Quick Test This test is used to verify that the Duplex Option Top Margin is set correctly This test prints a duplexed version of the Quick Test Page that can be used to adjust the Top Margin for the backside of the duplexed page You can run one duplexed page Single or continue printing duplexed pages Continues until Return Stop is pressed The paper you choose to print the page on should be either Letter or A4 To run the Duplex Quick Test 1 Select Duplex Quick Test from the menu 2 Select Single or Continuous The single Duplex Quick test cannot be canceled The printer attempts to print the Quick Test Page from the default paper source If the default paper source only supports envelopes then
99. likely jammed in the duplex option however the paper can also be jammed in the redrive at the input to the duplex option The redrive assembly may not be correctly installed or locked in position or the duplex link is bent and not aligned properly to allow paper to feed correctly into the duplex option Use the specific errors below e 231 Duplex Paper Jam Rear A piece of media did not arrive at the duplex input sensor but did leave the printer exit sensor e 232 Duplex Paper Jam Rear A piece of media did not clear the duplex input sensor but did leave the printer exit sensor e 233 Duplex Paper Jam Rear A piece of media failed to make the duplex doublefeed sensor during turnaround e 234 Duplex Paper Jam Rear The media did not reach the duplex exit sensor e 235 Duplex Paper Jam Front A piece of media is over the duplex doublefeed sensor e 236 Duplex Paper Jam Front A piece of media did not leave the duplex exit sensor 237 Duplex Paper Jam Front A piece of media did not reach the printer input sensor e 238 Duplex Paper Jam A piece of media is over one of the duplex sensors during a reset e 239 Duplex Paper Jam A paper jam has occurred in the duplex option Note When the StapleSmart finisher is installed a secondary message may be displayed which advises whether or not to remove the job from the finisher If a job has accumulated in the finisher then the printer alternately flashes the primary and seco
100. margin Continue adjusting the Screw as you check the results of each adjustment on a new test page until you obtain the results you want Repair information 4 5 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Screw identification table The following table contains screw types locations and quantities necessary to service the printer Each screw callout in the removal procedure graphic displays the screw reference number listed in the table Pay careful attention to each screw type location when doing removals You must install the correct screw type in each location during reassembly Reference i Screw type Location Purpose Qty M3 5x8 mm Thread right side frame to center pan attach 1 Cutting toner level sensor mounting 1 102 charge roll bracket mounting 1 E main drive gearbox mounting 3 EP module to left and right side frame attach 9 developer drive assembly mounting 2 stacker duct to frame mounting 2 cartridge hold down assembly mounting 2 MPT deflector mounting 2 laser cover mounting 4 deflector mounting 2 spring mounting 1 system board mounting 2 front integrated tray ITC board mounting 1 stacker support to right side frame attach 2 M3 5x12 mm paper alignment assembly mounting 2 Thread Cutting D toner cartridge guide track mounting 2 104 left side frame to center pan attach 3 T3 i i right side frame to center pan attach 2 ii de
101. never deactivated The display of this code indicates that an envelope never crossed over the sensor flag and passed beyond the sensor or the flag and sensor are not operating properly Go to Envelope feeder service check on page 2 49 84 xx 1E x1 x2 The envelope feeder pass thru sensor was never activated x1 media size x2 media source Make sure envelopes are feeding over the sensor If an envelope feeds over the sensor but the sensor does not activate check the sensor and flag for correct operation If the sensor and flag are operating correctly go to Envelope feeder service check on page 2 49 84 xx 20 x1 x2 The imaged page is not the expected page x1 media size x2 media source Check the pass thru sensor to make sure it is operating properly If no problem is found it may be necessary to try a new pass thru sensor 84 xx 21 x1 x2 The smart tray x did not pick a sheet of paper x1 media size x2 media source Check tray x auto compensator and tray parts for correct operation If no problem is found go to Input tray s service check on page 2 64 2 8 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Base printer sub error codes continued First 6 bytes sub error code data xx can be any value Explanation 84 xx 22 x1 x2 This code indicates that the media activated the input sensor before the printer EP was ready x1 leading edge of media state x2
102. of the gears to come in contact with any metal or other hard surface to avoid gear damage It is also very important not to let any dirt paper staples or other material come intact with the grease in the gearbox assembly FRU Action 1 Main drive assembly Remove the controller board and run a Diagnostic Print Test in the excessive noise or continuous mode Check the main drive assembly for any excessive vibration noise or vibration Determine if the noise is in the main drive toner cartridge fuser or main drive gearbox Look for any loose or worn parts in the developer drive assembly main drive gearbox or fuser Repair as necessary 2 Main drive motor assembly A service error code 936 Transport Motor may be displayed Check excessive noise gears the voltage at J24 6 on the system board It measures approximately ratcheting and so on 5 V dc when the motor is not running and goes to 0 V dc when the motor is running If incorrect replace the system board If this does not fix the problem replace the main drive motor 3 Main drive motor cable Check the continuity of the main drive motor cable If incorrect replace the cable 4 Motor does not turn no Check the voltages at J24 on the system board er n voltage displays Static When main drive motor is running J24 11 24 V dc J24 8 45 V dc 0 V dc J24 7 5 V dc 0 V dc J24 6 5 V dc 42 5 V dc J24 5 5 V dc 0 V dc J24 4 5
103. or pitting on the ends of the shaft that go into the bearings If a problem is found clean the ends of the shaft or replace the transfer roll assembly 3 High voltage contacts Check the high voltage contacts on the right side frame to ensure they are clean and not bent deformed or pitted If incorrect replace the contact 4 System board HVPS connector Check the following voltages at J22 on the system board Measure the voltages from J22 to printer ground Pin Voltage approximate Printer idle J22 1 0 V dc J22 2 4 V dc J22 4 0 V dc Printer printing J22 1 0 V dc to 5 V dc J22 2 0 V dc to 4 V dc J22 4 0 V dc to 1 9 V dc If J22 1 voltage is incorrect check the continuity of the front harness cable J22 1 line If there is no continuity replace the harness cable If there is continuity replace the HVPS If this does not correct the problem replace the system board If J22 2 voltage is incorrect or if the voltage remains at 0 V dc check the continuity of the front harness cable J22 2 line If there is no continuity replace the harness cable If there is continuity replace the HVPS If this does not correct the problem replace the system board If J22 4 voltage is incorrect check the front harness cable J22 3 line If there is not continuity replace the harness cable If correct replace the system board if this does not correct the problem replace the HVPS
104. page 4 10 2 Remove fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 23 3 Remove the LVPS mounting screws A from the rear of the bottom pan A 203 4 Pullthe LVPS assembly far enough out from the right side of the printer to disconnect the fuser lamp cable Warning The LVPS assembly may be difficult to remove from the printer Do not use excessive force in the removal 5 Remove the LVPS access plate 4 42 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 6 Disconnect the interconnect card cable from the LVPS A 7T Remove the LVPS Repair information 4 43 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Main drive assembly removal 1 Remove the inner shield See Inner shield removal on page 4 34 2 Remove the gear guard A 3 Remove the developer drive assembly See Developer drive assembly removal on page 4 20 4 44 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 4 Remove the power takeoff shaft and spring A through the bottom of the printer 5 Remove all cables from the cable clamps B on the main drive assembly 6 Remove the ground cable screw C 7 Remove the main drive assembly mounting screws D D 102 A 8 Remove the link from the rear of the main drive assembly 9 Disconnect the cable from the main drive motor 10 Remove the main drive assembly Note Be sure the main drive assembly gear shaft aligns with the hub on the left side frame when reinstalling the main drive assembly War
105. pivot arbors of the arm These springs help prevent the arm from bouncing If the arm appears to be binding or sticky near the bottom of the tray these springs may be the problem Reducing the tension on the counterbalance spring may be used as a temporary fix to get additional weight at the bottom until the pick assembly can be replaced However the counterbalance spring is not to be considered an adjustment for feeding problems Autoconnect system paper tray options envelope feeder electrical Autoconnect cabling and connectors The printer options make electrical connection automatically requiring no external cables when the option is mechanically installed under the printer Communication between the option and the base printer stops when you remove an option The printer no longer recognizes the option and deletes associated messages Each installed option below the base printer provides an electrical autoconnect to the option attached below it We do not recommend to attach or Hot Plug any options with the base printer power turned on Duplex Option The duplex option interface is a six pin autoconnector that provides a 24 V dc 24 V dc return serial interface transmit signal serial interface receive signal and two ground pins The duplex option receives the 24 V dc from the base printer for the duplex motors and also converts the voltage to 5 V dc for duplex electronics Diagnostic aids 3 21 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 D
106. plate mounting 9 53P8258 1 Wear plate wear pass thru 10 53P8326 1 Stud assembly 250 sheet frame 11 53P8261 1 Bearing drive shaft low 12 53P8256 1 Spring power takeoff 13 53P8253 1 Shaft 250 sheet drive 14 53P8327 1 Aligner assembly paper 15 53P8249 1 Parts packet retainer aligner assembly 16 53P8255 1 Gear feed roll 17 53P8259 1 Bellcrank roller release 18 56P0557 1 Card assembly 2000 tray option 19 53P8617 3 Parts packet screw tray option card mounting NS 53P8380 10 Parts packet screw door to door frame mounting NS 53P8381 6 Parts packet nut support frame 1 hex support frame 2 hex NS 53P8382 6 Parts packet washer support frame 1 star support frame 2 star NS 53P8387 1 Cable HCIT 14 pin flex NS 53P8264 1 Spring backup roller Parts catalog 7 59 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 29 High capacity feeder 5 7 60 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 29 High capacity feeder 5 eri i Units Description 29 1 53P8617 3 Parts packet screw auto comp assembly mounting 2 53P8379 1 Arm assembly pick 2000 3 75P5958 1 Pick roll assembly 2 per pack 4 53P8392 1 Base 2000 option 5 53P8617 1 Parts packet screw deflector mounting 6 53P8383 1 Deflector base 7 53 8265 1 Sensor pass thru 8 53P8483 1 Label tray option number 9 53P8493 1 Label options 10 53P8382 4 Parts p
107. replace the stapler assembly If no problem is found continue with step 5 Carefully cycle the large gear on the side of the stapler assembly and try to free the cartridge holder assembly Note Look for staples jammed at the throat of the cartridge holder and remove any that are found Gently try to remove the cartridge holder from the stapler assembly It may be necessary to manually cycle the large gear on the side of the stapler assembly to release the cartridge holder Reinstall the stapler assembly with a new stapler cartridge holder and staples Run the Finisher Feed Test to check the option If the problem continues go to step 2 WP A a 2 Stapler to stapler board J3 cable Check the continuity of the cable If a problem is found replace the cable 2 90 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 FRU Action 3 Stapler board Stapler assembly Check the voltages on connector J3 on the board Note All voltages are approximate values Pin No Voltage static Voltage feeding 1 24 V dc 24 V dc 2 24 V dc 24 V dc 3 24 V dc 24 V dc 4 24 V dc 24 V dc 5 0 V dc 0 V dc 6 0 V dc 0 V dc 7 0 V dc Varies 0 V 1 5 V dc 8 GND 9 5V dc 5V dc 10 0 V dc 0 V dc If the voltages are correct replace the stapler assembly If the voltages are incorrect replace the stapler board 283 Staple Jam Check St
108. retained and deposited on the page Diagnostic information 2 83 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Print quality light print Service tip Check the toner saver and print darkness settings first if the print is light FRU Action 1 Transfer roll Check the right end of the transfer roll shaft for signs of wear or contamination If incorrect replace the transfer roll 2 Right side transfer roll arm assembly HVPS Check the right side transfer roll arm assembly bearing for wear or contamination Also make sure the transfer cable is firmly attached to the bearing If incorrect replace the right side transfer arm assembly Check the connection of the transfer roll assembly cable to the transformer on the HVPS board Check the continuity of the cable from the bearing to the spade terminal on the cable If incorrect replace the right side transfer arm assembly If correct replace the HVPS 3 Printhead A contaminated printhead may be the cause of light print If no other cause is found install a new printhead Print quality toner on backside of printed page Service tip This is generally caused by loose toner in the machine in the paper path being carried through the printer on the backside of the paper FRU Action 1 Hot roll fuser assembly Toner is being carried out on the backside of the media This problem is generally caused by a toner buildup on the fuser hot roll or b
109. safety in the event of use of unauthorized replacement parts The maintenance information for this product has been prepared for use by a professional service person and is not intended to be used by others There may be an increased risk of electric shock and personal injury during disassembly and servicing of this product Professional service personnel should understand this and take necessary precautions CAUTION When you see this symbol there is a danger from hazardous voltage in the area of the product where you are working Unplug the product before you begin or use caution if the product must receive power in order to perform the task DANGER lt 1 13 gt Do not connect or disconnect a communication port a teleport or hesf0113 any other connector during an electrical storm Consignes de s curit La s curit de ce produit repose sur des tests et des agr ations portant sur sa conception d origine et sur des composants particuliers Le fabricant n assume aucune responsabilit concernant la s curit en cas d utilisation de pi ces de rechange non agr es Lesconsignes d entretien et de r paration de ce produit s adressent uniquement un personnel de maintenance qualifi Le d montage et l entretien de ce produit pouvant pr senter certains risques lectriques le personnel d entretien qualifi devra prendre toutes les pr cautions n cessaires ATTENTION Ce symbole indique la pr sence d une
110. shaft bearings for damage or binding 282 Staple Jam Check Stapler displays FRU Action 1 Stapler assembly Check the stapler assembly for broken or damaged parts POST incomplete Insert Stapler Cartridge displays cartridge holder is installed and cannot clear message When this failure occurs the following may also occur in the order shown Insert Staple Cartridge displayed The stapler assembly may cycle or fire a few times e 282 Stapler Jam displayed The stapler assembly may try to cycle or fire e 990 Service Check Bin 1 displayed FRU Action 1 Stapler cartridge holder Stapler assembly Before proceeding with the service check gently try to remove the stapler cartridge holder from the stapler assembly If the holder is jammed in the stapler assembly 1 Turn the printer off and remove the right side cover Use care when removing the cover as the right side door switch and cable assembly are easily damaged Do not allow the right side cover to hang by the switch and cable assembly Disconnect the 10 pin cable from the stapler assembly Hold the stapler assembly with one hand while removing the three screws from the assembly The assembly is heavy and easy to drop Check the stapler assembly for damaged or broken parts Check the flag and spring assembly on the front of the stapler assembly to see if the flag or spring are broken or missing If any problem is found
111. the autoconnects for signs of damage especially the connector pins Remove the right side cover and check the cables at J1A J1B bottom autoconnect J14A J14B top autoconnect to the stapler card assembly to make sure they are attached securely Check the voltages at the printer top autoconnect If incorrect remove the finisher option and to Autoconnect on page 5 1 If voltages are correct reinstall the finisher option and check the voltages at J1A and J1B on the connector If correct replace the stapler card assembly If incorrect replace the stapler motor drive mechanical assembly Close Finisher Top Cover displayed unable to clear or reset message POST incomplete FRU Action 1 Top cover assembly Check the top cover assembly to ensure that it is actuating the top cover switch and the cover is opening and closing correctly 2 Top cover switch stapler card assembly Check continuity of the stapler top cover open switch If incorrect replace the switch assembly If correct replace the stapler card assembly 2 86 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Close Finished Side Door displayed unable to clear or reset message POST incomplete FRU Action 1 Side cover door Check the stapler access door for any signs of damage or broken parts Make sure the door correctly actuates the stapler side access door switch 2 Side cover door switch St
112. the least possible movements with your body to prevent an increase of static electricity from clothing fibers carpets and furniture Put the ESD wrist strap on your wrist Connect the wrist band to the system ground point This discharges any static electricity in your body to the machine Hold the ESD sensitive part by its edge connector shroud cover do not touch its pins If you are removing a pluggable module use the correct tool Do not place the ESD sensitive part on the machine cover or on a metal table if you need to put down the ESD sensitive part for any reason first put it into its special bag Machine covers and metal tables are electrical grounds They increase the risk of damage because they make a discharge path from your body through the ESD sensitive part Large metal objects can be discharge paths without being grounded Prevent ESD sensitive parts from being accidentally touched by other personnel Install machine covers when you are not working on the machine and do not put unprotected ESD sensitive parts on a table If possible keep all ESD sensitive parts in a grounded metal cabinet case Be extra careful in working with ESD sensitive parts when cold weather heating is used because low humidity increases static electricity Repair information 4 1 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Adjustment procedures Duplex motor drive belt adjustment Do the duplex motor belt and drive belt adjustment whenever you remove or rep
113. the printer off on the interconnect board before any feature or option cards are removed or replaced assembly Remove one option feature at a time to help isolate the failing part Replace the faulty part 10 LVPS fuse F1 primary Unplug the AC line cord remove the LVPS from the printer and power check the continuity of fuse F1 See Low voltage power supply removal on page 4 42 If continuity is correct replace the LVPS assembly If continuity is incorrect replace fuse F1 and measure the voltage at CN2 1 If the voltage is correct reconnect the interconnect board cable reinstall the system board and recheck the printer for a dead machine condition If the printer is still inoperative go to step 11 If the voltage is incorrect replace the LVPS assembly 2 46 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 FRU Action 11 Loads connected to the Turn the printer off and disconnect each cable connected to the System board System board and each option installed on the system board until the problem is located Warning When removing any card installed on the system board observe all ESD precautions when handling these options Duplex option service check Messages displayed when a 23x Duplex Paper Jam displays 23x Paper Jam Leave Job Check Duplex in Finisher Primary message Secondary message If sheets have been accumulated to be stapled or offset when the jam is detected the prin
114. 0 dpi job runs out of memory a Memory Full error displays 37 Insufficient Collation Area This message displays when the printer memory is insufficient to perform the Flash Memory Defragment operation Note This message is posted prior to the actual start of the defragment operation The printer code determines if enough printer memory is available to complete the defragment operation The user should not be concerned with losing resources stored in the flash option The following actions may be taken Press Go to clear the message To perform the defragment operation Delete fonts macros and other data in RAM Install additional printer memory Press Menu until Busy Waiting appears The following actions are available Cancel Job Reset Printer Reset Active Bin Diagnostic information 2 25 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 User attendance messages continued Primary message Secondary message Explanation 37 Insufficient Memory Held Jobs may be lost This message displays when the printer memory used to restore the Print and Hold jobs from the disk and found that some or all of the jobs could not be restored The printer ran out of memory while attempting to restore the jobs Press Go to clear the message Some of the Print and Hold jobs on the disk will not be restored They remain on the disk but cannot be accessed Press Menu until Busy Waiting appears The following function
115. 0 et 795 nanom tres L imprimante et son syst me laser sont con us pour impossible dans des conditions normales d utilisation d entretien par l utilisateur ou de r vision l exposition des rayonnements laser sup rieurs des rayonnements de Classe Laser notices X Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Avvertenze sui prodotti laser Questa stampante certificata negli Stati Uniti per essere conforme ai requisiti del DHHS 21 CFR Sottocapitolo J per i prodotti laser di classe 1 ed certificata negli altri Paesi come prodotto laser di classe 1 conforme ai requisiti della norma CEI 60825 1 prodotti laser di classe non sono considerati pericolosi La stampante contiene al suo interno un laser di classe IIIb 3b all arseniuro di gallio della potenza di 5mW che opera sulla lunghezza d onda compresa tra 770 795 nanometri Il sistema laser e la stampante sono stati progettati in modo tale che le persone a contatto con la stampante durante il normale funzionamento le operazioni di servizio o quelle di assistenza tecnica non ricevano radiazioni laser superiori al livello della classe 1 Avisos sobre el l ser Se certifica que en los EE UU esta impresora cumple los requisitos para los productos l ser de Clase 1 1 establecidos en el subcap tulo de la norma CFR 21 del DHHS Departamento de Sanidad y Servicios y en los dem s pa ses re ne todas las condiciones expuestas en la norma IEC 60825 1 para productos l ser de Clase 1
116. 0 sheet output Infoprint 1352 Infoprint 1372 7 3 Latch Upper COVOr aiid aa er eU sate Geek C REC PM ERREUR ies 7 3 Cover assembly lower front 0 0 0 cee rs 7 3 Operator panel assembly 110V 7 3 Operator panel assembly 220V 7 3 Shroud fan Infoprint 1332 7 7 Shroud fan Infoprint 1352 Infoprint 1372_ 7 7 Flag output paper level Infoprint 1352 Infoprint 1372 7 9 Duct left stacker 250 sheet Infoprint 1332 7 9 DUCE MAIN CAD sd eos rris eu fave tu Sate d AS oct cate dud ee 7 7 l 14 Service Manual 56P1319 56P1320 56P1321 56P1322 56P1323 56P1324 56P1325 56P1325 56P1326 56P1326 56P1327 56P1328 56P1330 56P1331 56P1332 56P1334 56P1336 56P1337 56P1339 56P1340 56P1341 56P1342 56P1343 56P1344 56P1345 56P1346 56P1347 56P1348 56P1349 56P1350 56P1352 56P1356 56P1360 56P1361 56P1362 56P1363 56P1364 56P1365 56P1366 56P1367 56P1369 56P1371 56P1372 56P1374 56P1375 56P3080 56P3081 56P3083 56P1382 56P1383 56P1384 56P1385 56P1385 56P1386 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Support right stacker plate Infoprint 1352 Infoprint 1372
117. 00 1 Cartridge empty shipping NS 53P8475 1 Kit cap stack bails 500 sheet NS 56P1742 1 MarkNet N2101e Ethernet 10BaseT 100Base TX internal print server NS 56P1743 1 MarkNet N2104fl SC fiber optic 10MB internal NS 56P1744 1 MarkNet N2103fx SC fiber optic 100MB internal NS 56P1741 1 MarkNet N2100t token ring internal print server NS 56P1437 1 Parallel 1284 B interface card NS 56P1436 1 RS232C serial interface card NS 53P8849 1 Tray assembly UAT 400 sheet NS 56P1851 1 PrintCryption card assembly Infoprint 1332 Infoprint 1352 NS 56P1435 1 Serial adapter int w out 5 V ac 7 74 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 36 cont Options Sk dim Units Description NS 56P1427 1 Optra Forms 32MB Flash card NS 56P1428 1 Optra Forms 16MB Flash card NS 56P1429 1 Simplified Chinese font card NS 56P1430 1 Traditional Chinese font card NS 56P1438 1 Japanese font card NS 56P2242 1 en 19 Wireless Print Server external Ethernet to wireless USA Canada only NS 56P2243 1 802 11g Wireless Print Server external Ethernet to wireless All countries except USA and Canada NS 56P2744 1 802 119 Wireless Print Server external USB to wireless USA Canada only NS 56P2745 1 802 11g Wireless Print Server external USB to wireless All countries except USA and Canada Parts catalog 7 75 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 37 Miscellaneous
118. 1 Envelope feeder 40 Manual feeder Values for stacker destinations 91 Stacker 1 92 Stacker 2 93 Stacker 3 Values for media size Letter Legal B5 A4 Executive A5 Custom size 7 in envelope 9 Envelope 10 Envelope 8 661 in Envelope C5 Envelope B5 Envelope nN om a rp Legal envelope 2 6 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Base printer sub error codes First 6 bytes sub error code data xx can be any value Explanation 84 xx 00 x1 x2 This code indicates that the input sensor in the printer is still actuated from the first sheet and the second sheet is ready to arrive at the sensor x1 media size x2 media source Check the printer input sensor and flag for correct operation The flag should operate freely Check for debris in the area of the input sensor Check the area of the transfer plate and input to the fuser for anything that might cause the paper to remain over the input sensor 84 xx 01 x1 Video never started on the page x12media size The video signal never started within 2 inches after actuating the input sensor Check input sensor and flag 84 xx 02 x1 This error is the most common type of paper jam Possible causes are x1 media size Multi sheet feeding A tray size sensing problem The media feeding from the paper source is sl
119. 1372 ari i UE Units Description 10 1 8446 1 Tray integrated 250 sheet 2 53P8473 1 Latch back restraint 3 53P9136 1 Restraint back 250 sheet tray 4 53P8226 2 Restraint pad 5 53P8823 1 Restraint side 250 sheet tray 6 56P1279 4 Wear strips 7 53P8483 1 Label tray option number 8 53P8227 1 Clip 250 sheet tray wear 9 53P8229 3 Finger autosize 10 53P8228 1 Plate snap in 11 53P8230 1 Slider autosize 250 sheet Parts catalog 7 19 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 11 Integrated paper tray 500 sheet 7 20 Service Manual Assembly 11 Integrated paper tray 500 sheet Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 RUNE Units Description 11 1 53P8459 1 Tray assembly 500 sheet 2 53P8747 1 Restraint side 3 53P8266 4 Strip wear 4 53P8483 1 Label tray option number 5 53P8464 1 Plate 500 sheet tray wear 6 53P8229 3 Finger autosize 7 53P8228 1 Plate snap in 8 53P8463 1 Slider autosize 500 sheet 9 53P8226 2 Restraint pad 10 53P9135 1 Restraint back 11 53P8473 1 Latch back restraint Parts catalog 7 21 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 12 Drives Main drive and developer drive Ww S 7 22 Service Manual Assembly 12 Drives Main drive and developer drive Infoprint 1332 1352 1372
120. 14 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 System board non network and network see System board non network on page 5 10 or System board network on page 5 11 Connector Pin no Signal J25 Autocomp motor 5V_TRAY1 5v_SWITCHED PAPER_OUT IN AUTOCOMP ENC PAPER LOW IN Ground Ground Ground A WO AUTOCOMP OUT 4 o AUTOCOMP OUT2 J26 MPF paper out MPF POUT ine Ground MPF LED J27 not used J28 Autocompensator internal tray 24V dc AutoComp J29 Bottom options RXD1R Ground TXD1BR Ground J30 not used J31 top options RXD1R Ground TXD1BR AJ Ground J32 MPF pick solenoid MPFPick 24V dc J33 Ethernet connector Connector locations 5 15 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 System board non network and network see System board non network on page 5 10 or System board network on page 5 11 Connector Pin no Signal J34 Paper size sensor PSIZE2 Ground PSIZE1 PSIZE3 Ground TRAY1 POUT TRAY1 PLOW 3 3V dc A Oj N autocomp motor ENCODER A 5V J35 System board edge connector J36 not used J37 not used J40 SDRAM o
121. 2 2 XX yy zz 00 Actual fuser temperature The temperature that the fuser wants to reach The fuser temperature did not change enough from the fuser lamp temperature at turn on The fuser temperature rose more than desired from the fuser temperature at turn on The hot roll did not reach standby temperature in time during standby The hot roll took too long to reach the beginning lamp detection temperature The hot roll reached final lamp detection temperature but took longer than expected The hot roll timed out trying to reach the final lamp detection temperature After hot roll lamp detection did not reach steady state control in time The hot roll did not reach operating temperature in time 01 Z2 00 01 02 03 04 05 923 Service Fuser Error Fuser Cover Temperature EN 12 xx yy 1 EN 2 This sub error code displays anytime that the hot roll has reached a higher than desired temperature XX Actual fuser temperature yy The temperature that the fuser wants to reach 924 Service Fuser Error Open Thermistor Failure EN 18 xx 1 EN 00 2 This code is usually generated when an open circuit check is made of the thermistor circuit in the fuser XX Actual Fuser Temperature Diagnostic information 2 11 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Base printer fuser sub error codes continued First 6 bytes sub error code data xx
122. 2 1352 1372 autocompensator integrated tray parts catalog 7 13 pick roll installation 4 39 removal 4 35 autoconnect connections top 5 1 B base sensor test 3 16 bevel gear installation 4 17 removal 4 16 bezel operator panel removal 4 49 button test 3 8 C cable diagrams 7 34 7 36 7 38 cables cover closed cable 4 19 operator panel cable removal 4 50 communications board connections 5 13 5 14 installation 4 60 parts catalog 7 30 removal 4 18 configuration ID setting 3 18 connector locations autoconnect top 5 1 envelope feeder board 5 2 high voltage power supply HVPS 5 4 high capacity output stacker board 5 3 interconnect board 5 5 low voltage power supply LVPS 5 6 output expander 5 7 StapleSmart finisher 5 8 system board network 5 11 system board non network 5 10 cover closed switch 2 44 4 19 covers parts catalog 7 2 removals 4 9 D deflector lower 4 47 upper paper 4 63 developer drive assembly parts 7 22 removal 4 20 Index l 1 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 diagnostic aids device tests 3 2 disk test clean 3 2 flash test 3 3 quick disk test 3 2 diagnostic mode 3 1 duplex tests 3 4 duplex feed 1 test 3 5 duplex feed 2 test 3 6 duplex motor test 3 5 duplex quick test 3 4 duplex sensor test 3 4 error log 3 6 clearing the error log 3 8 printing the error log 3 7 viewing the error log 3 6 finisher tests 3 14 hardware tests 3 8 button test 3 8 LCD test 3 8 parallel wrap test 3 9 ROM memory
123. 4 input sensor 4 34 integrated tray autocompensator assembly 4 35 integrated tray autocompensator pick roll assembly 4 38 interconnect board assembly 4 40 internal tray card ITC 4 41 low voltage power supply LVPS 4 42 lower deflector assembly 4 47 main drive assembly 4 44 main fan 4 46 multipurpose tray lower deflector assembly 4 47 operator panel assembly 4 48 operator panel bezel 4 49 operator panel cable 4 50 optional paper tray assembly paper size spring comb 4 51 paper tray autocompensator assembly 4 51 paper tray board 4 51 paper tray frame assembly 4 51 paper tray paper out sensor flag 4 51 outer shield 4 52 paper alignment assembly 4 52 paper bin full sensor flag assembly 4 54 paper size sensing board 4 41 pick roll MPT 4 55 printhead 4 56 redrive assembly 4 57 smart contact assembly 4 58 system board 4 58 toner sensor 4 61 transfer roll assembly 4 61 upper front cover hinge assembly 4 62 upper paper deflector assembly 4 63 restore EP factory defaults 3 18 right cover removal 4 10 right side frame removal 4 22 ROM memory test 3 9 S safety information xv safety inspection guide 6 1 scheduled maintenance 6 1 screw identification table 4 6 SDRAM memory test 3 9 sensor tests finisher 3 14 sensors fuser exit sensor 4 28 fuser narrow media sensor 4 28 input 4 34 output bin sensor integrated paper tray 2 72 paper bin full 4 54 paper size sensing board 4 41 toner 4 61 service checks 5 bin mailbox 2 38 900 er
124. 5 56P1305 1 Hinge upper front cover 6 56P1306 1 Cover right side 250 sheet output Infoprint 1332 6 56P1307 1 Cover right side 500 sheet output Infoprint 1352 1372 7 53P8316 1 Label TLI ID serial number blank 8 56P2000 1 Upper front cover with logo 9 56P1308 1 Latch upper cover 10 56P1309 1 Cover assembly lower front 11 53P8201 1 Spring latch 12 56P1359 1 Cover clear beze 13 56P1753 1 Kit operator panel overlay English Brazilian Portuguese French and Spanish 13 56P1754 1 Kit operator panel overlay Dutch French German and Italian 13 56P1755 1 Kit operator panel overlay Czech and Hungarian 13 56P1756 1 Kit operator panel overlay Danish Finnish Norwegian and Swedish 13 56P1757 1 Kit operator panel overlay Polish Russian and Turkish 13 56P1758 1 Kit operator panel overlay WW English and Spanish 13 56P1759 1 Kit operator panel overlay WW English Simplified Chinese Traditional Chinese and Japanese 14 56P2004 1 Operator panel assembly 110V 14 56P2005 1 Operator panel assembly 220V 15 56P1394 1 Cable assembly operator panel 16 56P2122 1 Cover left door 250 1 slot Infoprint 1332 17 53P8441 1 Cartridge load spring 18 56P1395 1 Switch cover closed w cable assembly 19 56P2126 1 Cover left door 500 2 slot Infoprint 1352 1372 NS 53P8360 1 Parts packet cable ties 10 each NS 53P8469 1 Retainer cable NS 53P8617 5 Parts packet screw left side cover mountin
125. 5 56P1325 1 Pick arm assembly 500 sheet Infoprint 1352 1372 6 56P1383 1 Cable autoconnect bottom 7 56P1400 1 Autoconnect top Infoprint 1332 7 56P1401 1 Autoconnect top Infoprint 1352 1372 8 56P1384 1 Cable main drive motor Parts catalog 7 35 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 19 Cabling diagrams 2 7 36 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 19 Cabling diagrams 2 aru i I Units Description 19 1 56P1394 1 Cable assembly operator panel 2 56P1385 1 Cable front harness HVPS input sensor toner sensor 3 56P1395 1 Switch cover closed w cable 4 56P1398 1 Sensor MPF cable 5 53P8634 1 MPF solenoid w cable 6 56P1399 1 Smart contact assembly w cable NS 56P1389 1 Cable deflector Parts catalog 7 37 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 20 Cabling diagrams 3 Infoprint 1372 Infoprint 1352 Infoprint 1332 7 38 Service Manual Assembly 20 Cabling diagrams 3 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 i Hm Units Description 20 1 56P1386 1 Cable laser 2 56P1387 1 Cable HSYNC 3 56P1390 1 Cable system board to fuser board 4 56P1403 1 Exit sensor 5 56P1402 1 Narrow media sensor 6 56P1405 1 Cable AC fuser lamp to LVPS 7 56P1388 1 Cable mirror motor Infoprint 1332 Parts catalog 7 39 Infoprint 1332 1352 13
126. 53P8427 53P8434 53P8436 53P8437 53P8441 53P8442 53P8446 53P8446 53P8447 53P8448 53P8449 53P8450 53P8451 53P8452 53P8456 53P8457 53P8459 53P8459 53P8460 53P8463 53P8464 53P8465 53P8469 53P8470 53P8472 53P8473 53P8475 53P8477 53P8479 53P8481 53P8482 53P8483 Cable FOLT T4 pim lex dew dad EG EPIS REA EA C 7 59 BUNG du Said E E ELDER e NU DE qd nique Bard pied ng 7 55 Parts packet mounting feet ccc ee hne 7 57 Cable optical SENSOR vate h ste vassere ee Ride UR gag Raa M NIC e RR ieee M ta 7 53 Bearing Nyliner leadscrew top 7 53 Base 2000 option 0 0 0 0 er hn 7 61 Roller backup os e Tre de FATTE IG tn ERR ER fk SJ EORR 7 63 7 65 Parts kit paper size switch assembly 7 55 Glamip feed frame re doe e ed d not aca ara 7 53 7 55 Cover power supply lisse hmm 7 55 Cable low voltage power supply 7 55 Bearing leadscrew bottom 7 53 Gable paper low SWIICh pi taan x E RP yaad tee ER EE 7 61 Clamp top frame mounting 7 55 Gable lower limit SWilCh usce oo vex eR i Gate ra havea ae 7 61 S
127. 53P8617 3 Parts packet screw auto comp mounting 3 53P8315 1 Pick arm assembly 4 75P5958 1 Pick roll assembly 2 per pack 5 53P8482 1 Base 500 sheet tray 6 53P8209 4 Pad base 500 sheet 7 53P8322 1 Spring tray bias 8 53P8203 1 Tray bias arm assembly 9 53P8265 1 Sensor option pass thru 10 53P8747 1 Restraint side 500 sheet tray 11 53P8266 4 Wear strips 12 53P8748 1 Label tray option number 13 53P8464 1 Plate 500 sheet tray wear 14 53P8229 3 Finger autosize 15 53P8228 1 Plate snap in 14 53P8229 3 Finger autosize 15 53 8228 1 Plate snap in 16 53P8614 1 Label paper size 17 53P8463 1 Slider autosize 500 sheet 18 53P8226 2 Restraint pad 19 53P8459 1 Tray assembly 500 sheet 20 53P8447 1 Knob paper size 21 53P9135 1 Restraint back 500 sheet tray 22 53P8473 1 Latch back restraint 23 53P8493 1 Label options 24 56 0557 1 Board option tray 25 53P8328 1 Shaft 500 sheet drive 26 53P8263 1 Cable 250 autoconnect 27 53P8568 1 Wear plate pass thru 28 53P8257 1 500 Drive roll assembly 29 53P8617 2 Parts packet screw wear plate mounting 30 53P8330 1 Retainer roller 31 53P8331 1 Roller skewed backup 32 53P8325 2 Bushing drive roll 33 53 8256 1 Spring power takeoff 34 53P8617 3 Parts packet screw board mounting 35 53P8249 1 Parts packet retainer aligner assembly 36 53P8261 1 Bearing drive shaft low 37 53P8327 1 Aligner assembly
128. 7 51 Shaft 250 sheet drive rue Ade ea de o aer dd OA a qs 7 44 7 59 Gear bevek sten ea ET re Mets cA EI M Set Met 7 44 7 47 7 59 Gear feed roll neu sex EE pue Si Ego Panne eel ad uus 7 41 7 45 7 59 Part number index 1 7 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 53P8256 53P8256 53P8257 53P8258 53P8259 53P8260 53P8261 53P8261 53P8262 53P8263 53P8264 53P8265 53P8265 53P8266 53P8266 53P8268 53P8293 53P8294 53P8297 53P8298 53P8300 53P8304 53P8305 53P8306 53P8307 53P8308 53P8309 53P8310 53P8311 53P8313 53P8314 53P8314 53P8314 53P8314 53P8314 53P8315 53P8316 53P8319 53P8319 53P8322 53P8325 53P8326 53P8327 53P8328 53P8330 53P8331 53P8331 53P8332 53P8336 53P8339 53P8340 53P8341 53P8342 53P8343 Spring power takeoff ioe ci onan idc hub RE Dari 7 44 7 45 7 59 Spring power takeoff shaft liliis hn 7 23 500 Drive roll assembly lllelseessellee en 7 41 7 45 7 59 Wear plate pass thru esae kex e x exe x Resin CER RIDERE XU EUER SF 7 41 7 59 Bellerank roll rrel ase i diva ee aspi d eL uve nexa aaa 7 43 7 59 Bearing drive 5 7 41 7 47 7 59 Bearing drive shaft low 7 45 7 59 Bushing drive Shatt IOW ceu Re Have tele ark ke He LAT AEE 7 41 Cable 250 sheet autoconnect 0 0 00 rv nn
129. 7 7 Right side frame assembly he 7 5 51 asui be tanins eere e eh ATP ox Sandia sland ag RUN 7 5 Frame EP module Infoprint 1332 liliis 7 5 Flag paper out 500 sheet tray Infoprint 1352 Infoprint 1372 7 13 Flag paper out 250 sheet tray Infoprint 1332 7 13 Pick arm assembly 500 sheet Infoprint 1352 Infoprint 1372 7 35 Pick arm assembly 500 sheet Infoprint 1352 Infoprint 1372 7 13 Pick arm assembly 250 sheet Infoprint 1332 7 35 Pick arm assembly 250 sheet Infoprint 1332 7 13 Alignment assembly 7 17 Redrive assembly 500 in 500 out Infoprint 1352 Infoprint 1372 7 7 Gearbox w motor Infoprint 1332 s sa eased ies m aka ER e REA Resa 7 23 Parts packet bellcrank and spring for 500 tray Infoprint 1352 Infoprint 1372 7 13 Gearbox w motor Infoprint 1352 e 7 23 Deflector inner Infoprint 1332 7 7 Deflector inner Infoprint 1352 Infoprint 1372 7 7 Parts packet bellcrank and spring for
130. 72 Assembly 21 250 sheet paper tray 7 40 Service Manual Assembly 21 250 sheet paper tray Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 au a EM Units Description 21 1 53P8617 3 Parts packet screw option board 2 56P0557 1 Board option tray 3 53P8362 1 Jumper pin 4 53P8617 1 Parts packet screw switch spring 5 53 8211 1 Spring switch activate 6 53P8326 1 Stud assembly 250 sheet frame 7 53P8928 1 Arm paper out 250 sheet 8 53P8617 3 Parts packet screw auto comp mounting 9 53P8423 1 Pick arm assembly 10 53P8258 1 Wear plate pass thru 11 53P8617 2 Parts packet screw wear plate mounting 12 53P8257 1 500 Drive roll assembly 13 53P8331 1 Roll skewed backup 14 53P8263 1 Cable 250 sheet autoconnect 15 53P8330 1 Retainer roller 16 53P8294 1 Sensor paper low 17 53P8384 2 Bracket 250 sheet frame retention 18 53P8382 4 Parts packet washer 19 53 8617 4 Parts packet screw 20 75P5958 1 Pick roll assembly 2 per pack 21 53P8484 1 Base 250 sheet option 22 53P8203 1 Tray bias arm assembly 23 53P8322 1 Spring tray bias 24 53P8209 4 Pad machine mounting 25 53P8265 1 Sensor option pass thru 26 53P8493 1 Label tray options 27 53P8253 1 Shaft 250 sheet drive 28 53P8256 1 Spring power takeoff 29 53P8261 1 Bushing drive shaft low 30 53P8255 1 G
131. 72 Operating clearances Printer side Measurement Left and right side 12 in 304 8 mm Front 20 in 508 mm Rear 12 in 304 8 mm Top 54 in 1 371 6 mm Allow clearance above the printer front door clearance and for adding options such as additional input drawers output expander high capacity output stacker or StapleSmart finisher Power and electrical specifications Average nominal power requirements for the base printer configuration 110 volt Power levels are shown in watts IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM IBM Printing states Infoprint Infoprint Infoprint Infoprint Infoprint Infoprint 1332 1332n 1352 1352n 1372 1372n Printing average power Base model 429 W 432W 523W 527 W 584 W 590 W All options 457 W 460 W 540 W 544 W 608 W 614 W Idle average power Power Saver on 12W 15W 14W 14W 15W 16W Power Saver off 81W 84W 81W 84W 86W 87 W Printing maximum current 110V 8 8A 8 8A 9 8A 9 8A 10 2A 10 2A 230V 4A 4A 5A 5A 5A 5A Note Using a 220 to 110 power converter with the 110 volt printer is not recommended Electrical specifications Low voltage model 110to 127 V ac at 50 to 60 Hz nominal e 99to 137 V ac extreme High voltage model e 220 to 240 V ac at 50 to 60 Hz nominal not available in all countries 1 6 Service Manual 190 to 259 V ac extreme Acoustics Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 All measure
132. 8714 53P8715 53P8716 53P8717 53P8718 53P8719 53P8720 53P8721 53P8722 53P8725 53P8726 53P8727 53P8747 53P8747 53P8748 53P8756 53P8770 53P8770 53P8774 53P8777 53P8778 53P8779 53P8780 53P8781 53P8782 53P8783 53P8784 53P8785 53P8795 53P8801 53P8802 53P8807 53P8809 53P8810 53P8811 53P8812 53P8813 53P8814 53P8815 53P8822 53P8823 53P8826 53P8829 53P8847 53P8849 53P8859 53P8860 53P8861 53P8862 53P8863 53P8876 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Bearing TedriV6 uides raker hebr Mercere eames eg 7 71 Sensor cover stapler bin 7 67 Tray OUtDUL s si ovr ep ee E per sro Pelee ood endr eade kie ie segs ras ald aar 7 67 Gover optical Sensor sure kat dh laci OR Re SRI CR ade Geechee RA Le CRT 7 69 7 71 Card assembly right stapler bin level 7 69 Sptingswitlg arime Users dee past ad saksa sea eu dum per 7 69 kabel pinch point i EE aga tie RR Yue Nese pastu uM Sag a weld a 7 73 Pull y beltidler tine Ren Marcas eee et ix s ie eae cartes aene bes Pee s 7 71 Bumper output o cepi iur beef 7 69 7 71 Card assembly left stapler bin level 7 71 Clutch assembly stapler option 7 71 Bushing tensioner GBM sssee
133. 95 1 Pick roll assembly 4 53P8220 1 Flag MPT paper out 5 56P1352 1 MPF pad separator arm assembly includes Pad restraint Pad separator Housing separator pad Spring sep pad Arm separator Spring sep 6 56P0125 1 MPF lower deflector 7 53P8617 2 Parts packet screw lower deflector mounting 8 mm 7 53P8617 2 Parts packet screw lower deflector mounting 12 mm 8 53P8914 1 Sensor MPF paper out 9 53P8217 1 Spring assembly separator 10 53P8617 1 Parts packet screw frame mounting 11 53 8213 2 Screw damper 12 53P8214 2 Bushing pick roll shaft 13 53P8893 1 MPF frame assembly NS 53P8249 2 Parts packet clip pick roll shaft Parts catalog 7 15 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 9 Paper feed alignment 7 16 Service Manual Assembly 9 Paper feed alignment Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 qur aq Units Description 9 1 56P1327 1 Alignment assembly paper feed 2 53P8617 1 Parts packet screw clip ref ground mounting 3 56P1349 1 Clip reference ground 4 56P1346 1 Parts packet reference adjust Screw paper reference adjust Washer paper reference adjust Nut paper reference adjust NS 53P8617 3 Parts packet screw alignment asm mounting Parts catalog 7 17 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 10 Integrated paper tray 250 sheet 7 18 Service Manual Assembly 10 Integrated paper tray 250 sheet Infoprint 1332 1352
134. A Release the redrive assembly mounting latches B and remove the redrive assembly R DE F Nr Repair information 4 57 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Smart contact assembly removal Remove the print cartridge Remove the left side door See Left door removal on page 4 9 Remove outer system board shield See Outer shield removal on page 4 52 Disconnect smart cartridge cable from connector J19 on the system board Remove smart cartridge contact assembly mounting screw B Note the routing of the smart cartridge contact assembly cable C 6 Remove the assembly A gt Note Be sure to route the cable in the same location as shown C when replacing the assembly 4 2 System board removal Warning Observe all ESD precautions while handling ESD sensitive parts See Handling ESD sensitive parts on page 4 1 1 Remove the outer shield See Outer shield removal on page 4 52 2 Disconnect all cables from the system board 3 Remove all features and options from the interconnect board 4 58 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 4 Remove the five system board mounting screws A 5 Remove the USB screw B 6 Remove the system board 7T Remove the communications board mounting screw C D 201 E C 232 8 Remove the communications board shield mounting screw D 9 The communications board is held in place by a ground clip E that attaches the communicat
135. A piece of media did not arrive at the duplex input sensor but did leave the printer exit sensor Secondary When this message is displayed do not remove accumulated sheets during the jam clearance procedure as the printer will not reprint the removed sheets Also if the accumulated sheets are removed the portion of the job printed after the jam will not be stapled 232 Duplex Paper Jam Rear Leave Job in Finisher Primary A piece of media did not clear the duplex input sensor but did leave the printer exit sensor Secondary When this message is displayed do not remove accumulated sheets during the jam clearance procedure as the printer will not reprint the removed sheets Also if the accumulated sheets are removed the portion of the job printed after the jam will not be stapled 233 Duplex Paper Jam Rear Leave Job in Finisher Primary A piece of media failed to make the duplex double feed sensor during turnaround Secondary When this message is displayed do not remove accumulated sheets during the jam clearance procedure as the printer will not reprint the removed sheets Also if the accumulated sheets are removed the portion of the job printed after the jam will not be stapled 234 Duplex Paper Jam Rear Leave Job in Finisher Primary The media did not reach the duplex exit sensor Secondary When this message is displayed do not remove accumulated sheets during the jam clearance pro
136. Action Dead machine Go to Dead machine service check on page 2 45 Operator panel one or more buttons do Go to Operator panel buttons service check on page 2 70 not work Operator panel display is blank Printer Go to Operator panel service check on page 2 70 sounds 5 beeps Operator panel display is blank Printer Replace the operator panel assembly does not sound 5 beeps Operator panel continuously displays all Go to Operator panel service check on page 2 70 diamonds sounds 5 beeps and does not complete POST Paper feed problems base printer or Go to Paper feed service check on page 2 76 integrated 500 sheet paper tray Paper jams at exit of redrive assembly Go to Paper feed service check on page 2 76 duplex option not installed Paper jams at exit of redrive assembly Go to Duplex option service check on page 2 47 duplex option installed Fuser solenoid fails to operate Go to Fuser solenoid service check on page 2 55 Print quality black page Go to Print quality all black page on page 2 79 Print quality blank page Go to Print quality blank page on page 2 79 Print quality light print Go to Print quality light print on page 2 84 Print quality background Go to Print quality background on page 2 82 Print quality residual image Go to Print quality residual image on page 2 83 Print quality
137. Charge PWM T302 85 4 424 V dc IN 5 ML 6 TX Enable 7 TX CUR PWM n 8 SVRO OUT 8 CN1 n ATT B 5 4 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Interconnect board Connector Pin Signal Infoprint 1352 1372 J1 System 1 N A board comm board J2 LVPS 1 42 V dc 2 Heaton 3 Xeroxing 4 24 V dc 5 24 V dc 6 24 V dc BAR CODE AREA 7 G roi nd 8 Ground 9 Ground 10 Ground J3 LVPS 1 Ground 2 Ground 3 Ground Infoprint 1332 4 Ground 5 5 V dc 6 5 V dc 7 5 V dc 8 5 V dc J4 Autoconnect 1 0 V dc 2 5 V dc 3 0 V dc BAR CODE AREA 4 24 V dc J5 Autoconnect 1 24 V dc 2 Ground J6 Autoconnect 1 24 V dc BTM FNT 2 Giana J7 System 1 N A board J11 Feature 1 N A option J12 Feature 1 N A option Connector locations 5 5 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Low voltage power supply
138. Ew E ER ke keen we eae vises EA 7 41 7 45 7 61 75P8380 Door assembly front ae hoe Lett e owe Hasla tes nat Need RENE E 7 53 99A0188 Guide rear paper use with 53P8247 7 55 Part number index 1 17 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 l 18 Service Manual
139. GN ex Re age eas Mactan 7 55 Parts packet nuts high capacity 7 76 Parts packet washer s sisir aona irian cette hr 7 41 Parts packet washer bracket 250 sheet frame retention mounting 7 61 Parts packet washer card asm 7 53 Parts packet washer door switch spring mounting 7 53 Parts packet washer hinge mounting flat 7 53 Parts packet washer hinge mounting 7 53 Parts packet washer support frame 1 star support frame 2 star 7 59 Parts packet washers aree br tet ude er eei ex REEL KEN 7 55 Parts packet washers high capacity feeder 7 76 Deflector base i uu vike Sig Fe Als abe Ue EP ROUEN ob OL Meget aoe ald wane 7 61 Bracket 250 sheet frame retention 7 44 7 61 SMP Wear audite ieu eti d D Ee Ee bad n ea te aeta faced ce Ex d Dated xu 7 53 Tray backup roller Poneto GATE d coe erba eei Ra 7 63 7 65 Part number index 1 9 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 53P8387 53P8388 53P8389 53P8390 53P8391 53P8392 53P8393 53P8394 53P8395 53P8396 53P8397 53P8398 53P8399 53P8400 53P8401 53P8402 53P8404 53P8406 53P8408 53P8411 53P8421 53P8423
140. Gently release the autocompensator arm Insert integrated tray Repair information 4 39 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Interconnect board assembly removal CAUTION Unplug the printer before you begin Warning Observe all ESD precautions while handling ESD sensitive parts See Handling ESD sensitive parts on page 4 1 Note Any time the interconnect board assembly is replaced the Configuration ID must be reset in NVRAM on the new interconnect board Go to Setting configuration ID on page 3 18 1 Remove any feature or option cards from the interconnect board 2 Remove the inner shield See Inner shield removal on page 4 34 3 Remove the LVPS access plate and disconnect the LVPS cable from CN2 A 4 Disconnect cables J4 and J5 from the interconnect board 4 40 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 5 Place the printer on its side and remove the mounting screws A 202 6 Remove the interconnect board assembly Internal tray card ITC Paper size sensing board removal 1 Remove the paper size sensing board mounting screw A 2 Disconnect the paper size sensing board cable B from the board 3 Remove the paper size sensing board from the ITC latch C 4 Remove the paper size sensing board Repair information 4 41 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Low voltage power supply removal CAUTION Unplug the printer before you begin 1 Remove the right side cover See Right cover removal on
141. Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Edition June 2003 The following paragraph does not apply to any country where such provisions are inconsistent with local law LEXMARK INTERNATIONAL INC PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE Some states do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions therefore this statement may not apply to you This publication could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors Changes are periodically made to the information herein these changes will be incorporated in later editions Improvements or changes in the products or the programs described may be made at any time Comments may be addressed to Lexmark International Inc Department D22A 032 2 740 West New Circle Road Lexington Kentucky 40550 U S A or e mail at ServicelnfoAndTraining Lexmark com Lexmark may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you You can purchase additional copies of publications related to this product by calling 1 800 553 9727 In other countries contact your point of purchase Lexmark Lexmark with diamond design MarkNet MarkVision and Prebate are trademarks of Lexmark International Inc registered in the United States and or other countries ImageQuick
142. J11 2 and J11 4 The voltage measures 24 V If the voltage is correct replace the high capacity system board assembly If the voltage is incorrect check the continuity of the AC input cable to the LVPS If correct replace the LVPS assembly If incorrect replace the AC cable to the input of the LVPS 2 56 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 FRU Action High capacity feeder option control board Check the voltage J8 1 green The voltage measures 24 V dc If incorrect check the autoconnect system for any problems 24 V dc must come from the base printer through the autoconnect System to the high capacity input for the high capacity feeder to be recognized If the voltage is correct check the voltages at J11 3 red and J11 4 red The voltages measure 24 V dc If correct replace the high capacity feeder option system board If incorrect disconnect J8 from the system board and measure the voltages again If incorrect check the LVPS cable and the AC internal wiring from the input appliance receptacle If incorrect replace as necessary If correct replace the L VPS If the voltages are correct check the stepper motor for shorts from the motor housing to each pin on the motor connector If you find a short between any pin and the motor housing replace the motor assembly If no shorts are found replace the high capacity feeder option control board Check the voltage at J9 1 light b
143. NA cover mtg 12 Interconnect board mtg 2 Interconnect board shield ground 1 Interconnect shield mtg 5 Outer shield mtg 10 Parallel connector mtg 2 7 56P1385 1 Cable front harness HVPS input sensor toner sensor Parts catalog 7 29 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 16 Electronics card assemblies 7 30 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 16 Electronics card assemblies E i UNE Units Description 16 1 56P3080 1 System board assembly non network Infoprint 1332 includes 56P1444 1 56P3082 1 System board assembly non network Infoprint 1352 includes 56P1444 1 56P3084 1 System board assembly non network Infoprint 1372 includes 56P1444 2 56P3081 1 System board assembly network Infoprint 1332 includes 56P1445 2 56P3083 1 System board assembly network Infoprint 1352 includes 56P1445 2 56P3085 1 System board assembly network Infoprint 1372 includes 56P 1445 3 56P2001 14 Interconnect board assembly 1 slot Infoprint 1332 4 2 Screws PP 53P8617 5 56P2002 1 Interconnect board assembly 2 slot Infoprint 1352 5 56P2003 1 Interconnect board assembly 2 slot Infoprint 1372 6 56P1850 1 Card assembly Bar code 6 56P2584 1 Card assembly IPDS and SC5 TNe 6 56P2182 1 Card assembly ImageQuick 7 56P1445 1 Card assembly communications net
144. NF the bin is near full L FL the bin is full Once the screen is displayed manually actuate each of the sensors of the high capacity stacker except for the output level sensor When the sensor is closed CL displays and when the sensor is open OP displays Select Return or Stop to exit the test Finisher Tests for StapleSmart Finisher Finisher Feed Tests This test is used to verify whether or not media can be fed to a finisher output bin and stapled No information is printed on the test pages as the printhead is not turned on Eight sheets of paper feed and then the pages staple Note This test can be run using any of the paper sizes supported by the printer The media is fed from the selected source and then outputted to the finisher output bin To run the StapleSmart Finisher Feed Test 1 2 3 4 Select Finisher Tests from the menu Select Feed Tests from Finisher Tests menu The feed test runs may take a minute for the test to complete Eight sheets of paper feed into the finisher and then are stapled Note This test cannot be stopped until the test is completed Select Return Stop to exit the test Finisher Sensor Tests This test can be used to verify whether or not the finisher sensors are working correctly To run the Finisher Sensor Test 1 2 Select Finisher Tests from main menu Select Sensor Tests from the Finisher Tests menu 3 14 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 There are
145. OP for open and CL for closed 2 Manually toggle the sensors to verify that each sensor switches from open to closed Print registration To set print registration 1 Select Registration from the Diagnostic menu The Top margin sign value pair blinks This indicates it is the margin value being changed L xxx R xxx 2 To select the margin value to be changed press Select until the margin value pair you want to change is blinking The print registration range is Variable Description Value B Bottom margin 20 to 20 Each increment causes approximately 55 mm shift in the bottom margin T2 Top margin 25 to 25 L Left margin 25 to 25 R Right margin 10 to 10 3 To change the margin value press Menu When the value you want displays press Select to save the value 4 To exit the Registration menu press Return To verify the margin values are correct you must print the Quick Test Page from the registration screen Press Go to print the test page While printing the Quick Test Page the Quick Test Printing message displays Once the Quick Test Page completes printing the Registration screen displays again Print the Quick Test Page on letter or A4 paper 3 16 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Printer setup Setting the page count This lets the servicer change the page count from the Diagnostics Menu This is used whenever the system
146. Optra Forms PrintCryption and StapleSmart are trademarks of Lexmark International Inc LEXFAX is a service mark of Lexmark International Inc Other trademarks are the property of their respective owners 2003 Lexmark International Inc All rights reserved UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT RIGHTS This software and any accompanying documentation provided under this agreement are commercial computer software and documentation developed exclusively at private expense P N 12G9328 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Table of contents Laser EE EN EE aix ix Safety InformallOn i ko acr ko xa ROC AO ROCA ON SETE ke MAG Ree XV ERR E ded AAT Rec wa s Pw zd dd E NER RW ER Ed xviii EET QE SAAN ep d dive de Fables xviii General aaacsEEre pidas eye EE RE a A 1 1 Maintenance approach sea uen cR ekke REP Re e RO ka 1 1 o EC EP 1 2 Print speed and performance print speed 1 3 EE Ne i o 99d d eds e EP Cone eed DR ee gen diode dou 1 3 TCG DEIN s doct dpi oa adorti dba dU aub ura db RNC m db dos uas aa bed 1 4 igitor seines daa d pac oap a tot bebo er dice dapi 1 4 Printer SpSCITICRIIDIIS dE RR ORE PARERE PO RAHM ee SHOT Ma wg 1 5 Bee REE SEE Qd gb Abas CHIME Sud d o Rd Aaah e ROSE d dde dp CR a 1 5 Operating cleataliees actin vede CR Ka doe rb E
147. Part i err index number Units Description 15 1 56P1369 1 LVPS 110 V ac Infoprint 1332 1 56P1371 1 LVPS 110 V ac Infoprint 1352 1372 1 56P1372 1 LVPS 220 V ac Infoprint 1332 1 56P1374 1 LVPS 220 V ac Infoprint 1352 1372 2 56P1365 1 Fuse for 110 V ac LVPS 5 a 250V fuse F1 Infoprint 1332 2 56P1367 1 Fuse for 220 V ac LVPS 3 15 a 250V fuse F1 Infoprint 1352 1372 3 56P1366 1 Fuse for 110 V ac LVPS 10 a 250V fuse F2 Infoprint 1352 1372 3 56P1364 1 Fuse for 220 V ac LVPS 6 3 a 250V fuse F2 Infoprint 1332 4 6952298 1 Power cord set USA Canada Columbia Costa Rica Dominican Republic El Salvador Ecuador Guatemala Honduras Mexico Nicaragua Panama Puerto Rico Saudi Arabia Taiwan LV Venezuela Virgin Islands 4 13F9975 1 Power cord set Austria Belgium BlueMark Catalan CIS Czechoslovakia Finland France Germany Greece Hungary Italy Netherlands Norway Poland Portugal Russia Slovak countries Spain Sweden Turkey 4 14F0029 1 Power cord set Ireland U K 4 14F0083 1 Power cord set lsrael 4 6952298 1 Power cord set Japan 4 14F0047 1 Power cord set Switzerland 4 14F0011 1 Power cord set Botswana Lesotho Namibia Pakistan South Africa 4 13F9993 1 Power cord set Denmark 4 02K0542 1 Power cord set PRC HV 5 56P1375 1 Power supply high voltage 6 53P8617 1 Parts packet screw s System board mig 2 System board mtg Front 2 System mtg ground 1 HVPS mtg 2 I
148. Press Menu until Reset Printer displays on the second line Press Select to reset the printer Resetting Printer The printer is deleting any print jobs in process and restoring all settings to user defaults No button actions are possible while this message displays Diagnostic information 2 17 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 User status messages Status Action Formatting Flash Do Not Power Off The flash memory is being formatted No button actions are possible while this message displays Program Flash Do Not Power Off The flash memory is being programmed which means fonts or macros are being written to flash memory Do not perform any button actions while this message displays Formatting Disk The disk is being formatted No button actions are possible while this message displays Programming Disk Do Not Power Off The disk is being programmed which means fonts or macros are being written to disk No button actions are possible while this message displays Note If information is written to flash memory and to disk at the same time the Program Flash message displays Menus Disabled The printer menus have been disabled This occurs when Menu is pressed while the printer is Ready and Menu Lockout is active The printer display shows this message for one second and then returns t
149. Support right stacker plate Infoprint 1332 6 56P1319 1 Support right stacker plate Infoprint 1352 1372 7 53P8887 1 Transfer plate assembly 8 53P8919 4 Pad machine mounting 9 56P1399 1 Smart cartridge contact assembly w cable 10 56P1408 1 Cartridge fan 11 56P1361 1 Toner sensor assembly 12 53P8361 1 Parts packet contact kit Contact doctor blade TAR developer roll 3 Contact PC drum 1 Contact charge roll 1 Soe conte Touring n 13 53P8204 1 Spring tray bias 14 53P8886 2 Spring cartridge hold down 15 53P8203 1 Tray bias arm assembly 16 53P8205 2 Roller developer support 17 53P8442 1 Deflector upper PF 18 56P1336 1 Deflector inner Infoprint 1332 18 56P1334 14 Deflector inner Infoprint 1352 1372 19 53 8207 1 Sensor input 20 53P8452 1 Shield gear 60 MPF 21 53P8351 1 Shield ESD assembly with label 22 53P8641 1 Guard gear 23 53P8920 1 Pan motor drip 24 56P1350 1 Board input tray ITC 26 53P8211 1 Paper switch activate 27 53P8357 1 Link gear release 28 53P8352 1 Spring counterbalance 29 56P1314 14 Shroud fan Infoprint 1332 29 56P1315 14 Shroud fan Infoprint 1352 1372 30 56P1391 14 Sensor standard bin level with cable 31 53P8863 1 Bracket level sensor 32 56P1360 1 Fan main w cable 33 53P8885 1 Support left lower stacker Parts catalog 7 7 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 3 cont Frame 2 7 8 Service Manual I
150. The transfer roll assembly is part of the maintenance kit and is replaced when an 80 Scheduled Maintenance displays Ask the customer if they have replaced the transfer roll recently roll or associated parts for personal safety and to prevent damage to the printer CAUTION Make sure the printer is unplugged before making any checks on the transfer FRU Action 1 Transfer roll assembly Check the transfer roll for toner buildup surface damage to the roll oil or other contaminants on the surface of the roll Replace the transfer roll as necessary 2 Left transfer arm assembly Check the left transfer roll arm assembly to make sure it is fastened and locked in the down position If the arm is not locked down make sure the arm is not broken and locks into the EP frame correctly Check the left transfer arm assembly spring for proper operation 3 Right transfer arm assembly Check the right transfer arm assembly to make sure it is fastened and locked in the down position If the arm is not locked down make sure the arm is not broken and locks into the EP frame correctly Check the right transfer arm assembly spring for proper operation For any background problems ensure the contact to the HVPS board is correct and that there is approximately 0 ohms resistance between the transfer roll shaft and the HVPS contact If correct go to Print quality background on page 2 82 4 HVPS 917 Error code Check th
151. UD Gar Coles ane 2 5 Sub error codes for 9xx and 2xx error codes 2 5 Base pinter SUD STO COES oed ed pe dub eee 2 6 Base printer fuser sub error COdeS x nonne 2 11 Duplex optom SUD error COES 4225294 23 339 boda do pe view dod 2 12 Envelope feeder sub error 2 13 UTE EPA C TM P at bide 2 14 MESSER aod ro or ddun Teo Sage EA 2 17 User attendance messages e SERO 3 EROS SES LIES PR PP TEES AES 2 19 User ine 2 INK Messages cc ciudad arde iced dpa d aci 2 32 Check device connection messages 2 33 iii Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Pr SA TEN POST 2716 Gaia d des pU arg aba aree d abdo dedi wh 2 34 Se ete PE dear day SHE i pd tad ad ac Gb run das 2 35 Base PETRI HERR PARURE dira 2 35 High capacity feeder 2000 sheet symptoms 2 35 Paper Tray SyMPOMS i esed sucus eei sein erid Ea Rd eee se 2 36 DUPE SYMMONS bd od dure ne EE 2 36 Envelope raedar SPDS 4 42 329 Phe gp de 2 36 riesci EE EE ER 2 36 Staple TIHISBOE x
152. a specific output bin No information is printed on the media fed to the output bin because the printhead is not turned on during this test This test can be run from any input source and will support any size paper or envelope supported by the printer To run the Output Bin Feed Test 1 Select Feed Test from the Output Bin Test menu 2 Select the output bin you want the paper to exit into The standard bin as well as any output option bin installed on the printer is shown on the menu The output bin displayed is in the order installed on the printer 3 Select either Single one sheet of media feeds to the selected output bin or Continuous media continues feeding to the selected output bin until Return Stop is pressed 4 Press Return Stop to exit the test Diagnostic aids 3 11 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Feed to All Bins Test This test can be used to verify that the printer can feed media to the standard bin or any installed output options No information will be printed on the test pages as the printhead is not turned on during the feed test To run the Feed to all Bins Test Select Feed to all Bins Test from the menu The media feeds from the default paper source The printer feeds a separate piece of media to the standard bin first then it feeds a separate piece of media to each output bin installed in the following order Sheets fed Output bins Sheets fed Output bins Sheets fed Out
153. acket washer bracket 250 sheet frame retention mounting 11 53P8617 4 Parts packet screw bracket 250 sheet frame retention mounting 12 53P8384 2 Bracket 250 sheet frame retention NS 53P8399 1 Cable paper low switch NS 53P8401 1 Cable lower limit switch Parts catalog 7 61 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 30 Kiosk vertical paper adapter 7 62 Service Manual Assembly 30 Kiosk vertical paper adapter Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 UNE Units Description 30 1 53P8608 1 Bail support 2 53P8621 1 Arm assembly pivot 3 53P8643 1 Mounting frame assembly 4 53P8615 12 Parts packet retainer 5 53P8770 16 Parts packet screw 6 53P8627 1 Gear idler 7 53P8626 2 Gear idler 8 53P8427 1 Shaft drive rear 9 53P8756 1 Tray assembly backup roller 10 8472 3 Parts packet pulley 11 53 8402 6 Spring backup roller 12 53P8393 6 Roller backup 13 53P8638 1 Tray assembly drive roller 14 53P8408 1 Frame assembly right side 15 53P8612 1 Cover right 16 53P8607 2 Belt 185G 17 53P8489 1 Guide paper exit 18 53P8406 2 Shaft assembly drive roller 19 53P8421 1 Frame assembly left side 20 53P8404 1 Cover backup tray 21 53P8386 1 Tray backup roller Parts catalog 7 63 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 31 Kiosk horizontal paper adapter 2 7 64 Service Manual Ass
154. ackup roll Check the fuser hot roll and backup roll for any noticeable buildup of toner Repair as necessary 2 Transfer roll transfer plate assembly Check the transfer roll for toner buildup or loose toner around the area of the transfer plate assembly Clean the area and run another copy If the problem continues replace the FRUs in the following order HVPS System board 2 84 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Smart contact assembly service check Note If you are unable to clear a 32 Unsupported Cartridge User Error message be sure an IBM print cartridge is correctly installed in the printer The cartridge is easily identified by the contact board on the right side rear of the cartridge Install another print cartridge before attempting to troubleshoot the printer Make sure the smart cable is properly connected to J19 on the system board Check the print cartridge for damage or improper installation of the smart chip Also be sure there is proper contact between the smart chip on the cartridge and the smart contact assembly Service tip An intermittent 82 Unsupported Cartridge User Error message can be caused by poor contact between the smart cartridge contacts in the upper front cover and the smart chip Also check for proper seating of the smart cartridge cable to the system board FRU Action 1 Smart contact assembly Check the voltage on the smart cartridge contact The volta
155. ackup roller Check these parts for broken or damaged parts contamination on the drive rollers or wear plate and wear or damage to the drive shaft bearings Check the drive roll assembly and skewed backup roller for signs of wear slick spots material buildup and oil or grease on the rollers Also check for proper operation of the paper aligning assembly Repair or replace parts as necessary Tray x Low displays when tray x is full or has adequate paper in the tray FRU Action Paper low sensor assembly Paper low sensor flag tray x option system board Run the Tray x Sensor Test and check the sensor for proper operation If incorrect check the following Paper low sensor flag for smooth and correct operation Paper low sensor for correct installation on the autocompensator housing Paper low sensor cable for signs of cuts pinched wiring or other damage especially at connector J5 on the system board If no problem is found replace the paper low sensor assembly If this does not correct the problem replace the option system board Tray x Empty displays when Tray x has paper in the tray FRU Action Paper out sensor flag Paper out sensor on option System board Check the paper out sensor flag for correct operation and installation If correct replace the option system board The paper out sensor is mounted on the system board Printer does not recognize T
156. age at J3 1 If the voltage measures greater than 1 0 V dc replace the system board If the voltage is correct check the continuity between J3 1 and J3 3 on the cable If no change in continuity occurs as the switch is activated replace the cover open switch cable assembly If the continuity changes as the switch is activated replace the system board Cover closed switch table J3 Switch status Pin number Cover open Cover closed Pin 1 3 Open Closed Pin 1 2 Closed Open 2 44 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Dead machine service check A dead machine is a condition where the display is blank the LED on the operator panel is off no fans turn no motors turn and the fuser lamp does not come on If a high capacity input tray is installed remove the option and check the base printer for correct operation If the base printer operates correctly go to High capacity feeder input tray service check on page 2 56 If the base printer continues to not operate correctly remove any other attached paper handling options Warning Observe all necessary ESD precautions when removing and handling the system board or any installed option cards or assemblies See Handling ESD sensitive parts on page 4 1 area of the printer where you are working Unplug the printer before you begin or use CAUTION When you see this symbol there is a danger from hazardous voltage in the AN caution if the printer
157. age cannot be cleared go to Cover closed switch cable service check on page 2 44 Insert Staple Cartridge This message displays when the staple cartridge is missing or installed incorrectly The message appears regardless of the Staple Alarm setting at the following times At POR After the Stapler Door has been closed The following actions can be taken Install the stapler cartridge Press Go to clear the message The printer handles stapled jobs as if the staple cartridge were installed but empty The Staples Empty message appears on the status line and the Load Staples may display Diagnostic information 2 21 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 User attendance messages continued Primary message Secondary message Explanation Insert tray tray Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 Tray 4 or Tray 5 The printer detects a tray needs to be inserted The printer does not continue until it detects the tray is inserted Note This situation usually occurs when the tray is refilled during a job To refill a tray during a printing session press Stop and wait for pages to reach the output bin before refilling the tray The following actions may be taken Insert the requested tray Press Menu until Busy Waiting displays The following selections are available Cancel Job Reset Printer Reset Active Bin If the message cannot be cleared go to Internal tray card paper size sensing servic
158. and note the original settings so you can return the printer to the original customer printer setup Print Resolution Set to 300 dpi print quality problems should be checked at different resolution settings Print Darkness Set to NORMAL Toner Saver Set to OFF PQET Set to OFF Fuser Temperature Set to NORMAL Test the printer using plain paper 20 Ib An incorrect printer driver for the installed software can cause problems Incorrect characters could print and the copy may not fit the page correctly 2 78 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Measure all voltages from the connector to printer ground All voltages measured during the print cycle are measured with the controller board removed while running the print test Print quality all black page Service tip An all black page is generally caused by a problem in the high voltage system or an incorrect high voltage in the printing process resulting in toner development on the entire photoconductor drum FRU Action High voltage contacts Check the high voltage contacts on the right side frame to ensure they fit securely and are not pitted contaminated or damaged If incorrect replace the contact with one from the HV contact kit Screws are included to attach the contacts to the right side frame in the HV contact kit Charge roll conductive bushing Make sure the charge roll bushing is correctly installed in the right charge roll arm
159. and wear or damage to the drive shaft bearings Check the drive roll assembly and skewed backup roller for wear slick spots material buildup and oil or grease on the rollers Also check for proper operation of the paper aligning assembly Repair or replace parts as necessary Tray x Paper Low displays when tray x is full or has adequate paper in the tray FRU Action Paper low switch Paper low switch cable High capacity feeder Input system board Run the sensor diagnostics for tray x x the number that represents the high capacity input tray If the test fails disconnect the paper low switch cable from J3 on the high capacity system board Short pins 1 and 2 together while observing the sensor test on the display If the display does not change replace the high capacity feeder system board If the display changes check the continuity of the switch If incorrect replace the switch If correct replace the switch cable Diagnostic information 2 57 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Tray x empty displays when there is paper in the high capacity feeder input tray FRU Action 1 Paper out sensor flag Check the paper out sensor flag for correct operation and installation If correct replace the high capacity feeder system board The paper 2 Paper out sensor out sensor is mounted on the high capacity feeder system board on option system board The elevator tray fails to stop at the cor
160. ao d ditare aan ACA ded opt acd Kandi acri dpt adf 2 37 SEDES Gnome ii ssa aad obe x edo NE Md dud esa 2 38 5 BIn SEES GNECK usc ce dob bade der do 2 38 900 Error Code Service CHECK accea mada kona deena caddie dcs katte ae d s dedos 2 41 950 Error Gods service Check ov PR BA be bee Eee 545385555095 58 85558 2 42 Charge roll ServioB sabor audi ede eda d dne pedir 2 43 Cover closed switch cable service check 2 44 Dead machine service check osea eriiteenitami asoini tenet eee 2 45 Duplex option service CHECK eosdem ak eee ee eda sed 2 47 Envelope feeder service check 2 49 FUSE service CHECKS sj cas Lar ERE qa ppII 2 52 Gold MEET SONICS CHECK 24 as see Re dod IR RUE EO RR CEA 2 52 Motius SOIVIGE CHECK d aquia ad dd a ded 2 54 Fuser solenoid service Check 029548454 A det 2 55 High capacity feeder input tray service check 2 56 High capacity output stacker service check 2 62 ge EEE Aes Mareen de nel d geb get didi de ead 2 64 ligat rave EE EGGE EEE d dade quod un be dr Dd 2 64 Internal tray card paper size sensing serv
161. apled FRU Action 1 Sol 1 stapler drive Stapler assembly Stapler card assembly Disconnect Sol 1 cable from J5 on the stapler card and measure the resistance of the solenoid across the cable connector It should measure approximately 48 ohms when cold If incorrect replace the stapler finisher option assembly If correct replace the stapler card assembly 2 92 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Stapled sheets are not transported to the output tray FRU Action 1 Sol 2 stapler gearbox assembly Stapler card assembly Disconnect Sol 2 cable from J8 on the stapler card and measure the resistance of the solenoid across the cable connector It should measure approximately 48 ohms cold If incorrect replace the stapler finisher option assembly If correct replace the stapler card assembly POST incomplete stapler cycles several times FRU Action 1 Stapler assembly Replace the stapler assembly Note When replacing the stapler assembly observe the location of the ground lead from the stapler assembly and the finisher frame and make sure the ground lead is correctly reattached Flag or spring off stapler unit Will also happen when pin 7 of J3 is open Toner sensor service check Service tip Check the print darkness menu setting before checking the toner sensor This service check is intended to be used when a 929 Service Er
162. apler card assembly Check the continuity of the stapler access door switch If incorrect replace the stapler access door switch assembly If correct replace the stapler card assembly POST incomplete stapler cycles several times FRU Action 1 Stapler assembly Replace the stapler assembly Note When replacing the stapler assembly observe the location of the ground lead from the stapler assembly and the finisher frame Make sure the ground lead is correctly reattached Diagnostic information 2 87 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 990 Service Error Code Check Bin x displayed POST Incomplete Step 1 During POST the stapler option does not try to home on page 2 88 e Step 2 During POST the stapler option tries to home on page 2 88 Step 1 During POST the stapler option does not try to home FRU Action 1 Stapler card assembly Drive motor assembly Turn the printer off disconnect the motor from J2 and check for continuity between J2 pins 1 2 5 and 6 on the cable and the motor case If you get continuity replace the motor drive assembly If you do not measure continuity continue with this step Reconnect J2 and check the voltages on connector J2 Note All voltages are approximate values Pin Voltage static Voltage feeding 1 24 V dc 24 V dc 2 24 V dc Varies 11 4 V dc to 24 V dc 3 Not used 4 Ground 5 5 V dc Varies 3 6 V
163. apler displays FRU Action 1 Staple cartridge holder Check the staple cartridge holder for any signs of damage and for any jammed staples in the cartridge Replace the staple cartridge holder if damaged If staples are jammed in the cartridge replace the old strip of staples with a new strip and try the finisher feed test from the diagnostic menu 2 Staple unit Remove the staple cartridge holder from the staple unit and remove the staple unit Check for any staples that might be in the staple unit mechanism Check for correct operation and for any signs of damage Diagnostic information 2 91 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Paper feeds into finisher option output tray Paper is not stapled Paper does not align with the right side FRU Action 1 Paper alignment wheel Paper alignment pad Check to make sure the gamma wheel aligner assembly is operating correctly and that the wheel is touching the paper If the gamma wheel is not turning or touching the paper go to step 2 If the wheel is turning and touching the paper check the wheel for wear damage or SES IRE If any problem with the wheel is found replace the wheel Check to make sure the aligner assembly and pads are operating correctly Make sure the pads are touching the paper and moving the paper to the right side frame If the aligner pads are not moving into the lower position and touching the paper go to step 3 If the aligner
164. ard cable on the LVPS Reconnect the AC line cord and measure the voltage on CN2 1 on the LVPS The voltage should measure approximately 5 V dc If the voltage is correct go to step 6 If the voltage is incorrect go to step 10 6 Interconnect board Unplug the AC line cord from the LVPS and reconnect the interconnect board cable to CN2 on the LVPS Reconnect the AC line cord turn the machine on and measure the voltage at the 5 V test point on the interconnect board The voltage should read approximately 5 V dc Test Points If correct replace the following FRUs in the order shown System board Interconnect board If the voltage is incorrect go to step 7 7 Interconnect board Unplug the AC line cord from the LVPS remove the inner shield and system board assembly from the interconnect board Note The inner shield with system board attached can be moved far enough away from the printer to access the interconnect board voltage test points Measure the voltage at the 5 V test point on the interconnect board The voltage should measure 5 V dc If correct go to step 11 If incorrect go to step 8 8 Communications card Turn the printer off and remove the communications card Check the voltage at the 5 V test point on the interconnect board If the voltage is correct replace the communication card assembly If the voltage is incorrect go to step 9 9 Features or option installed Warning Observe all the ESD precautions and turn
165. ation from the menu Select Quick Test Page The test page should only be printed on letter or A4 paper from Tray 1 The Quick Test Page consists of alignment diamonds horizontal lines that can be used for skew adjustment page count setting printer serial number code levels and print registration settings Check the Quick Test Page for any sign of skew by checking the diamonds at the top left and top right of the test page for equal distance from the top of the page If necessary adjust the left or right printhead mounting screws and check the skew again by running another Quick Test Page This procedure may take two or three attempts before you get satisfactory results When you have the correct adjustment gently tighten the printhead mounting screws being careful not to move the printhead assembly Repair information 4 3 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Paper alignment assembly adjustment Do the alignment assembly adjustment whenever you replace the alignment assembly Always print a copy of the Quick Test Page before making any adjustments to the alignment assembly reference adjustment screw When replacing the alignment assembly it is necessary to back the reference adjustment screw out far enough to remove the old assembly and install the new one e f you are replacing the alignment assembly go to step A e lf you are only adjusting the reference adjustment screw go to step B Step A Print a copy of the Quick Test Page a
166. before you begin 1 Remove the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 23 2 Note the thermistor cable A routing Repair information 4 25 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 4 Disconnect the AC fuser lamp cable A from the top left side of the fuser cover A 5 Remove the two screws C from the right side fuser lamp contact cover 6 Release the latch D and remove the cover 4 26 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 7 Remove screw A that attaches the fuser lamp contact to the fuser cover 8 Remove the two screws B one on each side of the fuser that attach the fuser upper cover assembly to the fuser frame 9 Remove the fuser laser cover Repair information 4 27 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Fuser exit sensor or fuser narrow media sensor removal 1 Remove the fuser See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 23 2 Cutthe cable tie A Narrow Media Sensor A Exit Sensor 3 Unplug the sensor from the fuser control board 4 Remove the sensor from the lower exit guide assembly Fuser lamp removal 1 Remove the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 23 2 Disconnect the fuser lamp AC cable from the left side of the top cover assembly 3 Remove the two screws A from the left side fuser lamp contact cover Warning Take care when removing the screw as the lamp is under spring tension When the contact is released damage to the lamp or contact may occur
167. ble into the operator panel 9 Snap the operator panel into the upper front cover 4 50 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Optional 250 or 500 sheet paper tray assembly removal Note Remove the printer and other paper feed options to access the failing optional paper tray assembly Paper tray autocompensator assembly removal Remove the printer and other paper feed options Disconnect the autocompensator assembly bias spring from the tray frame Disconnect the autocompensator assembly motor cable Remove the three autocompensator assembly mounting screws and remove the compensator assembly pomo Paper tray frame assembly removal Remove the autocompensator assembly 2 Release the paper pass thru sensor from its retaining tabs 3 Release the frame assembly from the front and rear retaining tabs and remove the paper tray frame assembly Paper tray board removal 1 Remove the paper tray frame assembly 2 Disconnect all cables from the paper tray board 3 Remove the three paper tray board mounting screws and remove the board Note Reinstall with the paper out sensor flag positioned in the sensor slot on the paper tray board Paper tray paper out sensor flag removal 1 Remove the paper tray frame assembly 2 Remove the paper tray board 3 Remove the paper out sensor flag Paper size spring comb removal 1 Remove the paper tray board 2 Remove the paper size spring comb mounting screw and remove the
168. board J2 Narrow media sensor J3 N A J4 Solenoid J5 Exit sensor J6 Thermistor 5 2 Service Manual High capacity output stacker board Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Connector Pin no Signal J6 connector jumper locations J1A Autoconnect 24 V dc Ground 5 V dc J1B j N Prtxdin Ground prtrxd Ground Oj N N C J2A Autoconnect 24 V dc Ground Co ND 5 V dc J2B prtxdout Ground prtrxd O Ground J3 Pass thru sensor Ground Paper Present RVsnsr J4 DC motor W N mtrout1 mtrout2 Ground Ground tach 5 V dc High capacity stacker board Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 J5 Bin full near full dual sensor OD a AJ Ww N Ground Ground binful binful on AJ Oj N RVsnsr Upper unit board X Not used Lower unit board Not used X J6 Jumper connector Upper unit ine Upper Lower Unit Lower Unit Connector locations 5 3 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 High voltage power supply Connector CN no Signal CN1 System board 1 Developer PWM a gt ff e 2 24 V dc Return CSI ell al E l 58 as 88558 3
169. can be any value Explanation 925 Service Fuser Error Wrong Fuser Lamp Installed Note The following sub error codes are only for an incorrect lamp being installed EN 07 xx yy zz 1 E 2 This error code is generated anytime an incorrect lamp is detected Xx 00 Lamp detection performed and found an error 01 It took long to do lamp detection and NVRAM detected a previous wrong lamp detected yy Actual temperature 22 The temperature that the fuser was trying to reach Duplex option sub error codes Status byte 4 contains the most valuable information to help isolate a failing part or assembly in the duplex option and is the only byte contained in the following table Status byte 4 Explanation 00 No duplex error No problem was reported to the engine by the duplex system card 01 The leading edge of the sheet of paper never arrived at the input sensor 02 The duplex option system board never received media notification from the printer 03 The trailing edge of the sheet of paper never cleared the input sensor 04 The leading edge of the sheet of paper never arrived at the exit sensor Note This error is the most common due to the long length of the paper path between the input sensor and the exit sensor 05 The duplex logic thinks a sheet of paper is feeding to the duplex option due to a sensor malfunction in the paper path when in fact the printer has n
170. ce both pick rolls if the paper appears to be flat in the tray but there is still a problem Failures occur mainly near the bottom of the stack of paper The autocompensator pick arm may not be coming down far enough to allow the pick rolls to properly contact the paper Also the autocompensator motor may be failing If this problems continues replace the autocompensator assembly 2 76 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Double feeding paper Note If double feeding paper occurs mostly from the bottom of the stack check for missing or damaged restraint pads in the tray FRU Action 1 Paper Paper is usually the primary cause of a double feeding paper problem Flex the paper before placing the paper in the tray Edge welded paper is the most common cause of double feeding Loading the paper in the tray in different locations and directions and using rough paper and short grain paper also causes double feeding 2 Autocompensator Make sure the counterbalance spring is not missing loose or broken at the top of the autocompensator arm assembly If you find a problem replace the autocompensator assembly Multipurpose tray Paper fails to feed from the multipurpose tray The pick roll should make one complete revolution and stop with the flat side down If the pick roll turns but does not pick paper check the roll for signs of wear oil or grease on the surface of the pick roll or slick spots If you find
171. ce tip When a 274 Paper Jam Check Bin 4 message displays a problem exists with the top pass thru sensor assembly or the control board FRU Action Top pass thru sensor flag assembly Control board Check the flag for correct operation binding broken parts or interference from the sensor cable If incorrect repair as necessary If correct check to make sure the top pass thru sensor is correctly connected to J11 on the control board Disconnect the pass thru sensor cable and check the voltage at J11 3 The voltage measures approximately 5 V dc If incorrect check the voltage at J11 2 The voltage measures approximately 0 V dc If incorrect replace the sensor assembly If this does not fix the problem replace the lower control board Diagnostic information 2 39 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Ready Bin x Full displays May be able to clear message and feed paper into bin selected FRU Action 1 Bin x sensor Bin x sensor cable Bin x sensor flag Control board Check the sensor and sensor cable for the bin that is displaying the message to make sure the sensor is seated correctly in the side of the tray and the cable is connected to the sensor and the control board Check the flag for binding and proper operation If correct replace the bin x sensor If this does not fix the problem replace the control board Note This sensor is in a normally open position with the flag out of the sensor
172. cedure as the printer will not reprint the removed sheets Also if the accumulated sheets are removed the portion of the job printed after the jam will not be stapled 2 30 Service Manual User attendance messages continued Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Primary message Secondary message Explanation 235 Duplex Paper Jam Front Leave Job in Finisher Primary A piece of media is over the duplex double feed sensor Secondary When this message is displayed do not remove accumulated sheets during the jam clearance procedure as the printer will not reprint the removed sheets Also if the accumulated sheets are removed the portion of the job printed after the jam will not be stapled 236 Duplex Paper Jam Front Leave Job in Finisher Primary A piece of media did not leave the duplex exit sensor Secondary When this message is displayed do not remove accumulated sheets during the jam clearance procedure as the printer will not reprint the removed sheets Also if the accumulated sheets are removed the portion of the job printed after the jam will not be stapled 237 Duplex Paper Jam Front Leave Job in Finisher Primary A piece of media did not reach the printer input sensor Secondary When this message is displayed do not remove accumulated sheets during the jam clearance procedure as the printer will not reprint the removed sheets Also if the accumulated sheets are removed the po
173. cee eere 7 41 7 59 Roller skewed backup i hr 7 45 Washer frame mounting 0 ita oi aa bia aka rrr 7 A7 Deflector guide c usnxAeieczape e whee dil ved b ES neta Es 7 51 Belt gear divees dob teet bee ek Goa ee ET eee Bg 7 51 Sensor envelope pass thrul sw be pan t mc TEMES PER sense sede Vnd rag Se 7 51 Flag envelope outsensor ea a A E eee hh hh 7 51 Rollerzsupport us uci net rt OA ee a ae MR RD DEPT PULS 7 51 Spring latch return uuu be rast rer d aan be ket verse Fet en NR elec 7 51 1 8 Service Manual 53P8345 53P8347 53P8348 53P8349 53P8350 53P8351 53P8352 53P8357 53P8359 53P8360 53P8361 53P8362 53P8363 53P8364 53P8366 53P8366 53P8368 53P8369 53P8370 53P8371 53P8372 53P8373 53P8374 53P8375 53P8375 53P8376 53P8377 53P8379 53P8380 53P8380 53P8380 53P8380 53P8380 53P8380 53P8380 53P8380 53P8381 53P8381 53P8381 53P8381 53P8381 53P8382 53P8382 53P8382 53P8382 53P8382 53P8382 53P8382 53P8382 53P8382 53P8383 53P8384 53P8385 53P8386 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Bracket stack limite b hPa dd tate Dad oa a ud 7 51 Spring cami elite s rede c cre 7 51 Parts kit charge roll link asm left 5 7 27 7 76 Parts kit charge roll link asm right 5 1 7 27 7 76
174. ched input option FRU Action 1 Envelope feeder Make sure the envelope feeder is correctly installed and mated to the autoconnect at the front of the printer 2 Front autoconnect on printer Check the connector for signs of damage to the connector or contacts If you find damage replace the damaged cable connector assembly Remove the envelope feeder and check the voltages at the autoconnect on the front of the printer If incorrect check the interconnect board If correct reinstall the envelope feeder and continue with step 3 3 Autoconnect on the envelope feeder Check for damage to the connector or contacts If you find damage replace the damaged cable connector assembly Disconnect the autoconnect cable at J1 on the envelope system board and measure the following voltages J1 3 measures 5 V dc J1 5 measures 5 V dc J1 7 measures 24 V dc If any of the voltages are incorrect replace the autoconnect cable ee If the voltages are correct replace the envelope system oard Operator panel displays 260 Paper Jam immediately when envelope feed is requested POST incomplete FRU Action 1 Pass thru sensor Check for any debris or pieces of envelope over the pass thru sensor Check for correct installation of the pass thru sensor flag Make sure the sensor cable is attached to the envelope system board Perform a envelope feeder sensor test to check both the sens
175. d charge roll link arm assemblies for binds or defective parts Replace as necessary 2 Charge roll assembly Check the charge roll for toner buildup or other contamination on the Charge roll link arm outer edges that correspond to the bands on the page Check the charge links and arms for proper operation binds or incorrectly mounted counterbalance springs Repair or replace as necessary 3 HVPS Check the following voltages at J22 8 on the system board Printer Idle J22 8 measures 0 V dc Printer Printing Test Page J22 8 voltage changes from 0 V dc to 4 V dc If the voltage does not vary check the continuity of line J22 8 in the front cable harness If there is no continuity replace the cable harness If there is continuity replace the HVPS If this does not correct the problem replace the system board Turn the printer off and check the resistance between J22 7 and printer ground The resistance measures approximately ohms If incorrect make sure the system board is mounted correctly and securely grounded If correct replace the system board Print quality residual image Service tip Install a new print cartridge if available before doing this service check Residual image can be caused by the photoconductor cleaning blade and other parts inside the print cartridge FRU Action 1 Hot roll fuser assembly Check the fuser assembly for toner contamination The hot roll especially might cause toner to be
176. d vom Hersteller keine Verantwortung oder Haftung f r die Sicherheit bernommen Die Wartungsinformationen f r dieses Produkt sind ausschlieBlich f r die Verwendung durch einen Wartungsfachmann bestimmt W hrend des Auseinandernehmens und der Wartung des Ger ts besteht ein zus tzliches Risiko eines elektrischen Schlags und k rperlicher Verletzung Das zustandige Fachpersonal sollte entsprechende VorsichtsmaBnahmen treffen ACHTUNG Dieses Symbol weist auf eine gef hrliche elektrische Spannung hin die in AN diesem Bereich des Produkts auftreten kann Ziehen Sie vor den Arbeiten am Ger t den Netzstecker des Ger ts bzw arbeiten Sie mit gro er Vorsicht wenn das Produkt f r die Ausf hrung der Arbeiten an den Strom angeschlossen sein mu Pautas de Seguridad La seguridad de este producto se basa en pruebas y aprobaciones del dise o original y componentes espec ficos El fabricante no es responsable de la seguridad en caso de uso de piezas de repuesto no autorizadas La informaci n sobre el mantenimiento de este producto est dirigida exclusivamente al personal cualificado de mantenimiento Existe mayor riesgo de descarga el ctrica y de da os personales durante el desmontaje y la reparaci n de la m quina El personal cualificado debe ser consciente de este peligro y tomar las precauciones necesarias PRECAUCI N este s mbolo indica que el voltaje de la parte del equipo con la que est AN trabajando es peligroso Antes de empezar
177. dard output bin autoconnect located on the top left rear of the printer Go to Autoconnect on page 5 1 If the voltages are correct reinstall the output option and note the positions of the toroids on the autoconnect cables on the upper and lower assemblies and check the voltages on the autoconnects If all voltages are correct and the lower assembly is failing replace the lower control board If the upper assembly is failing replace the upper control board If the voltages are incorrect replace the upper or lower failing mechanical linkage assembly 2 62 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 202 Paper Jam Open Rear Door displays and a sheet of paper is jammed prior to the pass thru sensor flag or 202 Paper Jam Open Rear Door displays a sheet of paper feeds out to the standard bin even though bin x is selected and paper exits half way out of the redrive assembly Service tip For this type of problem check the Base printer sub error codes on page 2 6 They can help isolate the problem A 202 paper jam message can also occur prior to the high capacity output stacker pass thru sensors FRU Action Lower Pass Thru Sensor Flag Assembly Check the flag for correct operation binding broken parts or interference from the sensor cable If incorrect repair as necessary If correct check to make sure the lower pass thru sensor is correctly connected to on the lower control board Disconnect the pass
178. dc J2 2 24 V dc J2 5 5 V dc J2 6 5 V dc If any of the voltages are incorrect replace the control board If correct replace the mechanical linkage DC motor assembly 900 Error Code service check FRU Action 1 Printer POR Turn the printer off and on several times If Error Code 900 continues to display go to step 2 2 System board Make sure the system board is properly seated in connector J7 on the interconnect board Turn the machine off and on several times waiting a few minutes between power on and power off If Error Code 900 continues to display go to step 3 3 Factory defaults Restore factory defaults See Restore EP Factory Defaults on page 3 18 This resets the non critical areas of the user NVRAM If Error Code 900 continues to display go to step 4 4 Sub error codes With Error Code 900 displayed press Select and Return Record the complete list of Sub Error Codes on the display Check the Base printer sub error codes on page 2 6 If none of the Sub Error Codes are listed then call your next level of support Diagnostic information 2 41 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 950 Error Code service check Note Before proceeding with this service check make sure you have the correct system board installed in the printer 950 Error displayed on the printer and you are not sure if the printer had the interconnect or system boards previously re
179. dc to 5 V dc 6 5 V dc 5 V dc If the voltages are correct replace the motor drive assembly If the voltages are incorrect replace the stapler card assembly 2 Drive motor assembly mechanical Check the drive motor assembly 9942513 for normal operation Normal operation for this assembly during POST is the motor turns the motor pinion gear turns the drive gear turns and the clutch rotates and sets Step 2 During POST the stapler option tries to home Note When a 990 Service Error is displayed during POST the failure is usually in the stapler mechanical unit or stapler card 2 88 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 281 Paper Jam The paper feeds partway into the standard bin even if finisher is selected Note When a 900 Service Error is displayed during POST the failure is usually in the stapler gearbox assembly or stapler cartridge FRU Action 1 DC motor in drive gearbox assembly Stapler card assembly Turn the printer off disconnect the motor from J4 and check for continuity between J4 pins 1 2 5 and 6 on the cable and the motor case If you get continuity replace the drive gearbox assembly If you do not measure continuity continue with this step Check the voltages on connector J4 Note All voltages are approximate values Pin No Voltage static Voltage feeding 1 24 V dc 24 V dc 2 24 V dc Varies 11 V dc to 24 V dc 3
180. de ad diua 3 6 Viewing Tie Snor 3 6 PING OI SONEN 2 3 7 Gleanna Ne emer scares doc eR ero E esr dp opo ab br deiode deb d 3 8 EDER Vb ERE weds dur Ob dc aua eda Pg an EEE 3 8 LEDIO E NE 3 8 Bullam EE EE EE TES RIPE 3 8 SURAMIMEINOM IGE Spes da Re be POR daw Fedden 3 9 ROM Memory Test daa y ome dO Ceu o Re CRI ea ede Seu C doo d 3 9 Fe VIAE gabe qd ub arai d i rade D bw i aat da ded ED d ath dedita 3 9 IB Utt y 18919 dci aui dada disi dera patei d drd debere quif dci dique 3 10 Tray Feed Teel dead eaade gape e redde 3 10 SON dba d be qb co dea doo dod 3 10 DUAL Bii TESS 225 o 5d pron Dre Td s r edu Ped d Pb d Se fed 3 11 Output Bin Test Standard BIN aene base aaa dean 3 11 Oulu Bint Feed sso vede qae ed or EROS nd ded aa ede WA ERRARE 3 11 Feed io All Bins 16S 122225 ado Ae desse 3 12 Output Bin Sensor Tost iac adc d dear de d aS S Rr 3 12 Finisher Tests for StapleSmart Finisher 00 0 cananeus eee eee 3 14 FNS FOGG IONS as BA aa ad
181. defective fuser exit sensor assembly Note Enter the diagnostic tests menu select Base Sensor Tests select Output Sensor Test and check the fuser exit sensor for correct operation If the test fails check the internal fuser cabling DC autoconnect on the fuser frame fuser DC autoconnect to the system board cable and the cable connection to J14 on the system board xx 02 x1 x2 This error can be caused by the input sensor not being activated by a page that was known to have been picked by a source other than the duplex option Ensure the correct source has been selected and the media is feeding from that source 8E xx 06 x1 The second pick failed from a paper source when paper was in the source and the only sheet in the paper path xx 07 x1 The second pick failed from a paper source when paper was in the source Other sheets may have started to feed but none were in the paper path 8E xx 08 The paper in the output bin was flushed The paper ahead of it in the paper path never made it past the output bin sensor or into the tray xx 09 x1 The second pick from the MPT Tray 1 or feeder failed when paper was in the source Other sheets may be in the paper path x1 media source 8E xx 0A x1 The second pick from the MPT Tray 1 or feeder failed when paper was in the source Other sheets may have started to pick but none were in the paper path X1 media source 8E x1 0B The DC autocompensator failed or stalled when trying to feed a she
182. dia quedado ado d a Edid bb Peed UA adir 4 58 Toner sensor removal RE aos eee RUE RU ace ER E REUS d 4 61 Transfer roll assembly removal 00 cc eee et 4 61 Upper front cover hinge assembly removal 4 62 Upper paper deflector assembly removal 4 63 CGonnector locations VE ER EEE Thus ER a AS dod ap ans 5 1 S a sug dcl seers s Add RR den d uid ded a 5 1 Envelope loeder 00 ered seed ea ee ME 5 2 Fuse BOG era Cher doa rdg ap didi ta dius 5 2 High capacity output stacker board esse ee mo ammes aa bakke ea hee mn 5 3 Figli voltage power SUDDE ede id pa per a baee eae Rede s Gem 5 4 Interconnect DOBId L s suse mm kk dome kw ee ke Gr do ek c 5 5 Low volage power Supply ARR S 5 6 O tput expander control 455 races apes e SUE deck dom saw aden s 5 7 vii Service Manual Parts catalog Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 FP S e ED dedo EE d Erb Nh won eh 5 8 System board non network 5 10 oystaniDaard EE 2b beda NoD ad ES URS EE 5 11 Pre
183. djustment allows you to increase the minimum gap between sheets of paper as they are fed through the printer This adjustment reduces the printer overall performance such as pages per minute but can help in reducing the amount of curl of some printed medias thus improving media stacking in the output bin 1 Enter the Diagnostic Mode 2 Select Ep Setup from the Diagnostic Menu 3 4 The range of the GAP adjustment is O to 255 Adjust the gap setting by using Menu to select the Select Gap Adjust value If GAP 0 displays it indicates a factory setting to minimum gap Select a value and run several copies of the media that displays a curl problem It may take several tries before improvement is noticed Note This setting has no effect when duplexing Printhead assembly adjustment Do the printhead assembly adjustment whenever you remove or replace the printhead assembly or loosen the mounting screws Install the new printhead with the three mounting screws centered in the slots in the printhead frame assembly Leave the screws loose enough to allow the printhead assembly to move from side to side within the slots It is necessary to perform a registration adjustment before locking down the three printhead mounting screws To perform the registration adjustment ARON Turn the printer off Press and hold Return and Go Turn the printer on and release the buttons when Performing Self Test displays Select Registr
184. e a blank copy symptom The printhead used in the printer does not have a mechanical shutter as previous laser printers The printer is interlocked through the front top cover interlock switch Diagnostic information 2 79 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Print quality random marks Service tip The primary cause of random marks is due to loose material moving around inside the printer and attaching to the photoconductor charge roll or transfer roll Symptom Action 1 Random marks Check the print cartridge for loose or foreign material that might be on the photoconductor Check the transfer roll and charge roll for any pieces of material that are stuck to the rolls Print quality blurred or fuzzy print Blurred of fuzzy print is usually caused by a problem in the main drive gearbox assembly alignment assembly any feed roller or in the transfer roll bearings or transfer roll Check the gearbox assembly for correct operation Check the transfer roll for binds or a contaminated shaft or bearings Blurred print can also be caused by incorrect feeding from one of the input paper sources paper trays duplex option or envelope feeder Check the high voltage contacts to ensure they are not bent corroded or damaged Replace as necessary Print quality evenly spaced horizontal lines or marks FRU Action 1 Lines spaced 3 19 mm This can be caused by the motor pinion gear on the main drive motor 126
185. e check on page 2 66 or Input tray s service check on page 2 64 Install Bin x or Cancel Job Bin x Bin 1 Bin 2 or Bin 3 This message is displayed when a paper handling option has been hot unplugged The printer requires the reinstallation of the option to print a page which has been formatted by the interpreter before the option was removed The following actions may be taken Install the option Press Menu until Busy Waiting displays Select one of the following Cancel Job Reset Printer Reset Active Bin If the message cannot be cleared go to Input tray s service check on page 2 64 Install Duplex or Cancel Job This message is displayed when a duplex option has been hot unplugged The printer requires the reinstallation of the option to print a page which has been formatted by the interpreter before the option was removed The following actions may be taken Install the duplex option Press Menu until Busy Waiting displays Select one of the following Cancel Job Reset Printer Reset Active Bin If the message cannot be cleared go to Duplex option service check on page 2 47 Install Env Feed or Cancel Job This message is displayed when the envelope feeder has been hot unplugged The printer requires the reinstallation of the feeder to print a page which has been formatted by the interpreter before the feeder was removed The following actions may be taken Install
186. e for this print job by pressing Go or Select The printer starts or resumes printing but does not staple the rest of the job Press Menu until Busy Waiting displays The following actions may be available Cancel Job Reset Printer Reset Active Bin Priming Failed This message displays when an error has occurred Retry Go Stop during the staple priming operation This message not only notifies the user that a specific error interfered with the priming but allows the user to request the process begin again The following actions are available Press Go to restart the priming operation Press Return or Stop to cancel the priming operation Diagnostic information 2 23 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 User attendance messages continued Primary message Secondary message Explanation Reattach Bins x y Bins x y Bins 1 to 5 Bins 2 to 6 or Bins 6 to 10 This messages displays for the following conditions The specified output bins may have been removed from the printer possibly to clear a paper jam or to remove the option The option s may be attached to the printer but a communications problem may prevent the printer from detecting the option For example there may be a poor connection or a hardware failure The following actions may be taken If the option was temporarily removed or not connected properly reattach or reconnect it Press Go to execute a configuration change w
187. e sure the ESD brush ground lead is firmly attached to the output expander frame Also make sure the ESD brush is not loose 2 72 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Printer does not recognize one or more output expander options as being installed Service tip If more than a single output expander option is installed check each one to see if the printer recognizes any single option as being installed If the printer recognizes any of the output expander options then the base printer autoconnect system is operating correctly and the problem is in the unrecognized expander option FRU Action 1 Output expander option Make sure the output expander option is the only option that is not recognized by the base printer If the output expander is the only option not recognized by the printer continue with step 2 If not check the autoconnects of the options not recognized and the interconnect board and cable connections 2 Output expander assembly Check the autoconnects for damage especially the connector pins mechanical linkage Remove the left and right side covers Remove the front control board cover Check the cables at J1A J1B J2A and J2B on the control board to make sure they are attached securely and correctly Remove the output expander and check the voltages on the output bin autoconnect located on the top left rear of the printer Go to Autoconnect Top on page 5 11 If the voltages are correct reinsta
188. e the defective cable The Lost HYSNC voltage at J4 1 measures approximately 5 V dc If incorrect replace the system board The voltage at J5 7 measures approximately 24 V dc If incorrect replace the system board If correct replace the printhead assembly Error Code 934 These error codes indicate a problem with the mirror motor circuit in Mirror motor lost lock Error the printhead assembly or the mirror motor cable to the system board Code 935 cable or system board assembly Check the continuity of the mirror Mirror motor unable to motor cable connected to J5 on the system board If incorrect reach operating speed replace the cable The voltage at J5 7 measures approximately 24 V If incorrect replace the system board If correct replace the FRUs in the following order System board Printhead assembly Print quality service check Service tip Before troubleshooting any print quality problems do the following Install another print cartridge if available before proceeding with the service checks Use Tray 1 to test for print quality of the base printer Replace the charge roll if it is damaged or contaminated Replace the transfer roll if it is damaged or contaminated Make sure the fuser assembly is installed correctly Verify proper paper type texture and weight settings for the media being used Test the printer using plain paper 20 Ib Select the following menu settings as indicated Be sure
189. e used to cover the pass thru sensor When the sensor is closed CL displays when the sensor is open OP displays 3 Press Return Stop to exit the test The multipurpose tray and the envelope feeder do not have a paper low sensor The multipurpose tray does not have a pass thru sensor Tray sensor support by source Source Tray empty sensor Paper low sensor Pass thru sensor Tray 1 YES YES NO Tray 2 YES YES YES Tray 3 YES YES YES Tray 4 YES YES YES Tray 5 YES YES YES Multipurpose tray YES NO NO Envelope feeder YES NO YES 3 10 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Output Bin Tests Output Bin Test Standard Bin This test is used to verify if the standard bin sensor is working correctly To run the Standard Bin Sensor Test 1 Select Output Bin Tests from the Diagnostic menu 2 Select Output Bin Tests Sensor Tests 3 Select Sensor Tests Standard Bin Standard Bin Full CL message displays Manually actuate the bin sensor by moving the flag in and out of the sensor The display indicates OP open when the flag is out of the sensor and CL closed when the flag is in the sensor 4 Press Return Stop to exit the test Output Bin Feed Test Note If the Configure Bins printer setting is link rather than mailbox the printer selects its own internal bin linking regardless of which output bin is selected for the feed test This test is used to verify that media can be fed to
190. e voltage at J22 3 The voltage changes from 24 V dc with the printer idle to 0 V dc when the printer runs the print test If the voltage is incorrect check the continuity of line J22 3 in the front cable harness to the HVPS If there is no continuity replace the cable harness If there is continuity replace the HVPS If the problem continues replace the system board 2 94 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 3 Diagnostic aids This chapter explains the tests and procedures to identify printer failures and verify repairs have corrected the problem To run the printer diagnostic tests described in this chapter you must put the printer in Diagnostic Mode Diagnostics mode Entering Diagnostic Mode RON Turn the printer off Press and hold the Go and Return buttons Turn the printer on Release the buttons when Performing Self Test displays on the operator panel Available tests The tests display on the operator panel in the order shown Print Registration Print Tests Hardware Tests Duplex Tests if installed Input Tray Tests Output Bin Tests Finisher Tests if installed Base Sensor Test Device Tests displayed only if flash or disk option is installed Printer Setup EP Factory Defaults Error Log Exiting Diagnostics Mode Select Exit Diagnostics to exit the Diagnostics Mode and return to normal mode Diagnostic aids 3 1 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Device tests Quick Disk Tes
191. ear feed roll 31 53P8254 1 Gear bevel 32 53P8260 1 Bearing drive shaft 33 53P8262 1 Cable 250 sheet autoconnect Parts catalog 7 41 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 21 cont 250 sheet paper tray 7 42 Service Manual Assembly 21 cont 250 sheet paper tray Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 our d KE Units Description 21 34 53P8446 1 Tray assembly 250 sheet option 35 53P8823 1 Restraint side 250 sheet tray 36 56P1279 4 Wear strips 37 53P8748 1 Label tray option number 38 53P8227 1 Clip 250 sheet tray wear 39 53P8229 3 Finger autosize 40 53P8230 1 Slider autosize 250 sheet 41 53P8228 1 Plate snap in 42 53P8614 1 Label paper size 43 53P8447 1 Knob paper size 44 53P8226 2 Restraint pad 45 53P9136 1 Restraint back 250 sheet tray 46 53P8473 1 Latch back restraint NS 53P8264 1 Spring backup roller NS 56P2540 1 Spring bellcrank 250 sheet tray option NS 53P8325 2 Bushing drive roll NS 53P8259 1 Bellcrank roller release Parts catalog 7 43 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 22 500 sheet paper tray 7 44 Service Manual Assembly 22 500 sheet paper tray Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Sa Units Description 22 1 53P8294 1 Sensor paper low 2
192. ecking is listed The printer does not recognize the option being installed if the option is not listed Make sure the memory card is installed correctly and is not broken or damaged If the memory card is correctly installed and not broken or damaged then run the Flash Test on page 3 3 If the test fails replace the Flash card If the problem continues replace the controller board DRAM Memory Option s This service check is the same as the flash memory option service check with the following exception Run the SDRAM Memory Test on page 3 9 from the menu if the SDRAM Memory card is correctly installed and not broken or damaged If the test fails replace the SDRAM card If the problem continues replace the controller board Hard Disk Option Service tip These printers support one hard disk option Make sure only one hard disk option is installed Make sure the fixed disk and the fixed disk board are correctly installed Run the Quick Disk Test on page 3 2 from the Device Test on the Diagnostics menu when a problem is suspected either with the hard disk system board or with the hard disk Note The Quick Disk Test is a non destructive test and indicates Pass or Fail If the test fails replace the hard disk If a problem still exists replace the hard disk board The Disk Test Clean on page 3 2 is used to help restore the disk if the disk contains bad data and is unusable This test is divided into a cleaning and a ve
193. ect the autocompensator sensor cable D from the assembly 10 Remove the autocompensator assembly mounting screw E 11 Remove the integrated tray autocompensator assembly Note When you reinstall the assembly reinstall the cable tie Repair information 4 37 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Integrated tray autocompensator pick roll assembly removal 1 Remove the integrated tray and look underneath the printer for the autocompensator arm Pull the arm down 2 Press on the end of the tab and pull the pick roll off the arm Repeat this step for the pick roll on the other side Next gently release the autocompensator arm Discard the used pick rolls 4 38 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Installation Remove the new pick rolls from their packaging 2 Pull the autocompensator arm down Locate the recessed area on the pick roll and align it with the tab on the arm There are two arrows on each pick roll Make sure the bottom arrow faces you as you align the recessed area with the tab 3 Push the pick roll onto the arm with the tab aligned Repeat this step on the other side to install the other pick roll 4
194. ector This error may also be caused by a noisy AC input power source Be sure the correct LVPS has been installed If all the above are correct replace the LVPS assembly 948 PEL Clock Error Indicates the pel clock check failed Replace the system board 949 Delay Line Calibration Failure Indicates a delay line calibration failure Replace the system board 950 NVRAM Go to 950 Error Code service check on page 2 42 Mismatch 951 NVRAM Replace the system board Secure NVRAM Missing 953 NVRAM Chip Failure Indicates the NVRAM chip on the interconnect board has failed Replace the interconnect board Diagnostic information 2 3 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Service error code continued Error code Action 954 NVRAM CRC Indicates the NVRAM experienced a CRC failure Replace the interconnect board Failure 955 Code CRC Replace the system board Where lt oc gt CRC Failure or ECC Failure on the loc system board 956 957 959 System Board Error codes 956 thru 959 are system board failures Perform a power on reset POR If this does not fix the problem replace the system board 956 Processor failure 957 ASIC failure 959 SRAM failure 958 NAND Failure Before proceeding when a 958 NAND failure displays perform a power on reset POR to see if the ECC error correction code can reflash NAND If this does not fix the problem replace the syst
195. em board 960 RAM Memory Error Indicates a DRAM Memory Error on the system board Replace the system board 961 RAM in Slot 2 is Bad If another SDRAM memory DIMM is installed in slot 1 turn the power off switch the DIMM in slot 1 to slot 2 If the memory in slot 2 now works correctly replace the failing DIMM that was in slot 2 If this does not fix the problem replace the system board If another DIMM is not available replace the memory option If this does not fix the problem replace the system board 962 RAM in Slot 1 is Bad If another SDRAM memory DIMM is installed in slot 2 turn the power off switch the DIMM in slot 2 to slot 1 If the memory in slot 1 now works correctly replace the failing DIMM that was in slot 1 If this does not fix the problem replace the system board If another DIMM is not available replace the memory option If this does not fix the problem replace the system board 964 Emulation Error Indicates a failure within the Download Emulation which is programmed into the code overlay card The specific error is as follows 964 Download Emulation CRC Failure Checksum Failure Go to Disabling Download Emulations on page 3 3 975 979 Network Card x The following errors indicate a failure with the network card in the specified slot x any card installed in slots 1 or 2 975 Unrecognizable Network Card x Replace network card x 976 Unrecoverable software error in n
196. em or needs service FRU Action 1 Tray x Option system board or compensator assembly or autoconnect cable Check the autoconnect cables and connectors for damage Replace if necessary Check the cables for continuity If incorrect replace the compensator assembly cable If the cables connectors and connections are good replace the FRUs in the following order Autocompensator assembly option Option system board 24x Paper Jam displays paper jammed over the pass thru sensor The printer displays the value of x for the paper tray where the error occurs Example 241 is a Paper Jam Tray 1 FRU Action 1 Pass thru sensor and flag assembly The tray x option system board did not detect a piece of paper actuating the pass thru sensor Remove any jammed sheets of paper from the printer and check the pass thru sensor and flag for proper operation by running the appropriate Tray Sensor Test from the diagnostics menu If the test fails check the sensor for correct installation and the flag for proper operation Also check the sensor cable to make sure it is correctly connected to the option system board If incorrect replace the tray x option pass thru sensor assembly 2 64 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 FRU Action Power takeoff shaft and spring bevel gear feed roll gear drive roll assembly wear plate drive shaft bearings and skewed b
197. embly 31 Kiosk horizontal paper adapter Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 dou a UNE Units Description 31 1 53P8608 1 Bail support 2 53P8621 1 Arm assembly pivot 3 53P8643 1 Mounting frame assembly 5 8770 15 Parts packet screw 6 53P8627 1 Gear idler 7 53P8626 2 Gear idler 8 53P8427 1 Shaft drive rear 9 53P8756 1 Tray assembly backup roller 10 53P8472 3 Parts packet pulley 11 53P8402 6 Spring backup roller 12 53P8393 6 Roller backup 13 53P8642 1 Tray assembly drive roller 14 53P8620 1 Frame assembly right side 15 53P8612 1 Cover right 16 53P8607 2 Belt 185G 17 53P8406 2 Shaft assembly drive roller 18 53P8618 1 Frame assembly left side 19 53P8404 1 Cover backup tray 20 53P8386 1 Tray backup roller Parts catalog 7 65 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 32 StapleSmart finisher 7 66 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 32 StapleSmart finisher 1 RE Units Description 32 1 53P8679 1 Cover top assembly 2 53P8684 1 Clip brush ground 3 53P8680 1 Top cover bail plate right side 4 53P8686 1 Door rear access 5 53P8588 2 Latch rear access door 6 53P8675 1 Cover right base assembly 7 53P8677 1 Cover stapler access 8 53P8676 1 Switch stapler access door assembly 9 2 Screw
198. en you format the disk Empty Box M This message is displayed when the hole punch alarm is on and the printer informed by the code the hole punch box M is full The following actions may be taken Empty the hole punch box Press Go to ignore the message The Box M Full appears on line 2 of the display and the job is printed without hole punching The message remains until the box is emptied If this message continues to be displayed when the box has been emptied go to StapleSmart finisher service check on page 2 86 Insert Box M This message is displayed when the hole punch box is missing or installed incorrectly The message is displayed during any of the following times regardless of the hole punch alarm setting At POST After the finisher side door has been closed Before the first page of a job requesting hole punch The message displays once per job The following actions can be taken Install the hole punch box Press Go to ignore the message The Box M Missing message appears on the status line A job that is set for hole punching will not be punched The message continues to display on all subsequent jobs that request hole punching If this message cannot be cleared after inserting the box go to StapleSmart finisher service check on page 2 86 Insert Cartridge or Close Door This message displays when the printer front door is open or the print cartridge is missing If this mess
199. ensor flag Check the flag for correct operation binding broken parts or interference from the sensor cable If incorrect repair as necessary 271 Paper Jam Check Bin x POST incomplete FRU Action 1 Pass thru sensor and flag assembly Control board Check the sensor flag for proper operation If correct check to make sure the pass thru sensor cable is correctly connected to J3 on the control board Disconnect the pass thru sensor cable from J3 on the control board and check the voltage at J3 3 The voltage measures approximately 5 V dc If incorrect replace the control board If correct check the voltage at J3 2 The voltage measures approximately O V dc If incorrect replace the sensor assembly If this does not fix the problem replace the control board 271 Paper jam Check Bin x POST complete first sheet of paper feeds into output bin x Note Before performing the following checks run the Output Bin X Sensor Test and check for the failing sensor Sensor Test NF Near Full Upper part of sensor assembly F Full Lower part of sensor assembly P Pass Thru Sensor 990 Service Bin x FRU Action 1 D C motor Make sure the DC motor cable connector is correctly installed at J4 mechanical linkage on the output expander option board If correct disconnect J4 from assembly the option board and check the resistance of the motor on the cable connector J4 1
200. ensor toner sensor 7 37 Cable 1 5 arri a dca oon orto aeter etia s usta de vd Besse ee AER 7 10 7 11 7 12 7 39 Part number index 1 15 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 56P1387 56P1388 56P1389 56P1390 56P1391 56P1394 56P1395 56P1395 56P1396 56P1398 56P1399 56P1399 56P1400 56P1401 56P1402 56P1402 56P1403 56P1403 56P1405 56P1406 56P1408 56P1414 56P1415 56P1416 56P1417 56P1418 56P1419 56P1424 56P1427 56P1428 56P1429 56P1430 56P1435 56P1436 56P1437 56P1438 56P1443 56P1444 56P1445 56P1741 56P1742 56P1743 56P1744 56P1747 56P1753 56P1754 56P1755 56P1756 56P1757 56P1758 56P1759 56P1850 56P1850 56P1851 Gable HSYNG high VELIS 7 10 7 11 7 12 7 39 Cable mirror motor Infoprint 1332 7 10 7 39 Cable deftl GlOr ene rte eti aa e ete RAIN ae SO dna a ERR x 7 37 Cable system board to fuser board 1 0 0 cee tee eens 7 39 Sensor standard bin level with cable 7 7 7 35 Cable assembly operator 7 3 7 37 Switch cover closed w cable assembly 7 3 Switch cover open w cable 0 0c eer 7 37 Printhead assembly includes all cables Infoprint 1332 7 10 Sensor MPF cable asset tots
201. er cord set Ireland U K miiia aia ce nee teen eee eens 7 29 Power cord set Switzerland 7 29 Power cord 1 7 29 Spring lateli vi oe EE oser ak ated ds Gk eee bp RE E drole us 7 3 Tray bias arm assembly 7 7 7 41 7 45 Spring tray bl s is nota sea eerte ne RE Gee ee E Gas eee Se FE dece Male oe 7 7 Roller developer support 0 2 00 ccc ete 7 7 Sensor Alp Lue Sedan Veena Gin a tb uM M Ath 7 7 Pad base 500 8sHl686t re Ces tend ee cue Ye dot aie eed a X Credo a ie 7 45 Pad machine mounting 7 41 Paper switch actuate 2 455 hh 7 7 Spring switch activate 7 44 7 45 Screw damper ers ces aget wee doe p Erde nes ahd see ree RERO e DATE A p iv 7 15 Bushing pick roll rore renser un eree a ok eee 7 15 Screw socket set MAX5 mm e a eee eee eee a 7 15 Spring assembly separator 0 0 0 0 cette eee 7 15 Parts kit multipurpose tray 2 RI IIR A t 7 76 Flag MPT paper out Suria ren oera E ARE ee rn 7 15 Spring upper 7 71 Restraint pad ei ves aint SECRET See 7 19 7
202. eset in NVRAM on the interconnect board Go to Setting configuration ID on page 3 18 Replace the interconnect board If this does not clear the message contact the next level of support 2 42 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Charge roll service check Service tip Close and evenly spaced repetitive marks 47 19 mm 1 86 in apart or spots on the page can be caused by a damaged or contaminated charge roll Service tip Make sure the right charge roll arm bushing is correctly installed and operates correctly To remove the charge roll 1 Wrap a piece of plain white paper around the charge roll to prevent contamination or damage 2 Carefully remove the roll by pressing outward and to the right on the charge roll link arm and remove the charge roll from the right side charge roll bearing 3 Remove the charge roll from the left side charge roll bearing and remove the roll from the printer Leave the paper wrapped around the charge roll until it is reinstalled FRU Action 1 Charge roll assembly Check the charge roll for correct installation toner buildup marks cuts or other signs of contamination or damage Replace as necessary 2 Left side charge roll link Check the left side charge roll link assembly for correct assembly operation Check for damage to the arm or bearing assembly 3 Right side charge roll link Check the right side charge roll link assembly for correct assembly Right charge roll bush
203. essary If the solenoid appears to be operating mechanically check the resistance of the solenoid It measures between 30 and 50 ohms If incorrect replace the failing solenoid assembly If correct replace the control board 3 Mechanical linkage Motor assembly If the DC motor is functioning properly check the gears clutch and other linkage parts for correct operation and wear broken gear teeth or damaged parts If incorrect replace the mechanical linkage assembly DC motor assembly 2 40 Service Manual 990 Service Error displays Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 FRU Action 1 Mechanical linkage DC motor assembly Check the DC motor cable connector to be sure it is correctly installed at J2 on the control board If correct disconnect J2 from the control board and check the resistance of the motor on the cable connector J2 1 to J2 2 measures between 115 and 135 ohms Also check J2 1 and J2 4 to the motor case for shorts If either the resistance is incorrect or a short is found replace the mechanical linkage DC motor assembly Note If the DC motor is shorted it may also be necessary to replace the control board 2 Control board Disconnect the motor cable J2 from the control board and check the voltages at J2 on the board Warning Use caution not to short adjacent pins on the connector as damage to the board could result Pin Measured motor idle J2 1 24 V
204. et of media 8E xx 11 It took too long for the DC autocompensator motor to come up to speed 8E xx 13 x1 x2 Late feeding from a paper source interfered with the next pick retry x1 media size x2 media source 2 10 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Base printer fuser sub error codes The following sub error codes could help in diagnosing fuser assembly failures Base printer fuser sub error codes First 6 bytes sub error code data xx can be any value Explanation 920 Service Fuser Error under temperature while printing EN 08 xx yy 1 EN zz 2 XX yy 22 22 22 22 03 Actual fuser temperature The temperature that the fuser wants to reach The hot roll took too long to heat up The hot roll fell too far below the desired temperature while printing The hot roll was too cool while the system was doing some checking The hot roll was too cool when heating to the desired temperature 921 Service Fuser Error fuser under temperature while at standby EN 41 xx yy 1 EN 22 2 XX yy 22 Actual fuser temperature The temperature that the fuser wants to reach The fuser temperature did not change enough from the fuser lamp temperature at turn on The fuser temperature rose more than desired from the fuser 00 01 temperature at turn on 922 Service Fuser Error fuser failed to reach standby temperature EN 42 xx yy 1 EN z1 2
205. etwork IBM Infoprint 1352 Non network 4528 001 002 Lexmark T632 4060 200 IBM Infoprint 1352 Network 4528 N01 N02 Lexmark T632n 4060 210 network IBM Infoprint 1372 Non network 4529 001 002 Lexmark T634 4060 400 IBM Infoprint 1372 Network 4529 N01 N02 Lexmark T634n 4060 410 network The diagnostic information in this manual leads you to the correct field replaceable unit FRU or part Maintenance approach Use the service error codes user status messages user error messages service checks and diagnostic aids to determine the printer problem and repair the failure After you complete the repair perform tests as needed to verify the repair General information 1 1 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Options The following options are available Some options are not available in every country Contact your point of purchase for options available in your country Memory options of 8MB 16MB 32MB 64MB and 128MB SDRAM e Flash memory options of 16MB and 32MB Hard disk 20GB with adapter e Integrated network options Token ring Ethernet External serial adapter IR adapter IPDS card assembly and SCS TNe ImageQuick card assembly Bar code card assembly Parallel interface card MarkNet Print Servers Decryption card Media handling operations 250 and 500 sheet paper trays of A4 letter A5 B5 Executive folio statement and legal size 250 sheet universally adjustable tray 250
206. etwork card x 978 Bad checksum while programming network card x Replace network card x 979 Flash parts failed while programming network card x If the printer is a network model replace the system board 980 device Comm The engine is experiencing unreliable communications to the specified device 981 device The engine protocol violation detected by the specified device 982 device Comm Communications error detected by the specified device 983 device Invalid command received by the specified device 984 device Invalid command parameter received by the specified device Note Service errors 980 thru 984 device can be one of the following system board duplex tray x 1 2 3 4 or 5 envelope feeder or output bin 2 4 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Service error code continued Error code Action 990 device Indicates an equipment check condition has occurred in the specified device but the device is unable to identify the exact component failure Note device can be one of the following duplex tray x 1 2 3 4 or 5 envelope feeder or output bin 991 device Card The specified device has detected an equipment check in its system card Note device can be one of the following duplex tray x 1 2 3 4 or 5 envelope feeder or output bin Sub error codes Sub error codes for 9xx and 2xx erro
207. f connected correctly check for correct operation of the sensor If a problem is found and cannot be corrected replace the duplex option assembly If no problem is found check for a piece of paper or other object in the paper path that might cause a paper jam over the input sensor If no problem is found replace the duplex option assembly 233 Jam displayed on operator panel FRU Action 1 Duplex double feed sensor If a sheet of paper fails to reach the double feed sensor during turnaround check for any signs of paper or other objects that might cause the paper to jam If no problem is found replace the duplex option assembly 2 48 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Envelope feeder service check Service tip Check the envelope feeder paper path for any debris pieces of envelope and so on If any other options are installed make sure they are operating normally If only the envelope feeder is failing to operate correctly continue with this service check otherwise verify the interconnect card is functioning properly Service tip The envelope feeder receives its 5 V dc operating voltage from the 24 V dc bulk at J1 7 f 24 V dc is not present at J1 7 tray 1 is the only tray that is recognized Note If a 260 Paper Jam Check Envelope message displays check the Sub error codes for 9xx and 2xx error codes on page 2 5 Printer does not recognize the envelope feeder as an atta
208. f incorrect repair as necessary If correct make sure the lower pass thru sensor is correctly connected to J3 on the lower control board Disconnect the pass thru sensor cable and check the voltage at J3 3 The voltage measures approximately 5 V dc If incorrect check the voltage at J3 2 The voltage measures approximately O V dc If incorrect replace the sensor assembly If this does not fix the problem replace the lower control board Diagnostic information 2 63 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Input sensor service check Service tip Run the Base Sensor Test Check the input sensor for proper operation The display changes from open to closed as the sensor flag is manually moved in and out of the sensor FRU Action 1 Input sensor flag Check the input sensor flag for damage and proper operation If a problem is found repair as necessary 2 System board Check for approximately 5 V dc at J22 10 on the system board If incorrect replace the system board 3 Input sensor cable Check the continuity of the input sensor cable section of the front wiring harness If incorrect replace the harness If correct replace the input sensor assembly Input tray s service check Optional 250 sheet and 500 sheet trays Service tip Try all the other input paper sources to make sure they are properly feeding paper For 990 Error Code Service Tray x x displays the number of the tray that has a probl
209. flector mounting 2 M3x5 mm Taptite INA cover attach 6 2 screws per cover 2013 4 6 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Screw type Location Purpose Qty M3x6 mm Taptite outer shield mounting 6 inner redrive deflector mounting 2 interconnect board to center pan mounting 2 system board to interconnect board ground attach 2 system board to inner shield mounting 2 system board back mounting 2 lower stacker duct mounting 1 ground cables to ground center pan front attach 1 cable clip main drive gearbox BTM mounting 2 M3x8 mm Taptite LVPS mounting 2 autocompensator hanger bracket mounting 1 M3x6 mm Taptite stacker duct mounting 1 Panhead system board to shield mounting 2 system board mounting 2 shield ground attach 1 LVPS mounting 2 fuser cover mounting 2 cable clip mounting 2 outer shield mounting 6 INA cover mounting 1 M3x12 mm Taptite HVPS board mounting 2 Panhead 235 GA Repair information 4 7 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 425 14414 Hr M Reference htmber Screw type Location Purpose Qty M3x28 mm Taptite developer drive ground bottom hole attach 1 Panhead 237 T M3 5x8 mm Plastite autocompensator mounting 3 Thread Forming 323 3 ri ii Wu M3 5x10 mm right side cover mounting 1 Plastite Thread Forming right side
210. four sensor tests that can be selected from the Sensor Tests Staple Sensors Cover and Door sensor Pass and Media Sensor e Bin Level Sensor Select the test for the sensors you want to test from the menu The following appear on the display for each test selected Staple Sensor Test Staple C CL SL CL SP CL H CL C Cartridge present sensor SL Staple low sensor SP Self priming sensor H Home signal sensor Cover and Door Sensors Cover and Door TC CL SD CL TC Finisher top cover sensor SD Finisher stapler access door Pass and Media Sensors Pass and Media P OP M OP P Finisher pass thru sensor M Finisher medium sensor Bin Level Sensor Bin Level EM OP NF OP F OP EMc Finisher bin empty sensor NF Finisher bin near full sensor F Finisher bin full sensor Once the screen is displayed for the test you have selected manually actuate the sensor you want to test When the sensor is closed CL displays and when the sensor is open OP displays Select Return or Stop to exit the test Diagnostic aids 3 15 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Base Sensor Test This test is used to determine if the sensors located inside the printer are working correctly The following sensors can be checked Toner optical sensor Input sensor Output sensor fuser exit Narrow media sensor fuser e Cover closed switch upper front cover To run the Base Sensor Test 1 Select Base Sensor Test The operator panel displays
211. frame to pan attach 3 324 left side frame to pan attach 1 RES i right side frame to right side cover attach 1 X M3 5x12 mm printhead to EP frame mounting 3 Plastite Thread Forming with washer 4 8 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Removal procedures disconnect any cable or electronic board or assembly for personal safety and to prevent damage to the printer Use the handholds on the side of the printer Make sure your fingers are not under the printer when you lift or set the printer down CAUTION Remove the power cord from the printer or wall outlet before you connect or Note Some removal procedures require removing cable ties You must replace cable ties during reassembly to avoid pinching wires obstructing the paper path or restricting mechanical movement Covers removals Left door removal 1 Open the upper and bottom front covers 2 Press the two left door latch buttons A and open the left door A 3 Release the left door from the rear hinges and remove the door Repair information 4 9 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Right cover removal Remove the redrive cap Remove the redrive assembly Open the upper and lower front covers Remove the print cartridge Remove the right cover mounting screw A and release the cover latch B APEN A 324 B 6 Remove the right side cover mounting screw C 4 10 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 7T Remove the right side co
212. g NS 53P8617 3 Parts packet screw right side cover mounting NS 53P8617 6 Parts packet screw laser cover NS 53 8617 5 Parts packet screw upper front cover mounting Parts catalog 7 3 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 2 Frame 1 7 4 Service Manual Assembly 2 Frame 1 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Units Description 2 1 56P1322 1 Frame EP module Infoprint 1332 1 56P1347 1 Frame EP module Infoprint 1352 1372 2 56P1320 1 Right side frame assembly 3 53P8449 4 Nut plate frame extension Infoprint 1352 1372 4 53 8617 4 Parts packet screw 5 53P8437 1 Frame extension right Infoprint 1352 1372 6 53P8448 1 Contact RSF ground 7 53P8436 1 Frame extension left Infoprint 1352 1372 8 56P1321 14 Left side frame Parts catalog 7 5 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 3 Frame 2 7 6 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 3 Frame 2 d i UN Units Description 3 1 53P8610 4 Upper redrive deflector 2 53P8222 1 Upper diverter spring 3 53P8931 1 Redrive assembly 250 in 250 out Infoprint 1332 3 56P1328 1 Redrive assembly 500 in 500 out Infoprint 1352 1372 4 56P1318 1 Duct main cap 5 53P8617 3 Parts packet screw 6 53P8888 1
213. ge System board measures approximately 3 8 V dc when not writing data to the System board If data is being written the voltage measures approximately 0 V ac If incorrect disconnect the cable from J19 on the system board and check the voltage on J19 1 The voltage measures approximately 5 V dc If incorrect replace the system board If correct replace the smart cartridge contact assembly Diagnostic information 2 85 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 StapleSmart finisher service check Note When removing the stapler mechanism from the option first remove the staple supply cartridge Note When replacing staples in the supply cartridge discard any old staples in the cartridge and replace with a fresh strip Problems with static electricity buildup FRU Action 1 Top cover Make sure the brush is attached to the top cover assembly the ground clips are installed and the brush is grounded Printer does not recognize StapleSmart finisher option as being installed FRU Action 1 StapleSmart finisher option Ensure that the StapleSmart finisher is the only option that is not recognized by the base printer If the finisher is the only option not recognized by the printer continue with step 2 If not check the autoconnects of the options not recognized and the interconnect board and cable connectors 2 Stapler motor drive assembly stapler card assembly Check
214. ge ID but the ID did not pass the verification test To pass the verification test the ID read from the print cartridge must match the ID from the last good print cartridge or the same ID must be read from the print cartridge twice The last good print cartridge ID Is stored in NVRAM 32 Unsupported Print Cartridge Error 32 displays when the top cover is closed and an unsupported print cartridge is detected It may take the printer 10 20 seconds to determine if the print cartridge is supported Depending on the setting of the Machine Class ID the printer may be allowed to print pages during this 10 20 second interval If pages are allowed to print then they are not reprinted once a good print cartridge is inserted If this does not fix the problem go to Smart contact assembly service check on page 2 85 34 Short Paper The printer determines the paper length is too short to print the formatted data This occurs when the printer does not know the actual paper size loaded in the tray For auto size sensing trays this error occurs if the paper stop is in the incorrect position Make sure the Paper Size setting is correct for the size paper that is being used 36 Resolution Reduced The resolution of the page has been reduced from 600 dpi to 300 dpi to prevent a Memory Full error This message can only occur if the Resolution Reduction setting is turned on Note 1200 dpi pages are not resolution reduced If a 120
215. h this service check do the Button Test on page 3 8 FRU Action 1 Operator panel assembly If any button fails the Button Test replace the operator panel assembly 2 Operator panel assembly If no buttons work replace the operator panel assembly no buttons work 3 System board Disconnect the operator panel cable from J15 on the system board and measure the voltage at J15 5 The voltage should measure approximately 5 V dc If incorrect replace the system board If incorrect replace the cable If correct replace the operator panel assembly Operator panel display service check Service tip The printer has detected a problem with the system board operator panel cable or operator panel assembly if POST does not complete and the printer emits 5 beeps and stops in a continuous pattern until the printer is turned off The operator panel cable is an individual cable on some printers and a combination cable assembly with the cover switch cable on later models Note If the operator panel is operating properly except for a pel or a few pels missing or broken run the LCD Test on page 3 8 from the hardware tests before continuing with this service check FRU Action 1 Operator panel cable Check for proper installation of the cable at the system board J15 and at the operator panel Check the continuity of the operator panel cable If incorrect replace the cable 2 Operator panel display Check for c
216. he hopper turn the printer off and disconnect J3 from the system board Turn the printer on and check the voltage at J3 3 on the system board The voltage measures approximately 5 V dc If incorrect replace the envelope System board If correct replace the input sensor assembly 990 Service Error envelopes fail to feed from the hopper FRU Action 1 DC feed motor assembly Check the motor and motor cable for loose wires or poor connections Make sure the motor cable is connected to the envelope System board 2 Envelope feeder system board Check the voltage on J4 1 The voltage measures approximately 24 V dc If incorrect replace the envelope system board If correct measure the voltage at J4 6 The voltage measures approximately 5 V dc If incorrect disconnect and measure the voltage again If incorrect replace the envelope feeder system board If correct replace the DC motor assembly 260 Paper Jam displays unable to clear and envelopes fail to feed from the hopper Kick rolls are not rotating FRU Action 1 Main drive belt Check the belt for correct installation and for signs of damage Replace as necessary 2 Gears Check all the gears for correct installation and for signs of damage Repair or replace parts as necessary 3 Clutch latch assembly Check the clutch latch assembly to make sure it moves freely 4 Master cam gear master kick gear
217. he printer possibly to clear a paper jam or to remove the option The option may be attached to the printer but a communications problem may prevent the printer from detecting the option For example there may be a poor connection or a hardware failure The following actions may be taken If the option was temporarily removed or not connected properly reattach or reconnect it Press Go to execute a configuration change which notifies the printer the option has been hot unplugged removed with the power on Note This action is not available if the printer is in Diagnostics Mode or running diagnostics If the device is experiencing a hardware problem turn the printer off and on If the message continues to be displayed go to Output expander service check on page 2 72 2 24 Service Manual User attendance messages continued Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Primary message Secondary message Explanation 31 Defective Print Cartridge Error code 31 displays when the top front cover is closed and a defective print cartridge is detected It may take the printer 10 20 seconds to determine if the print cartridge is defective Depending on the setting of the Machine Class ID the printer may be allowed to print pages during this 10 20 second interval If pages are allowed to print they are not reprinted once a good print cartridge is inserted Note This error indicates the printer was able to read the cartrid
218. hich notifies the printer the option has been hot unplugged removed with the power on Note This action is not available if the printer is in Diagnostics Mode or running diagnostics If the device is experiencing a hardware problem turn the printer off and on If the message continues to be displayed go to Input tray s service check on page 2 64 Reattach Envelope Feeder This messages displays for the following conditions The feeder may have been removed from the printer possibly to clear a paper jam or to remove the option The feeder may be attached to the printer but a communications problem may prevent the printer from detecting the option For example there may be a poor connection or a hardware failure The following actions may be taken If the option was temporarily removed or not connected properly reattach or reconnect it Press Go to execute a configuration change which notifies the printer the option has been hot unplugged removed with the power on Note This action is not available if the printer is in Diagnostics Mode or running diagnostics If the device is experiencing a hardware problem turn the printer off and on If the message continues to be displayed go to Envelope feeder service check on page 2 49 Reattach Output Bin x Bin x Bin 1 Bin 2 or Bin 3 This messages displays for the following conditions The specified output bin may have been removed from t
219. ice check 2 66 Main dies Service CHECK sic q adonde edd Cad edi 2 68 Manan Service CHEEK 2 6 44 ee Reed RC od Sam RO BG 2 69 Operator panel service Check asuma eed s k d kk la ee AER ACE 2 70 Operator panel buttons service check 2 70 Operator panel display service check 2 70 Options Service CHECK es Tes Ea RE ddmd eee dees pcd 2 71 Flash Memory 2 28d ead dod d RO dada aad had bie d Do de dene 2 71 DRAM Memory OPEN doe dor E ced 2 71 Harc DISE OOO 15 que uso puri acad Qt uana depen m dub Eos dE a dab dara 2 71 Output bin sensor standard tray service check 2 72 Output expanderservica Check RR RT SORS RR ESSE 2 72 Paper 1660 Service Chook d aae apt REE ET d Pd Wd d vd a d mss d 2 76 Parallel port Service CHECK enna pone Pago Rand sed em da 2 77 Prinhead eee ER P hdd d Gauls ddp at det d die 2 78 Print quality Service CHECK 1444 saa sv ese ra ke E EUR kind 2 78 Smart contact assembly service check 2 85 StapleSmart finisher service check
220. ing operation If incorrect replace the charge roll link assembly with the charge roll link assembly kit If correct check the right charge roll link assembly bearing for signs of wear or contamination Excessive contamination could cause intermittent charging of the charge roll If incorrect replace the link assembly Check for continuity of the right link assembly from the bearing to the charge roll high voltage contact on the right side frame If incorrect replace the link assembly Make sure the charge roll bushing is installed and operating correctly Note The screw that attaches the charge roll lead to the contact must be secure Diagnostic information 2 43 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Cover closed switch cable service check FRU Action 1 Toner cartridge Make sure the toner cartridge is correctly installed and that the right and left cartridge tracks are not loose or broken Make sure the cover closed switch activation tab on the toner cartridge is not broken and that the tab correctly activates the cover closed switch spring 2 Cover closed switch cable assembly Check the cover closed switch for proper mechanical operation If incorrect repair as necessary Disconnect the cover closed switch cable from J3 at the system board and measure the voltage at J3 3 It measures approximately 5 V dc If the voltage is incorrect replace the system board If the voltage is correct check the volt
221. inute Letter 30 6 16 9 33 2 19 2 8 5 in x 11 in A4 29 2 16 1 31 6 18 3 3 4 in x 11 7 in Legal 22 6 14 4 27 8 15 8 8 5 in x 14 in General information 1 3 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Time to first print IBM Infoprint 1332 IBM Infoprint 1352 IBM Infoprint 1372 Time from standby mode lt 8 5 sec lt 10 sec Time from Power Saver mode 42 sec 42 sec All first copy times are measured for 600 dpi simplex printing on letter size paper The test job consists of the character followed by a form feed single page job The first copy time is defined as the elapsed time from pressing Enter on the PC keyboard to the page exiting to the output bin All tests pick paper from the indicated tray and the page exits into the primary output bin Memory configuration Memory IBM Infoprint 1332 IBM Infoprint 1352 IBM Infoprint 1372 Standard DRAM 32 64MB 64 64MB 64 80MB Maximum 288 320MB 320 320MB 320 336MB Depending upon the options and features used additional memory may be required to optimize performance Available memory options Optional 8MB 16MB 32MB 64MB and 128MB SDRAM DIMMs are available The memory options are 168 pin synchronous DRAM DIMMs Flash memory options include 16MB and 32MB 1 4 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Printer specifications
222. ion in the specified slot 56 Standard Serial Disabled This error displays when data is sent to the printer across the standard serial port but the port has been disabled 56 Serial Port x Disabled This error displays when data is sent to the printer across an optional parallel port but the port has been disabled Once this message displays reporting of further errors is suppressed until the menus are entered or the printer is reset 56 Standard USB Port Disabled Displayed when status is requested over the USB port but the port has been disabled Once the error has been displayed for the first time reporting of further errors is suppressed until the menus are entered or the printer is reset The following actions may be taken Press Go to clear the message The printer discards any data received on the USB port Press Menu until Busy Waiting appears The following are available Reset Printer Reset Active Bin 56 Standard USB Port x Disabled Displayed when status is requested over the USB port indicated but the port has been disabled Once the error has been displayed for the first time reporting of further errors is suppressed until the menus are entered or the printer is reset The following actions may be taken Press Go to clear the message The printer discards any data received on the USB port Press Menu until Busy Waiting appears The following are available Reset Printer
223. ions board shield to the side frame Pull the board up to unclip the shield 10 For the non network system board remove the two screws that hold the shield to the communications board Note Retain the shield and any screws to install on the new board Repair information 4 59 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 System board installation Note The replacement system board assembly contains a communications board connected to the system board To install you need to separate the boards Warning Observe all ESD precautions while handling ESD sensitive parts See Handling ESD sensitive parts on page 4 1 1 Flex the communications board to separate the boards 2 For non network models connect the communications board bracket to the communication board with two screws A Clip the communications board shield ground clip on the frame and insert the communications card into the interconnect card slot Replace the communications board shield mounting screw to connect the bracket to the frame Insert the communications board mounting screw Install the system board Insert the USB screw Replace the five mounting screws Replace the features options and reconnect all cables ONONDAGA Y 4 60 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Toner sensor removal 1 Remove the right side cover See Right cover removal on page 4 10 2 Remove the toner sensor mounting screw A 3 Disconnect the toner sensor cable and remove
224. ipping or media is slipping in input to the printer 84 xx 04 The input sensor was covered during POST by a piece of media still in the machine when it was turned on Clear the media from the printer Run the base sensor test input sensor from the diagnostic tests menu to test the input sensor and flag for correct operation 84 xx 05 There was media at the input sensor too early There was not enough time between printhead start and the printhead mirror motor to lock Possible causes for this error are Paper might be pre staged in the paper source tray Paper is picking too fast A defective input sensor 84 00 06 A paper jam has been declared by a smart device Immediate stop homing not allowed 84 00 07 A paper jam has been declared by a smart device Homing was allowed before the stop 84 xx 0B x1 x2 x3 The option tray pass thru sensor was never actuated by a piece of media x1 media size x2 media source and x3 paper source where paper jam was detected Run the sensor test for the option tray that is displaying the error code and check the pass thru sensor for that tray for correct operation Check for paper picking from the selected paper input source If the error is being detected from a lower paper source see if paper is feeding correctly from a paper source above the detected source 84 xx Of x1 x2 x3 The option tray pass thru sensor was never deactivated x12
225. is printer s user information refer to the Card Stock and Label Guide or depend upon tested acceptability General information 1 13 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Tools required Flat blade screwdrivers various sizes Phillips screwdrivers various sizes 7 0 mm nut driver 5 5 mm wrench Needlenose pliers Diagonal side cutters Spring hook Feeler gauges Analog or digital multimeter Parallel wrap plug 1319128 Twinax serial debug cable 1381963 Flash light optional 1 14 Service Manual Acronyms BLDC CSU DIMM DRAM DVM EDO EEPROM EP EPROM ESD FRU GB HCIT HVPS ITC LASER LCD LED LVPS MPF MROM MS NVRAM OEM OPT PC pel POR POST PWM RIP ROM SDRAM SIMM SRAM UPR V ac V dc VOM Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Brushless DC motor Customer setup Dual Inline Memory Module Dynamic Random Access Memory Digital multimeter Enhanced Data Out Electrically Erasable Programable Read Only Memory Electrophotographic process Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory Electrostatic Discharge Field Replaceable Unit Gigabyte High capacity Input Tray High Voltage Power Supply Internal Tray Card Light Amplification by Stimulated Emission of Radiation Liquid Crystal Display Light Emitting Diode Low Voltage Power Supply Multipurpose feeder Masked Read Only Memory Microswitch Nonvolatile Random Access Memory Original Equipment Manufacturer Optical Sensor Photoconductor Picture element Power On Rese
226. ity feeder option control board If correct check the cable for a short between pins 1 and 2 on the cable If incorrect replace the cable If correct check the switch for a bent or deformed actuator lever or defective switch If incorrect replace the switch Excessive noise or vibration FRU Action 1 DC motor assembly Make sure all the motor plate mounting screws are tight 2 ldler pulley DC motor assembly Make sure the idler pulley is not binding on the pulley shaft Check the pulley for wear Check the idler pulley shaft on the motor mounting plate for damage or contamination 3 Drive pulley Check the drive pulley for wear binds or damage to the pulley or pulley shaft Make sure the pulley turns freely on the pulley shaft 4 Motor drive belt tray drive belt Check the DC motor drive belt for damage Make sure the belt is tracking correctly on the drive pulley idler pulley and motor pulley Check the tray drive belt for damage Make sure the belt is tracking corey on the lower section of the drive pulley and lead screw pulleys Diagnostic information 2 61 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 High capacity output stacker service check Service tip The majority of the mechanical components can be observed during operation by removing the left right and front covers The high capacity output stacker option functions without the covers installed Determine which paper path stacker a
227. k for correct POST functioning of the base printer by observing the following 10 11 12 13 14 The LED comes on The operator panel displays one and a half row of pels and then clears Diamonds scroll across the display and then clear The operator panel displays one and a half row of pels and then clears The top line of the operator panel displays one square block of pels that turn on one at a time until all sixteen blocks display and then they all turn off For example 32MB 350 Mhz Performing Self Test appears on the display The high capacity option elevator tray moves to the uppermost position if installed The duplex option is checked if installed Busy appears on the display If present the following errors or messages may display Close Door or Insert Cartridge display if the upper front cover is open or the print cartridge is missing Any cartridge errors such as Defective Cartridge Prebate Violation or Missing Cartridge The fuser lamp turns on The fuser takes longer to warm up from a cold start than a warm start The main fan turns on The main drive motor turns on The developer drive assembly drives the developer shaft in the toner cartridge The exit rollers turn The operator panel LED starts blinking Ready appears on the display 2 34 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Symptom tables Base printer symptoms Symptom
228. kter og er i andre land godkjent som et Klasse l laserprodukt i samsvar med kravene i IEC 60825 1 Klasse l laserprodukter er ikke betrakte som farlige Skriveren inneholder internt en klasse IIIb 3b laser som bestar av en gallium arsenlaserenhet som avgir str ling i belgelengdeomr det 770 795 nanometer Lasersystemet og skriveren er utformet slik at personer aldri utsettes for laserstr ling ut over klasse I niv under vanlig bruk vedlikehold som utf res av brukeren eller foreskrevne serviceoperasjoner Avis sobre el L ser Segons ha estat certificat als Estats Units aquesta impressora compleix els requisits de DHHS 21 CFR apartat J pels productes l ser de classe I 1 i segons ha estat certificat en altres llocs s un producte laser de classe que compleix els requisits d IEC 60825 1 Els productes l ser de classe no es consideren perillosos Aquesta impressora cont un l ser de classe IIIb 3b d arseni r de gal li nominalment de 5 mil liwats i funciona a la regi de longitud d ona de 770 795 nan metres El sistema l ser i la impressora han sigut concebuts de manera que mai hi hagi exposici a la radiaci laser per sobre d un nivell de classe durant una operaci normal durant les tasques de manteniment d usuari ni durant els serveis que satisfacin les condicions prescrites xiii Service Manual Japanese Laser Notice 26 Mot 1071 9 15 5 21 CFRYTFYT YI 1
229. lace the duplex motor or loosen the motor or drive belt idler pulley Service tip Excessive belt tension can result in stalling the duplex motor Too little belt tension can result in belt slippage To do the duplex drive belt adjustment 1 2 3 4 Do the removal procedure Duplex front cover door removal on page 4 19 to access the drive belt idler pulley Loosen the idler pulley mounting screw and position the idler to provide 3 mm 5 mm drive belt deflection Tighten the idler pulley mounting screw being careful to maintain the adjustment Reassemble the Duplex Option To do the duplex motor belt adjustment 1 2 3 4 Do the removal procedure Duplex motor removal on page 4 19 to access the motor mounting screws but do not remove the motor Loosen the screw in the elongated adjustment slot and position the motor to provide 3 mm 5 mm motor belt deflection Tighten both mounting screws being careful to maintain the adjustment Reassemble the Duplex Option Fuser solenoid adjustment Perform the fuser solenoid adjustment whenever you replace the fuser solenoid Adjust the fuser solenoid while installed in the printer Adjust the screw on the eccentric mounted on the solenoid housing to provide an air gap between the rear of the solenoid stator and the solenoid armature The solenoid air gap for all models is 4 5 mm 0 1 mm 4 2 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Gap adjustment The gap a
230. lex option 7 48 electronics card assemblies 7 30 power supplies 7 28 shields 7 32 envelope feeder 7 50 frame 7 4 7 6 high capacity feeder 7 52 hot roll fuser 7 24 integrated paper tray 250 sheet 7 18 integrated paper tray 500 sheet 7 20 kiosk horizontal paper adapter 7 64 kiosk vertical paper adapter 7 62 miscellaneous 7 76 optional 250 sheet paper tray 7 40 optional 500 sheet paper tray 7 44 options 7 74 paper feed alignment 7 16 autocompensator 7 13 multipurpose feeder 7 14 printhead Infoprint 1332 7 10 Infoprint 1352 7 11 Infoprint 1372 7 12 1 4 Service Manual StapleSmart finisher 7 67 transfercharging 7 26 pick roll MPT removal 4 55 pick rolls integrated tray autocompensator 4 38 power on self test POST 2 34 preventive maintenance 6 1 printhead adjustment 4 3 parts catalog 7 10 7 11 7 12 removal 4 56 service check 2 78 Q quick disk test 3 2 R redrive assembly parts catalog 7 6 removal 4 57 relocation kit 7 76 removals bevel gear 4 16 communications board 4 18 cover closed switch cable 4 19 covers 4 9 laser cover 4 14 left door 4 9 right cover removal 4 10 upper front cover 4 12 developer drive assembly 4 20 frames EP frame 4 20 left side frame 4 20 right side frame 4 22 fuser 4 23 fuser cover removal 4 25 fuser exit sensor 4 28 fuser lamp 4 28 fuser narrow media sensor 4 28 fuser transfer plate 4 30 high voltage power supply 4 31 inner paper deflector assembly 4 33 inner shield 4 3
231. ling ESD sensiive paris x22 mna verse om head deed e eed OR dou d eco Veda 4 1 Adiustmaent felle 3 24 iu oben ses cde YER EE p Edu dpa desi d 4 2 Dupiex motor drive b t SAUSEN La sag 4 2 Fuser solenoid adjustigDt sse isde RESO SESS 4 2 ES did babe EE EEE dodo t 4 3 Printhead assembly adjustment 4 3 Paper alignment assembly adjustment 4 4 SOW ses AEE d ad dira nat 4 6 KNE 2o C PSP GR E reque dd qas rS 4 9 EEE EEE db s b Wade 4 9 Len door EAS ETNA GRASS AGA 4 9 gn COVSF TOY OE oie obi Pine rte dre dU a dd i dag 4 10 Upper romt cover removal ceed ee ae mier rh bee eee r 4 12 Esse winds cud od Bekele ee CORRE ALAR 4 14 Bevel gear removal Lana aces ace RUE dono 4 16 cline Bed Pe deed taped d bare Paris d e d aw ined 4 17 Communications board removal isis cesse sx dead KR EE a deb ea Roe 4 18 Cover closed switch cable 4 19 Developer drive assembly removal
232. ll llli 7 76 Piek toll assembly RET RIS be ee eee ERE MERE RH MERE 7 15 Rib assembly 250 sheet special media tray 7 74 Tray universal adjustable 250 sheet 7 74 Belt DG motordrive rase ks ae EAR doe AR 7 57 Plate drive pulley 2 eine Bate were Roe RH VERE MERE 7 57 lower AG c Lon ec RA ERA a Meee Ca EN DEA NUR x 7 57 Pulley dive tess cei aksent Dette penu ease be cud ns x Mada etu sun on 7 57 Retainer C clip xiu Nebe een ege Waleed Gee a aes Pa OH 7 57 AC receptacle upper AC ne reio ipa en ace Daae Paaa a hrs hes 7 57 G ver lOD EVPS ceterae eet eda oe a veda e eu scat e odd ee ed 7 57 Strip wear dimple ecni enrere iienaa benii aa Ee nee eens 7 53 Tray assembly 250 sheet special 7 74 Restraint side 250 sheet tray 7 19 Spring bellcrank 500 sheet option tray 7 47 Board assembly electronic control 7 51 Kit maintenance StapleSmart wheels 0 000 elles 7 73 Tray assembly UAT 400 sheet 7 74 Gables
233. ll features or option boards from the interconnect board Remove the outer system board shield See Outer shield removal on page 4 52 Warning Observe all ESD precautions while handling ESD sensitive parts See Handling ESD sensitive parts on page 4 1 Disconnect all cables from the system board Remove the inner shield mounting screws A Remove the USB connector mounting screw B if present Remove the inner shield Input sensor removal 1 Remove the inner paper deflector assembly 2 Disconnect the input sensor cable from the input sensor 3 Release the input sensor from its mounting and remove 4 34 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Integrated tray autocompensator assembly removal Remove the paper tray Remove the left door Remove the outer shield See Outer shield removal on page 4 52 Disconnect the autocompensator motor cable from the system board J28 Cut cable tie A on left side 6 Place the printer on its back Repair information 4 35 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 T Locate the integrated tray autocompensator assembly A on the bottom of the printer and disconnect the autocompensator arm bias spring B Note When you remove the spring note the larger loop attaches to the side frame 8 Remove the C clip C that rests against the right side frame from the autocompensator pivot shaft y 4 36 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 9 Disconn
234. ll the output expander unit and check the voltages at J1A and J1B on the connector If correct replace the output expander control If incorrect replace the output expander assembly mechanical inkage 202 Paper Jam Open Rear Door message displays A sheet of paper is jammed prior to the pass thru sensor flag 202 Paper Jam Open Rear Door message displays A sheet of paper feeds out to the standard bin even though bin x is selected Paper exits half way out of the redrive Service tip For this type of problem check the sub error codes They can help isolate the problem 202 Paper Jam messages can also occur prior to the output expander pass thru sensor FRU Action 1 Output expander drive belt Check to ensure the output expander drive belt is correctly installed drive on the drive pulley and belt idler pulley Check the belt tension spring Pulley drive belt to make sure it is not loose or broken Repair as necessary Idler pulley belt tension spring 2 Mechanical linkage If the DC motor is functioning properly check the gears clutch and DC motor assembly other linkage parts for correct operation and wear broken gear teeth or damaged parts If incorrect replace the mechanical linkage DC motor assembly Diagnostic information 2 73 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Remove Paper Output Bin x is displayed POST incomplete unable to clear the message FRU Action 1 Dual output bin s
235. lue The voltage measures approximately 24 V If incorrect disconnect the cable at J9 and check the voltage again If the voltage continues to be incorrect replace the high capacity feeder option system board If the voltage measures correctly check the cable If the cable is damaged replace as necessary If no problem is found with the cable replace the high capacity feeder option control board 24x Paper Jam displays paper jammed over the Pass Thru Sensor Where x the printer displays the value of x for the paper tray where the error occurs For example 242 is a Paper Jam Tray 2 FRU Action Pass thru sensor and flag assembly The tray x option system board did not detect a piece of paper actuating the pass thru sensor Remove any jammed sheets of paper from the printer and check the pass thru sensor and flag for proper operation by running the appropriate Tray Sensor Test from the diagnostics menu If the test fails check the sensor for correct installation and the flag for proper operation Also check the sensor cable to make sure it is correctly connected to the option system board If incorrect replace the tray x option pass thru sensor assembly Power takeoff shaft and spring bevel gear feed roll gear drive roll assembly wear plate drive shaft bearings and skewed backup roller Check these parts for signs of broken or damaged parts contamination on the drive rollers or wear plate
236. media size x22media source and x3 media source where paper jam was detected Check the pass thru sensor and flag for correct operation Check to see if paper has cleared the pass thru area of the option where the paper jam occurred 84 00 10 The main motor ID failed to identify either motor after two tries Possible causes for this error are The main drive motor has stalled An incorrect main drive motor gearbox assembly has been installed Diagnostic information 2 7 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Base printer sub error codes continued First 6 bytes sub error code data xx can be any value Explanation 84 xx 17 There is an envelope or envelopes in the envelope feeder during warm up An envelope may have partially fed from the envelope feeder Remove any envelopes from the feeder and check the envelope feeder for correct operation 84 xx 18 There is media over the Tray 2 pass thru sensor during warm up Check for media over the sensor If no media is present check the pass thru sensor flag and cables Try running the Input Tray Tests for Tray 2 and see if Tray 2 is feeding paper correctly and all the sensors are working correctly Make sure the paper size setting is correct for the size paper in the tray 84 xx 19 There is media over the Tray 3 pass thru sensor during warm up Check for media over the sensor If no media is present check the pass thru sensor flag and
237. ments are made in accordance with ISO 7779 and conform with ISO 9296 1 Meter average Declared sound Model SUUS sound pressure power IBM Infoprint 1332 n Idle standby mode 31 dBA 4 6 Bels Simplex printing 52 dBA 6 7 Bels Duplex printing 55 dBA N M Bels IBM Infoprint 1352 n Idle standby mode 32 dBA 4 7 Bels Simplex printing 54 dBA 6 8 Bels Duplex printing 57 dBA N M Bels IBM Infoprint 1372 n Idle standby mode Simplex printing Duplex printing Measurements apply to 300 dpi 600 dpi and 1200 dpi printing Environment Printer temperature and humidity Operating Temperature 16 to 32 C 60 to 90 F Relative humidity 8 to 8096 Altitude 10 000 ft 0 to 3 048 meters Storage and shipping environment packaged Temperature 40 to 43 C 40 110 F Relative humidity 596 to 9596 Altitude equivalent to 10 300 meters 0 to 34 000 feet e Storage environment unpacked Temperature 0 to 40 C 32 to 104 F Relative humidity 5 to 80 General information 1 7 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Media specifications Media type x o G pos x o gt 5 amp 5 5 agus Soo Sos Media type clol 5 0 989 2 o 2 D Q x yv s ico S 11415 3 zo 2 o 12 5 m 3 Bo
238. must receive power in order to perform the task Remove any input and output paper handling options from the printer FRU Action 1 Line voltage Check the AC line voltage If the line voltage is incorrect inform the customer 2 AC line cord Unplug the line cord from the wall outlet and check the line cord for damage such as a damaged plug or cut or damaged cord If incorrect replace the cord If incorrect check the continuity of the line cord and replace if necessary If the cord is correct go to step 3 3 5 V dc test point on the Check for approximately 5 V dc at the 5 V test point on the system System board board Note Use care not to short adjacent voltage test points A N lt 600000 4 A lt If the voltage is correct replace the system board assembly If the voltage is incorrect go to step 4 4 System board and Check the system board is firmly seated in connector J7 on the interconnect board interconnect board If it is not seated correctly reseat and recheck the voltage at the 5 V dc test point on the system board If test point does not measure 5 V dc go to step 5 Diagnostic information 2 45 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 FRU Action 5 LVPS Unplug the AC line cord from the LVPS and disconnect the interconnect c
239. n Stalled This is an indication that a printer fan has stalled Go to Main fan service check on page 2 69 929 Toner Sensor The toner sensor is not operating properly the developer drive assembly is not operating properly or the print cartridge is defective Go to Toner sensor service check on page 2 93 930 Printhead Error The wrong printhead may be installed If you have not replaced the system board recently replace the correct printhead If the problem remains replace the system board If you have recently replaced the system board and you still have a 930 error the wrong system board may be installed Replace the system board with the correct system board 931 935 Printhead Error 932 Printhead Lost Hsync 933 Mirror Motor Locks Lost Hsync 934 Mirror Motor Lost Lock 935 Mirror Motor unable to reach operating speed These errors represent a problem with the printhead Go to Printhead service check on page 2 78 936 937 Transport Motor 936 Main Drive Motor initial lock failure 937 Main Drive Motor lost lock Indicates a problem with the main drive motor Go to Main drive service check on page 2 68 940 Service LV Power Supply A The low voltage power supply zero crossover test failed Check the LVPS for correct installation Make sure the connector on the LVPS assembly is firmly seated with the connector on the interconnect card conn
240. n board 5 16 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 6 Preventive maintenance This chapter describes procedures for printer preventive maintenance Following these recommendations can help prevent problems and maintain optimum performance Safety inspection guide The purpose of this inspection guide is to aid you in identifying unsafe conditions If any unsafe conditions exist find out how serious the hazard could be and if you can continue before you correct the hazard Check the following items Damaged missing or altered parts especially in the area of the on off switch and the power supply e Damaged missing or altered covers especially in the area of the top cover and the power supply cover Possible safety exposure from any non IBM attachments Lubrication specifications No requirements for this printer Scheduled maintenance The operator panel displays the message 80 Scheduled Maintenance at each 300K page count interval It is necessary to replace the fuser assembly transfer roller charge roll and pick tires at this interval to maintain the print quality and reliability of the printer The parts are available as a maintenance kit with the following part numbers Maintenance kits Part number Description Infoprint 1332 1352 Infoprint 1372 115 V Maintenance kit 56P1409 56P1855 220 V Maintenance kit 56P1412 56P1856 100 V Maintenance kit 56P1413 56P1857 Af
241. nd Grain short is preferred for paper over 135 g m 2 Printing label applications on your printer requires a special label fuser cleaner which prevents duplexing 3 28 Ib bond envelopes are limited to 25 cotton content 4 Includes envelopes fed from the multipurpose feeder only 5 Information on whether your vinyl label converter has passed Lexmark s criteria is available at Lexmark s Web site www lexmark com Search for converter list You can also check Lexmark s Automated Fax system LEXFAXSM Print area The printable area is limited to within 4 2 mm 0 167 in of all edges of the media Any information placed outside this specified printable area does not print Media guidelines Paper designed for use with xerographic copies should provide satisfactory print quality and feed reliability Other types of supplies may be suitable We recommend that users test any particular brand for suitability to their applications Refer to the printer s user information for additional media specifications Paper Use the following media guidelines for successful printing Rough highly textured limp or pre curled paper results in lower print quality and more frequent paper feed failures e Colored paper must be able to withstand 227 C 440 F fusing temperature e Preprinted forms and letterheads should be selected using guidelines found in the printer s user information The chemical process used in preprinti
242. nd check the margin adjustments printed on the test page These settings should be within the range specified in Print registration on page 3 16 Do the reference adjustment if you are sure the margins are set correctly 1 Loosen the locknut on the inside rear of the alignment assembly 2 Remove the two screws holding the alignment assembly to the left side frame 3 Back the reference adjustment screw out far enough to allow the alignment assembly to be removed from the printer It is not necessary to completely remove the screw 4 Install the new alignment assembly Turn the reference screw clockwise with a 7 mm nut driver until it touches the back of the reference plate and tighten the nut with a 5 5 mm wrench The reference adjustment screw can be adjusted without loosening the nut Turn the screw clockwise a few turns and print a copy of the Quick Test Page as you check the diamonds on the left margin Continue adjusting the screw as you check the results of each adjustment on a new test page until you obtain the results you want 4 4 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Step B Print a copy of the Quick Test Page and check the margin adjustments printed on the test page These settings should be within the range specified in Print registration on page 3 16 The reference screw can be adjusted without loosening the locknut Turn the screw a few turns and print a copy of the Quick Test Page as you check the diamonds on the left
243. ndary messages to indicate that all accumulated sheets should not be removed during the jam clearance procedure If the sheets are removed then the printer does not reprint these sheets 3 24 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Error Message 24x x tray 1 through 5 Paper Jam Check Tray x The paper has not cleared the pass thru sensor or reached the pass thru sensor of the option above tray x Note When the StapleSmart Finisher option is installed a secondary message may be displayed which advises whether or not to remove the job from the finisher If a job has accumulated in the finisher then the printer alternately flashes the primary and secondary messages to indicate that all accumulated sheets should not be removed during the jam clearance procedure If the sheets are removed then the printer does not reprint these sheets Error Message 250 Paper Jam Check MP Feeder The paper is jammed in the multipurpose feeder and has not reached the base machine input sensor or has not reached the input sensor in time Note When the StapleSmart Finisher option is installed a secondary message may be displayed which advises whether or not to remove the job from the finisher If a job has accumulated in the finisher then the printer alternately flashes the primary and secondary messages to indicate that all accumulated sheets should not be removed during the jam clearance procedure If the sheets are removed then the printer does not
244. ner cartridge lockout function disabled The print quality test consists of three pages Page one contains a mixture of graphics and text Pages two and three only contain graphics If duplex is turned on the pages are duplexed The Print Quality Test pages are printed in English and must always be printed on letter legal or A4 paper Note The print quality test pages can also be printed from the Configuration menu however a cartridge must be installed with a machine class ID matching the machine class ID stored in NVRAM Some diagnostic information may be printed on the pages when printing from this menu To run the Print Quality Test Pages Turn the printer off Press and hold Select and Return Turn on the printer Release the buttons once Performing the Self Test displays The printer performs its normal POR cycle then prints one copy of the Print Quality Test pages If you want more than one copy perform these steps again The following is printed Diagnostic EP Setup Fuser temperature warm up time transfer print contrast and charge roll settings Contents of the Diagnostic Error Log Printer configuration information Printer serial number controller code level engine code level operator panel code level smart option code levels font versions and so on Values for the Quality Menu settings used to print the pages Printing menu settings page Note This test page must be printed on let
245. nfoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 3 cont Frame 2 uu d KE Units Description 3 34 53P8470 1 Contact LSF ground 35 53 8883 1 Duct left stacker 250 sheet Infoprint 1332 35 56P1317 1 Duct left stacker 500 sheet Infoprint 1352 1372 36 53P8876 1 Door assembly redrive 250 sheet 37 53P8479 1 Flag output paper level Infoprint 1332 37 56P1316 1 Flag output paper level Infoprint 1352 1372 38 53P8884 1 Guide extension NS 53P8450 1 Clip external ground NS 53P8617 17 Parts packet screw Parts catalog 7 9 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 4 Printhead 1 Infoprint 1332 Asm Part indes nuinbar Units Description 4 1 56P1386 1 Cable laser 2 53 8617 3 Parts packet screw printhead mounting 3 56P1396 1 Printhead assembly includes all cables Infoprint 1332 4 56P1387 1 Cable HSYNC 5 56P1388 1 Cable mirror motor Infoprint 1332 7 10 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 5 Printhead 2 Infoprint 1352 200 210 nat ii Units Description 5 1 56P1386 1 Cable laser 2 53P8617 3 Parts packet screw printhead mounting 3 56P1443 1 Printhead assembly includes all cables Infoprint 1352 4 56P1387 1 Cable HSYNC Parts catalog 7 11 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 6 Printhead 3 1372
246. ng may render some papers unsuitable for use with this printer 1 12 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Unsuitable papers include Multi part forms and documents Chemically treated papers Coated synthetic and thermal papers A5 paper less than 80 g m 21 Ib Recycled paper less than 75 g m 20 Ib Preprinted paper requiring a high degree of registration e Recycled paper less than 80 g m 21 Ib may cause unacceptable results Envelopes All envelopes should be new unused and without package damage Envelopes with excessive curl or twist exceeding 6 mm those stuck together those with bent corners or nicked edges or those that interlock should not be used Minimum weight should not be less than 75 g m 20 Ib The following envelopes should not be used Envelopes with windows holes perforations cutouts or deep embossing Envelopes with metal clasps string ties or metal folding bars Envelopes with exposed flap adhesive when the flap is in the closed position For best results printing on new 90 g m 24 Ib sulfite or 2596 cotton bond envelopes is recommended Under high humidity conditions over 6096 envelopes may seal during printing Transparencies Useletter or A4 size transparencies only e Transparencies specifically designed for xerographic copy machines or laser printers may be used with this printer Labels Select labels using guidelines from in th
247. ning Whenever the main drive assembly is removed from the printer it must be handled very carefully Do not allow any of the gears to come in contact with any metal or other hard surface to avoid gear damage It is also very important not to let any dirt paper staples or other material come in contact with the grease in the gears Repair information 4 45 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Main fan removal 1 Remove the laser cover See Laser cover removal on page 4 14 2 Remove the inner shield See Inner shield removal on page 4 34 3 Remove the fan grill cover 4 Note the routing of the main fan cable A and disconnect the cable from the system board at connector J7 5 Release the four latches B and remove the fan from the left side frame 4 46 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Multipurpose tray lower deflector assembly removal 1 Oi N Open the multipurpose tray to a position that allows the left and right tray hinge slots A to align with the rectangular mounting posts B Pull upward on each tray hinge to remove the tray from the two mounting posts Warning Be careful not to break the hinges Remove the upper paper deflector See Upper paper deflector assembly removal on page 4 63 Remove the solenoid mounting screw C Remove the screws D mounting the multipurpose tray lower deflector assembly Remove the multipurpose tray lower deflector assembly D 102 C 102 D 104
248. nu Busy state Press Select for the values Press Menu until Reset Printer displays on the second line Press Select to reset the printer Printing Directory List A directory of the flash and disk contents is processing or printing because Print Directory is selected from the menu Press Stop to take the printer out of Ready status Not Ready displays No additional data is processed but the printer processes all paper currently in the paper path Press Go to return to Ready after the page prints Press Menu to take the printer out of Ready and enter the Tests Menu Busy state Press Select for the values Press Menu until Reset Printer displays on the second line Press Select to reset the printer Restoring Factory Defaults The printer is restoring factory defaults No button actions are possible while this message displays Performing Self Tests The printer is running the normal series of start up tests after it is powered on When the tests are complete the printer returns to Ready No button actions are possible while this message displays Not Ready Press Go The printer is in the Not Ready state which means it is not ready to receive or process data This message displays when Menu is pressed during a print job Press Go to take the printer out of the Not Ready state Press Menu to take the printer out of Ready and enter the Tests Menu Busy state
249. nual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 User status displays Status Action Waiting interpreter warning Displayed until the current job is terminated or until additional data is received on the active link PCL PS PJL PPDS SIC or HEX may be displayed for the value for interpreter if the printer is not configured for fax Press Go to print the contents of the printer buffer staple the accumulated sheets or terminate the collation set Note Go does not terminate the current print job Press Menu to access the Busy Waiting Menu group The following functions may be available Cancel Job Reset Printer Reset Active Bin Print Buffer Diagnostic information 2 15 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Warning messages second lines These second line warnings apply to the User status displays see User status displays on page 2 14 For example Ready warning If none of the conditions exist that are listed in the following table line two is blank If any of the messages in the table are displayed the following actions can be taken Press Menu to take the printer offline and access the Ready Menu group The Menu buttons are not active if Menu Lockout is turned on Press Stop to take the printer offline The Not Ready message displays No additional data is processed from the host computer Press Go to return the printer to the Ready state User message
250. o the Ready message No button actions are possible while this message displays Activating Menu Changes The printer is reset to activate a printer setting changed in the menus No button actions are possible while this message displays 2 18 Service Manual User attendance messages User attendance messages Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Primary message Secondary message Explanation Change Cartridge Invalid Refill Select one of the following actions Remove the toner cartridge and install a new cartridge Press and hold Select and press Return to display debug data for the engine and cartridge code Note This message may help diagnose a potential printer problem Change input source Custom Type name gt This message displays when the user should change the media installed in one of the input options input source Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray Tray 4 Tray 5 MPF Feeder Envelope Feeder Custom Type name Custom 1 through Custom 6 using the MarkVision utility When the printer is prompting for one of the custom types which has been named by the user then only the custom type name is displayed on line 2 The name may be truncated to fit the display Change input source custom string This message displays when the user should change the media installed in one of the input options input source Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray Tray 4 Tray 5
251. oittimessa on sis inen luokan IIIb 3b 5 milliwatin galliumarsenidilaser joka toimii aaltoalueella 770 795 nanometri Laserj rjestelm ja kirjoitin on suunniteltu siten ett k ytt j ei altistu luokan m rityksi voimakkaammalle s teilylle kirjoittimen normaalin toiminnan k ytt j n tekemien huoltotoimien tai muiden huoltotoimien yhteydess VARO Avattaessa ja suojalukitus ohitettaessa olet alttiina n kym tt m lle lasers teilylle l katso s teeseen VARNING Osynlig laserstr lning n r denna del r ppnad och sp rren r urkopplad Betrakta ej str len Laser notices xii Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Laser notis Denna skrivare i USA certifierad att motsvara kraven i DHHS 21 CFR underparagraf f r laserprodukter av Klass 1 andra lander uppfyller skrivaren kraven f r laserprodukter av Klass enligt kraven i IEC 60825 1 Laserprodukter i Klass anses ej h lsov dliga Skrivaren har en inbyggd laser av Klass IIIb 3b som best r av en laserenhet av gallium arsenid p 5 milliwatt som arbetar i v gl ngdsomr det 770 795 nanometer Lasersystemet och skrivaren utformade 5 att det aldrig finns risk f r att n gon person uts tts f r laserstr lning ver Klass I niva vid normal anv ndning underh ll som utf rs av anvandaren eller annan f reskriven serviceatgard Laser melding Skriveren er godkjent i USA etter kravene i DHHS 21 CFR underkapittel J for klasse 1 1 laserprodu
252. on 1 Autocompensator Check the autocompensator pick arm rollers for sign of glazing toner assembly or other buildup Replace as necessary 2 Wearstrips Check the wear strips for glazing or contamination Replace as required It is advisable to replace all four wear strips at the same time 2 58 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 The elevator tray does not move up or down The printer recognizes that the option is installed FRU Action 1 DC drive motor high capacity feeder option System board Be sure the motor cable is correctly installed at J1 on the board Check the cables damaged or loose wires Disconnect the motor Check for a short between each pin and the motor housing If a problem is found replace the motor assembly If no problem is found measure the resistance between the following pins on the motor cable connector Pins 1 brown and pin 2 Yellow The resistance measures between approximately 7 5 and 10 5 ohms If incorrect replace the motor assembly If correct replace the high capacity feeder option system board The elevator moves in one direction only FRU Action 1 DC drive motor assembly high capacity feeder System board Check the voltages at J1 on the high capacity system board The voltages measure approximately as follows Pin Color Voltage Static motor not running J1 1 Brown 0Vdc J1 2 Yello
253. onnection messages 2 33 service error codes 2 2 user attendance messages 2 19 user line 2 link messages 2 32 user status displays 2 14 user status messages 2 17 warning messages user status displays 2 16 models 1 1 7 1 multipurpose feeder parts catalog 7 14 pick roll removal 4 55 removal 4 47 N network system board connectors 5 11 operator panel assembly parts catalog 7 2 removal 4 48 service check 2 70 operator panel bezel removal 4 49 operator panel cable 4 50 options parts catalog 7 74 product features 1 2 service checks 2 71 outer shield parts catalog 7 32 outer shield removal 4 52 output bin feed test 3 11 output bin sensor test 3 12 output bin test standard bin 3 11 output expander service check 2 72 output expander control board 5 7 Index 1 3 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 P packaging 7 76 page count setting 3 17 paper and media specifications 1 8 paper bin full sensor flag assembly 4 54 paper deflector assembly inner 4 33 upper 4 63 paper jam base printer 3 23 diagram 3 22 duplex option 3 24 envelope feeder 3 25 multipurpose feeder 3 25 stapler 3 26 StapleSmart finisher 3 25 trays or bins 3 25 user attendance messages 2 30 paper size sensing board 4 41 parallel wrap test 3 9 part number index 2 7 parts catalog 250 sheet paper tray option 7 40 500 sheet paper tray option 7 44 500 sheet tray integrated 7 20 cabling 7 34 7 36 7 38 covers 7 2 drives main drive developer drive 7 22 dup
254. ope 6 38 in x 9 01 in X X x X x 162 mm x 229 mm B5 Envelope 6 93 in x 9 84 in X X X X X 176 mm x 250 mm Other envelope 3 87 x 6 38 in to 6 93 x 9 84 in X X x 98 4 x 162 mm to 176 x 250 mm Media types Paper x x x x x x x x x x x x Card stock x x x x x x x x x x Vinyl labels 3 X X X X X X X X Paper labels 3 X X X X X X x x x Polyester labels X x x x x tx x x x Dual web and integrated labels 8 X X X X X X x x 3 Printing label application on the printer requires a special label fuser cleaner which prevents duplexing The label fuser cleaner is included with a special label cartridge for label applications 1 10 Service Manual Media weights input Input media types and weights Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Media Type Weight Integrated trays and optional 50 0 sheet drawers Paper Xerographic or business paper 60 to 176 g m grain long 16 to 47 Ib bond Card stock maximum Index Bristol 163 g m 90 Ib bond grain long Tag 163 g m 100 Ib bond Cover 176 g m 65 1 bond Card stock maximum Index Bristol 199 g m 110 Ib bond grain short Tag 203 g m 125 Ib bond Cover 216 g m 80 Ib bond Transparencies Laser printer 138 to 146 g m 37 to 39 Ib bond Labels maximum Paper 180 g m 48 Ib bond Dual web paper 180 g m 48 Ib bond
255. or and sensor ag Note It may be necessary to use a small tool to actuate the sensor flag because it is located under the front cover Be careful not to damage the flag If the test fails check the flag for damage or binds If incorrect replace the flag If the flag is operating correctly check the voltage at J3 3 The voltage measures approximately 5 V dc If incorrect replace the envelope system board If correct check the voltage at J3 2 The voltage changes from 0 to 5 V dc when the flag is moved in and out of the sensor If incorrect replace the sensor assembly If this does not fix the problem replace the envelope system board Diagnostic information 2 49 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Operator panel displays 260 Paper Jam after attempted feed but before envelopes are put in the hopper OR the operator panel continues to display Load Envelopes after envelopes are placed in the hopper Service tip The kick rolls rotate during the attempted feed cycles FRU Action 1 Envelope out hopper sensor flag Check the envelope out sensor flag for damage correct installation and operation If incorrect repair or replace the flag 2 Envelope out hopper input sensor Make sure the sensor is installed correctly and the sensor cable is properly connected to the envelope system board If correct perform the Envelope Feed Sensor Test to check both the sensor and flag If the test fails remove any envelopes in t
256. orrect installation of the operator panel cable at J15 on blank 5 beeps LED off the system board If incorrect reinstall the cable properly If correct measure the voltage at J15 2 on the system board The voltage should measure approximately 5 V dc If incorrect replace the System board If correct check continuity of the operator panel cable If the continuity is incorrect replace the cable If the continuity is correct replace the operator panel assembly 3 Operator panel display Check for ground between J15 4 and ground If correct replace the blank 5 beeps LED on operator panel assembly If incorrect replace the system board 4 Operator panel all Make sure a card is not plugged in backward This condition causes diamonds no beeps the printer to fail POST displaying all diamonds on the operator panel with no beeps 5 Operator panel all Check the voltage at Pin J15 1 and J15 3 The voltage measures diamonds 5 beeps approximately 5 V dc If incorrect replace the FRUs in the following order Operator panel assembly System board 2 70 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Options service check Service tip When you have a problem with any of the options installed in the options slots on the interconnect board switch the non operating option to one of the other option slots to isolate the failure Flash Memory Option s Run a copy of the test page and check to see if the option you are ch
257. ot sent a command to send a sheet of paper to the duplex option 06 The exit sensor detected a sheet of paper too early 07 The sheet of paper trailing edge did not clear the exit sensor in the desired length of time 08 The feed motor experienced a complete motor stall OE The DC motor is under speed The motor never reached the correct operating speed 13 There is paper left in the duplex option Paper was sensed during the homing operation during POST 15 There is paper left in the duplex option Paper was sensed during the DC motor diagnostic test during POST 18 The DC motor experienced an acceleration error 3D There is paper left in the duplex option Paper was sensed during IR clear during POST 2 12 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Envelope feeder sub error codes First 6 bytes sub error code data xx can be any value Explanation 84 xx 17 There is an envelope in the feeder during POST 84 xx 1D x1 x2 The envelope feeder pass thru sensor activated but never deactivated x1 media size x2 media source This error can be caused by an envelope over the pass thru sensor Remove the envelope and try to feed an envelope If the envelope stops over the pass thru sensor try the following Enter the diagnostic test menu select Input Tray Sensor Tests select Envelope Feeder Sensor Test Check the envelope pass thru sensor to ensure it is operating correctly If the sensor test fail
258. ove features and options from the interconnect board only if they block access Warning Observe all ESD precautions while handling ESD sensitive parts See Handling ESD sensitive parts on page 4 1 3 Remove the communications board mounting screw A 201 A 232 4 Remove the communications board shield mounting screw B 5 The communications board is held in place by a ground clip C on the shield that attaches the communications board shield to the side frame Pull the board up to unclip the shield 6 Remove the screws that hold the shield to the communications board Note Retain the shield and screws to install on the new board 4 18 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Cover closed switch cable removal Note Pay careful attention to the cable routing through the printer before you remove the cover closed switch and cable assembly 1 Remove the left cover upper front cover and outer system board shield 2 Disconnect the cover closed switch cable from the system board J3 3 Remove the screw A that attaches the cover closed switch 4 Remove the cable retainer from the left side of the upper front cover hinge assembly Note the routing of the cover closed switch and operator panel cables 5 Remove the cover closed switch cable assembly Repair information 4 19 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Developer drive assembly removal 1 Remove the inner shield See Inner shield removal on page 4 34
259. ow Envelope feeder multifeeds or may not display a 260 Paper Jam message FRU Action 1 Envelopes Check the envelopes being used in the feeder Check for signs of the envelopes being stuck together or signs of glue Make sure the flaps are not interleaved 2 Deflector Check the deflector gap adjustment The adjustment may be too wide 3 Restraint roll bias spring Check for a missing broken or incorrectly installed restraint roll bias spring If incorrect reinstall or replace the spring 260 Paper Jam displays an envelope stopped in the paper path of the feeder and an envelope also stopped in the base printer paper path FRU Action 1 Latch lever Make sure the tip of the latch lever is centered in the opening in the floor of the paper path The latch lever may not be detented on the latch Diagnostic information 2 51 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Fuser service checks Cold fuser service check Error codes 920 921 and 922 may display for a cold fuser failure A 920 error caused by low line voltage can sometimes be cleared by turning the machine off and then on again A 925 service error indicates the wrong fuser lamp is installed Be sure the correct type of fuser lamp is installed CAUTION There is a danger from hazardous voltage in the area of the printer where you are working Unplug the printer before you begin or use caution if the printer must receive
260. p 220V Infoprint 1332 Infoprint 1352 illii 7 25 Fuse for 220 V ac LVPS 6 3 a 250V Infoprint 1332 7 29 Fuse for 110 V ac LVPS 5 a 250V Infoprint 1332 7 29 Fuse for 110 V ac LVPS 10 a 250V Infoprint 1352 Infoprint 1372 7 29 Fuse for 220 V LVPS 3 15 a 250V Infoprint 1352 Infoprint 1372 7 29 EVPS TTO Vac Infoprint 13932 1 Dok eoe IR d eie RE e CR 7 29 LVPS 110 V ac Infoprint 1352 Infoprint 1372 7 29 EVPS 220 V ac Infoprint 1332 wnat ded e lyde eR ROO eR wae 7 29 LVPS 220 V ac Infoprint 1352 Infoprint 1372 llle 7 29 Power supply high voltage yei ER RR IR un 7 29 System board assembly non network 000 includes 56P1444 7 31 System board assembly network 010 7 31 System board assembly network Infoprint 1352 7 31 Int card autocomp card cable paper low out sensors 7 18 7 35 Gable autoconnect bottom b eq bed ee Ng eu caedi 7 35 Cable main drive molor s ouis scc et Mesa Sane a RR AA a 7 35 Cable front harness HVPS input sensor toner sensor 7 29 Cable front harness HVPS input s
261. pads are touching the paper make sure the pads are not worn damaged or contaminated Replace if necessary 2 Paper wheel aligner assembly Check the paper wheel aligner assembly to make sure it is mounted correctly Check to make sure there are no broken gears or other mechanical parts If any are found replace the aligner assembly If no problem is found go to step 3 3 Stapler board Check to make sure the cable to J4 Accessory is properly connected to J4 on the board Turn the printer off disconnect the motor cable from J4 and check for continuity between J4 pins 1 2 3 and 4 to the motor case If you get continuity replace the gearbox drive assembly If you do not get continuity continue with the step Pin No Voltage static Voltage feeding Motor not running Motor running 1 24 V dc 24 V dc 2 24 V dc Should vary when motor running 3 Not used 4 Ground 5 5 V dc Should vary when motor running 6 5 V dc 5 V dc If the voltages are correct replace the gearbox drive assembly If the voltages are incorrect replace the stapler board Misalignment of sheets to be stapled FRU Action 1 Left side bail assembly Check the left side bail assembly for any signs of binding missing or broken parts 2 Stapler gearbox assembly Check the stapler gearbox assembly for correct operation Sheets are transported into output tray but not st
262. placed FRU Action 1 Interconnect board Note Before replacing the interconnect board make absolutely sure you have the correct FRU number for the interconnect board that should go into your printer Warning Any time the interconnect board assembly is replaced the Configuration ID must be reset in NVRAM on the interconnect board See Setting configuration ID on page 3 18 Unplug the machine and replace the interconnect board assembly Turn the printer on If a 950 error still displays replace the system board assembly 950 Error after replacing the system board FRU Action 1 System board Note Make sure you have the correct system board FRU number before installing the board in the printer EY L sit tir GP e EU eem FRU label zer zer oer L vC EE J E NV By EE avc pe GND L CARD ta SESEENES 15 Replace the system board 950 Error after replacing interconnect board FRU Action 1 Interconnect board Note Before replacing the interconnect board make absolutely sure you have the correct FRU number for the interconnect board that should go into your printer Warning Any time the interconnect board assembly is replaced the Configuration ID must be r
263. pring back p foll rs ive Rem MR Rex Rx Re ba hee arg rss ket ie 7 68 7 65 Cover backup hay ii sa hanske ated wales Loca beg a e e e do 7 63 7 65 Shaft assembly drive roller 7 63 7 65 Frame assembly right side gt gt ee teens 7 63 Shaft assembly 40T middle stacker llli 7 71 Frame assembly Jeft Side 4 solis abet y hast SR xu nsa e EX cq LEE 7 63 Pick arm assembly erac E past k re ha Gat eei bx KR C ERU db REED tg 7 41 Shatt drive Tear uie me gaa ata ah ra Ds RS a uro Sd oa ga Fol 7 63 7 65 Cover assembly redrive cap 7 3 Frame extension left Infoprint 1352 Infoprint 1372 7 5 Frame extension right Infoprint 1352 Infoprint 1372 7 5 Cartridge load Spring ose mE peser ERES Vale e ue Y pode quld Ee A Fan 7 3 Deflector upper PE Aese Iran e Re tek esteem pete Rp Mee ETE RR 7 7 Tray assembly 250 sheet option p xas teari rann 7 43 Tray integrated 250 sheet enn 7 19 Knob paper siZe xo raser owl Roh 7 43 7 45 Contact RSFE ground eue ktm CUM S Mac s ve ke E P e Wacom Late RT NDA 7 5 Nut plate frame extension Infoprint 1352 Infoprint
264. ptoms Symptom Action Paper feed problem with Duplex Go to Duplex option service check on page 2 47 Paper jams at Paper Removal Tray Go to Duplex option service check on page 2 47 Paper skews in the Duplex Option Go to Duplex option service check on page 2 47 Paper fails to pass from lower option through the Duplex Option Go to Duplex option service check on page 2 47 Envelope feeder symptoms Symptom Action eee do not feed from the envelope Go to Envelope feeder service check on page 2 49 eeder Envelopes do not feed properly into base Go to Envelope feeder service check on page 2 49 printer Output expander Symptom Action Printer does not display Output Bin Full Go to Output bin sensor standard tray service check on page 2 72 Paper does not feed all the way into the output tray Go to Output expander service check on page 2 72 2 36 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 StapleSmart finisher Symptom Action Finisher does not staple Go to StapleSmart finisher service check on page 2 86 Printer does not recognize StapleSmart Go to StapleSmart finisher service check on page 2 86 Finisher Option as being installed Close Top Cover displayed Unable to clear Go to StapleSmart finisher service check on page 2 86 or reset message POST incomplete Close
265. put bins 1 Standard bin 9 Bin 8 17 Bin 5 2 Bin 1 10 Bin 49 18 Bin 4 3 Bin 42 11 Bin 10 19 Bin 43 4 Bin 43 12 Bin 10 20 Bin 42 5 Bin 4 13 Bin 49 21 Bin 1 6 Bin 5 14 Bin 48 22 Standard bin 7 Bin 46 15 Bin 47 8 Bin 47 16 Bin 46 The test is continuous until either the Return or Stop button is pressed Output Bin Sensor Test This test is used to determine whether or not the output bin sensor is working correctly for the Standard Bin or the sensors are working for the output expander high capacity output stacker 5 bin mailbox or StapleSmart finisher if installed To run the Output Bin Sensor Test for Standard Bin 1 Select Output Bin Test from the menu 2 Select Output Bin Tests Sensor Tests 3 Select Standard Bin from the menu The following screen is displayed Standard Bin F OP F Standard Bin s Bin Full Sensor 4 Once the screen is displayed manually actuate the sensor flag to check the Bin Full Sensor When the sensor is closed CL displays and when the sensor is open OP displays 5 Select Return or Stop to exit the test 3 12 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Output Expander r 4 5 Select Output Bin Tests from the menu Select Output Bin Tests Sensor Tests Select Sensor Tests for Output Bin x x number of the output option to be tested The following screen is displayed Output Bin x P OP F OP P Pass Thru Sensor F Bin Full Sensor
266. r DOZ NJI O0 0 0uco Paper X X X x x X X Card stock x x x X Transparencies X X X X Envelopes X Vinyl labels X X Paper labels X X Polyester labels X X Dual web labels X X Integrated labels X X 1 8 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Media size gt gt s 5 T 2 2 5 5 a2 a G o 5 5 o o a o 2 sia 5 2 S Media size supported S 8 3 5 5 3 81515 gt zs Ss a c x 2 o 7 oO E S o 8 5 2191 5 t 5 5 5 o x oO gt gt g LU Q I 3 I o o 2 2 515 x 5 o5 512165153 5 8 2 g g8 5825 5 5 5 5 A4 8 27 in x 11 7 in X X X X X X X X X X X X 210 mm x 297 mm A5 5 83 in x 8 27 in X X X X X X X X X 148 mm x 210 mm JIS B5 7 17 in x 10 23 in X X X X X X X X X X X 182 mm x 257 mm Letter 8 5 in x 11 in X X X X X X X X X X X X 216 mm x 279 mm Legal 8 5 in x 14 in X X X X X X X X X X X X 216 mm x 355 6 mm Executive 7 25 in x 10 5 in X X X X X X X X X X X 184 mm x 267 mm Folio 8 5 in x 13 in X X X X X X X X X x X 216 mm x 330 mm Statement 5 5 in x 8 5 in x 140 mm x 216 mm Universal 5 5 x 8 27 in
267. r arm bias spring from the right side frame Remove the toner sensor mounting screw A disconnect the sensor cable and remove the toner sensor Remove the smart cartridge contact assembly mounting screw C Remove the right side frame mounting screws B and remove the right side frame B 102 A 102 102 CAUTION Be sure the fuser assembly has cooled before working on any of the fuser FRUs 4 22 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Fuser assembly removal CAUTION Unplug the printer before you begin 1 Remove the redrive assembly See Redrive assembly removal on page 4 57 2 Remove the fuser mounting screws A A A 3 Disconnect the AC fuser lamp cable C from the fuser lamp connector D 4 Pull the fuser assembly out far enough to remove the fuser lamp cable 5 Disconnect the DC fuser cable E from the fuser board 6 Pull the cables free and remove the fuser Repair information 4 23 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Installation 1 When you reinstall the fuser be sure to route the fuser lamp cable through the channel F on the right side frame above the LVPS under the clip G and through the notch in the frame H IE Ea 8983 ELLIE Dag yb ota l nesen F G 2 Route the fuser lamp cable through the opening in the fuser as shown J 4 24 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Fuser cover removal CAUTION Unplug the printer
268. r codes The sub error codes are helpful troubleshooting a paper path problem especially paper jams in the base printer envelope feeder and duplex option Displayed error codes When a 9xx or 2xx error displays 1 Press and hold Return and press Select to enter for sub error codes The first screen of information displays Write down the information 2 Continue pressing Return and Select until each screen of information is obtained 3 When the last screen displays the original message displays The following is an example of how the printer displays a duplex option sub error code Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 DU XX XX XX XX DU XX XX XX XX Byte 5 Byte 6 Byte 7 Byte 8 Printed error codes Additional information is available by printing the error log See Printing the error log on page 3 7 Diagnostic information 2 5 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Base printer sub error codes Each status byte has a different level of troubleshooting value for each area of the printer The following table displays up to 8 status bytes of data Some or all of these bytes may be used to help diagnose a printer problem These status bytes are designed to help isolate paper jams and paper feed problems in the base printer Sub error code variable values Displayed value of x Printer area Values for tray sources 10 Multipurpose Tray MPT 11 Tray 1 12 Tray 2 13 Tray 3 14 Tray 4 15 Tray 5 3
269. r feed service check If you have a 936 Transport Motor Error go to Main drive service check on page 2 68 FRU Action 1 Alignment assembly Check to ensure the alignment assembly is correctly attached to the left side frame and the mounting screws are tight Check the alignment assembly for worn rollers contaminated rollers or binds Replace the alignment assembly if any problem is found 2 Inner deflector Check the inner paper deflector for correct installation If the deflector is bowed or not fitting correctly replace the deflector Autocompensator fails to feed paper Failures occur randomly throughout the stack of paper FRU Action 1 Pass thru sensor Check the pass thru sensor for correct installation and operation 2 Autocompensator The autocompensator pick roll shaft assembly is not providing assembly enough torque if the pick rollers are not picking the paper correctly Replace the autocompensator assembly 3 Wear strips in tray x Check the wear strips for excessive wear scratches or rough spots problem is found Replace the wear strips if a problem is found Paper feed failures occur only near the top of the stack of paper The most common cause of this problem is paper curl Remove the paper from tray x and check for the natural curvature in the paper Reinstall the paper in the correct manner If the problem persists it may be necessary to reduce the stack height Repla
270. r lamp contact assemblies w fuser cover control card 5 53P8617 4 Parts packet screws Contact assembly 4 Solenoid mounting 1 Board cover mounting 1 Fuser cover assembly 4 Hanger 7 6 56P1362 1 Lamp 115V 6 56P1363 1 Lamp 220V 7 2 Screw PP 53 8617 8 56P1402 1 Sensor narrow media 9 56P1403 1 Sensor exit Parts catalog 7 25 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 14 Transfer charging 7 26 Service Manual Assembly 14 Transfer charging Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 i EE Units Description 14 1 53P8348 1 Parts kit charge roll link asm left side 2 SUPPLY 1 Roll assembly charge 3 53P8456 1 Bushing charge roll 4 53P8349 1 Parts kit charge roll link asm right side 5 SUPPLY 1 Transfer roll assembly 6 53P8293 1 Arm transfer roll assembly right 7 53P8242 1 Spring transfer roll right 8 53P8243 1 Shaft transfer pivot 9 53P8241 1 Spring transfer roll left 10 53P8460 1 Arm transfer roll left NS 53P8617 1 Parts packet screw charge roll NS 53P8249 1 Parts packet retainer pivot shaft Parts catalog 7 27 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Electronics power supplies Assembly 15 7 28 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 15 Electronics power supplies Asm
271. ray 1 not recognized as being installed Unable to clear Tray 1 Missing message FRU Action 1 Tray 1 Check Tray 1 for damaged or broken autosize fingers Check for anything that would prevent the autosize fingers from activating the paper activate springs and ITC switches If a problem is found repair as necessary If no problem is found go to step 2 2 Integrated card Check for correct installation of the cable at J34 on the system board autocompensator cable If installed correctly go to step 3 If incorrectly installed install and recheck the printer 3 System board Check the continuity between J34 2 on the system board and ground It should measure approximately 0 ohms 2 66 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 The printer does not recognize the paper size selected FRU Action 1 Back restraint Check all the paper size parts for damage or broken parts make sure Side restraint the parts operate correctly If a problem is found repair as necessary Snap in plate If no problem is found go to step 2 Autosize slider Autosize finger 2 Switch activate spring Make sure the switch activate spring is not bent or broken Replace the spring if damaged If the spring is not damaged go to step 3 3 Internal tray card ITC Set the tray for the paper size that is not recognized and install the System board tray in
272. ray x is installed FRU Action Autoconnect cables Tray x system board Check the autoconnect from the printer or option above tray x Check for cuts pinched wiring or damage to the contacts in the connector Check the autoconnect cable s for correct installation at the tray x System board If correct check the continuity of the autoconnect cable s If correct replace the tray x system board If incorrect replace the cable Paper from Tray x does not reach the pass thru sensor Service tip Check the media in tray x to make sure it is within specifications Some types of labels foil material and slick papers can cause misfeeds and slippage of the rollers FRU Action Autocompensator Check the autocompensator pick arm rollers for any sign of glazing assembly toner or other buildup Clean or replace as necessary Diagnostic information 2 65 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Internal tray card paper size sensing service check Before proceeding check for the correct paper size loaded in the tray and that the tray has been set to accept the size paper loaded in the tray Paper size sensing switch chart Paper tray size selection X is activated System ITC i ITC CN1 S972 switch Letter Legal A4 Exec B5 A5 J34 pin 1 PSIZE2 SW1 X X X 1 2 Ground Ground 2 3 PSIZE1 SWO X X X 3 4 PSIZE3 SW2 X X X 4 T
273. re prioritized in the following order Tray 5 4 3 2 and 1 Note Tray x Low clears whenever tray x is empty or tray x is removed When tray xis reinserted it is examined and the appropriate status if any displays The printer cannot detect when the envelope feeder or multipurpose feeder are low 2 16 Service Manual User status messages Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 User status messages Status Action Busy The printer is busy receiving or processing data or printing data Note The printer indicator light blinks while the printer is processing data Press Stop to take the printer out of Busy status Not Ready displays No additional data processes but the printer processes all paper currently in the printer paper path Press Go to return to Ready Flushing Buffer The printer is flushing corrupted print data and the current print job is being discarded No button actions are possible while this message displays Printing Menu Settings The printer is processing or printing a list of current settings menus because Print Menu Settings is selected from the menu Press Stop to take the printer out of Ready status Not Ready displays No additional data is processed but the printer processes all paper currently in the printer paper path Press Go to return to Ready status after the page prints Press Menu to take the printer out of Ready and enter the Tests Me
274. rect position and continues to drive into the bottom frame FRU Action 1 Lower limit switch Check continuity of the lower limit switch If incorrect replace the Lower limit switch cable Switch If correct check the switch cable If incorrect replace the cable If correct replace the high capacity feeder option control board 2 High capacity feeder Disconnect the lower limit switch cable and check the voltage at J2 1 control board orange The voltage measures approximately 5 V dc If incorrect replace the high capacity feeder option control board The elevator tray down button does not operate The tray moves to the upper position Service tip Open the high capacity feeder front door and check the black rubber bumper attached to the door switch spring Be sure the rubber button is centered and not touching the sides of the hole or the switch will not function properly FRU Action 1 Lower limit switch Check the lower limit switch to make sure it is not closed normally Lower limit switch cable open If incorrect replace the switch Check the lower limit switch High capacity feeder cable for a short between pins 1 and 2 If incorrect replace the cable control board If correct replace the high capacity feeder control board Paper from the high capacity feeder input tray does not reach the pass thru sensor Service tip Be sure the paper in tray is within specifications FRU Acti
275. remove the option The duplex option may be attached to the printer but a communications problem may prevent the printer from detection For example there may be a poor connection or a hardware failure The following actions may be taken If the option was temporarily removed or not connected properly reattach or reconnect it Press Go to execute a configuration change which notifies the printer the option has been hot unplugged removed with the power on Note This action is not available if the printer is in Diagnostics Mode or running diagnostics If the device is experiencing a hardware problem turn the printer off and on If the message continues to be displayed go to Duplex option service check on page 2 47 Check Tray x Connection Tray x Tray 2 Tray 3 Tray 4 or Tray 5 This messages displays for the following conditions The specified device may have been removed from the printer possibly to clear a paper jam or to uninstall the option The option may be attached to the printer but a communications problem may prevent the printer from detecting the option For example there may be a poor connection or a hardware failure The following actions may be taken If the option was temporarily removed or not connected properly reattach or reconnect it Press Go to execute a configuration change which notifies the printer the option has been hot unplugged removed with the power on Note This ac
276. reprint these sheets Error Message 260 Paper Jam Check Envelope Feeder An envelope is jammed in the envelope feeder or has not reached the base machine input sensor Error Message 27x Paper Jam Check Bin x Paper is jammed in output bin x x bin 1 through 3 Generally this message appears when the paper has not cleared the exit sensor in time has jammed in the redrive assembly or has not fed into the output bin selected Note A 271 paper jam bin 1 may be displayed when the StapleSmart finisher is installed and a piece of media is actuating the pass thru sensor of the finisher Error Message 28x Paper Jam xzStapleSmart finisher Error Message 280 Paper Jam Check Finisher or Error Message 281 Paper Jam Check Finisher When either of these two messages are displayed they indicate that paper is jammed in the finisher option Open the finisher rear door and top cover to remove the jam Note If the paper is still covering the finisher pass thru sensor then a 271 Error message is displayed A 281 Paper Jam message may also be displayed when there is a problem with the stapler assembly or the stapler card Note When the StapleSmart finisher option is installed a secondary message may be displayed which advises whether or not to remove the job from the finisher If a job has accumulated in the finisher then the printer alternately flashes the primary and secondary messages to indicate that all accumulated sheets should not be remo
277. rial 1 Wrap if available Serial 3 Wrap if available LCD Test 1 Select LCD Test from the Diagnostic menu The LCD test continually executes the LCD display test 2 Press Return Stop to cancel the test Button Test 1 Select Button Test from the Diagnostic menu With no buttons pressed several OP Open appear on the display 2 Press each button one at a time and a CL Closed displays in place of an OP The proper operation of each button can be checked 3 Press Return Stop to cancel the test 3 8 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 SDRAM Memory Test The purpose of this test is to check the validity of SDRAM both standard and optional The test writes patterns of data to SDRAM to verify that each bit in memory can be set and read correctly To run the SDRAM Memory Test 1 Select SDRAM Memory Test from the menu The power indicator blinks indicating the test is in progress 2 Press Return Stop to exit the test P represents the number of times the memory test has passed and finished successfully Initially 000000 displays with the maximum pass count being 999 999 F represents the number of times the memory test has failed and finished with errors Initially 00000 displays with the maximum fail count being 99 999 Once the maximum pass count or fail count is reached the test is stopped the power indicator is turned on solid and the final results display If the test fails the message SDRAM
278. rifying or testing section Warning This can be a very lengthy test depending on the disk size This test leaves the hard disk unformatted The servicer or user must reformat the disk using the Format Disk Menu operation This is a destructive type of test All the data on the disk is destroyed and should not be performed on a known good disk Error Code 976 Network Card x x Network card 1 2 or 3 A 976 error code indicates an unrecoverable software error in network card x Verify that network card x is correctly installed in the socket on the interconnect board and is properly grounded If you find no problem contact your next level of support before replacing the network card Error Code 977 Network Card x A 977 error displays when the RIP software detects that a network card is installed in slot x on the interconnect board but cannot establish communications with the network card Diagnostic information 2 71 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Output bin sensor standard tray service check Service tip If the output bin standard tray fills up and the bin full sensor fails to post the Remove Paper Standard Bin message 1 Enter the Diagnostics Mode 2 Select Output Bin Tests 3 Select Sensor Tests 4 Select Standard Bin 5 Check the sensor and flag for proper operation If you find no problem with the sensor and flag continue with the service check Service tip Be sure the flag is correctly installed The output bin sen
279. rint on media from each of the installed input options Each of the installed options is listed in the following order in the menu Tray 1 Tray 2 if installed Tray 3 if installed Tray 4 if installed Tray 5 if installed Multipurpose Feeder if installed Envelope Feeder if installed For each input source selected you have the following choices e Single prints the Print Test Page once e Continuous continue printing the Print Test Page until Return or Stop is pressed The contents of the Print Test Page varies depending on the media installed in the selected input source Note The Print Test Page always prints on one side of the paper regardless of the duplex setting or the presence of a duplex option If a source is selected that contains envelopes an envelope test pattern is printed If Continuous is selected the test pattern is printed only on the first envelope To run the Print Test Page 1 Select Print Tests from the Diagnostic menu 2 Select the media source 3 Select Single or Continuous f Single is selected no buttons are active during printing e f Continuous is selected Return or Stop can be selected to cancel the test Check each Test Page from each source to assist in print quality and paper feed problems Diagnostic aids 3 19 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Print quality test pages The purpose of this diagnostic function is to allow printing of the print quality test pages with the to
280. ror code 2 41 950 error code 2 42 charge roll 2 43 cover closed switch cable 2 44 cover open switch cable 2 44 dead machine 2 45 duplex option 2 47 envelope feeder 2 49 fuser 2 52 fuser solenoid 2 55 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 high capacity feeder input tray 2 56 high capacity output stacker 2 62 input sensor 2 64 input tray optional 2 64 internal tray card paper size sensing 2 66 main drive 2 68 main fan 2 69 operator panel 2 70 options 2 71 output bin sensor 2 72 output expander 2 72 paper feed 2 76 parallel port 2 77 print quality 2 78 printhead 2 78 smart contact assembly 2 85 StapleSmart finisher 2 86 toner sensor 2 93 transfer roll 2 94 service error codes 2 2 shield inner 4 34 outer 4 52 smart contact assembly removal 4 58 specifications environment 1 7 media 1 8 power and electrical 1 6 printer 1 5 speed and performance 1 3 StapleSmart finisher locations 5 8 parts catalog 7 67 service check 2 86 tests feed tests 3 14 sensor tests 3 14 start 2 1 Sub error codes 2 5 9xx and 2xx codes 2 5 base printer 2 6 base printer fuser 2 11 variable values 2 6 Switch cover closed 2 44 4 19 symptoms base printer 2 35 duplex option 2 36 envelope feeder 2 36 high capacity feeder 2 35 output expander option 2 36 paper trays 2 36 StapleSmart finisher 2 37 Index 1 5 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 system board connectors 5 10 5 11 installation 4 60 parts catalog 7 30 removal 4 58 T toner sensor removal 4 61
281. ror displays FRU Action 1 Developer drive assembly Incorrect operation of the developer drive assembly can cause the printer to display a 929 error code Toner Sensor Check the developer drive assembly for correct installation any sign of worn loose or broken parts 2 Front harness cable Check the toner sensor portion of the front harness cable to make sure it is properly seated into the toner sensor If correct at both the sensor and system board J22 check the continuity of the cable If incorrect replace the cable 3 Toner sensor The toner sensor cable is part of the front harness and part of connector J22 on the system board Check the voltage at J22 11 It reads approximately 5 V dc If incorrect replace the system board If correct check the voltage at J22 12 It reads approximately 5 V dc with the system board removed from the printer If incorrect replace the system board If correct replace the toner sensor assembly A bad ground connection between J22 13 on the system board and pin 3 on the toner sensor results in a 929 service error Diagnostic information 2 93 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Transfer roll service check Service tip The transfer roll is 51 02 mm 2 009 inch circumference Any print quality problems such as lines that are spaced 51 02 mm apart indicate you should check the transfer roll for damage and check for toner or foreign material buildup Service tip
282. rt 10 Lines spaced 76 53 mm Replace the FRUs in the following order 3 013 inch apart Alignment assembly Main drive gearbox assembly 11 Lines spaced 95 66 mm Replace the FRUs in the following order 3 766 inch apart Toner cartridge Main drive gearbox assembly 12 Lines spaced 99 49 mm Replace the redrive assembly 8 917 inch apart 13 Lines spaced 114 79 mm Replace the alignment assembly 4 519 inch apart Diagnostic information 2 81 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Print quality background Service tip Some background problems can be caused by rough papers non IBM toner cartridges or if the media texture is set to the rough setting Some slick or coated papers may also cause background Some problems occur with printers that run a large amount of graphics in a humid environment The customer may try to improve the print quality by increasing the transfer setting Check the charge roll to make sure it is not at the end of life FRU Action 1 Printhead The printhead on the IBM printers cannot be cleaned Try another printhead if all other attempts fail to correct a background problem 2 Transfer roll assembly Check the high voltage contact from the HVPS to the transfer roll Check the transfer arm assembly right side bearing for contamination pitting or a loose cable to the bearing If any problems are found replace the defective part Check the transfer roll shaft for contamination wear
283. rtion of the job printed after the jam will not be stapled 238 Duplex Paper Jam Leave Job in Finisher Primary A piece of media is over one of the duplex sensors during a reset Secondary When this message is displayed do not remove accumulated sheets during the jam clearance procedure as the printer will not reprint the removed sheets Also if the accumulated sheets are removed the portion of the job printed after the jam will not be stapled 239 Duplex Paper Jam Leave Job in Finisher Primary A paper jam has occurred in the duplex option Secondary When this message is displayed do not remove accumulated sheets during the jam clearance procedure as the printer will not reprint the removed sheets Also if the accumulated sheets are removed the portion of the job printed after the jam will not be stapled 24x Paper Jam Check Tray x Paper is jammed around Tray x xetray 1 thru 5 Try opening Tray x If the tray is difficult to remove then you may have to remove the tray above or below tray x to remove the jammed pages 250 Paper Jam Check MP Feeder Paper is jammed in the multipurpose feeder 260 Paper Jam Check Envelope Feeder Paper is jammed in the envelope feeder 27x Paper Jam Check Output Paper is jammed in output bin Open the rear door to access the jammed pages Diagnostic information 2 31 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 User attendance messages continued
284. s go to Envelope feeder service check on page 2 49 If the test passes look for anything that might cause the envelope to stop over the sensor 84 xx 1E x1 x2 An envelope never activated the envelope feeder pass thru sensor or the sensor never sensed the presence of an envelope x1 media size x2 media source Make sure the envelope feeds to the pass thru sensor Check to see if the envelope actuates the pass thru sensor flag Diagnostic information 2 13 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 User status displays Each user status screen may also display a warning message See Warning messages second lines on page 2 16 for additional information when they display User status displays Status Action The printer is ready to receive and process data Press Menu to take the printer out of warning displays this screen Ready Ready and enter all the menus except the Tests Menu Busy State warning The printer displays the fax status Press Menu to take the printer out of Ready and enter all the menus except RU meiden the Tests Menu Busy State warning The printer is ready and HEX Trace is Press Menu to take the printer out of Ready HEX active which is known as HEX Trace Ready and enter the Tests Menu Busy Ready State Press Select for the values lt warning gt Press Menu until Reset Printer displays on the second line
285. s switch stapled access mounting 53P8683 Parts Packet 10 53P8692 1 Cover accumulator assembly 11 53P8693 1 Tray output assembly 11 53P8713 1 Tray output 12 53P8493 1 Label tray options 13 53P8694 1 Sensor stapler bin empty 14 53P8712 1 Sensor cover stapler bin empty 15 53P8685 1 Bail center stapler 16 53P8682 1 Kit stacking bail 17 53P8674 1 Cover left base assembly 18 53P8681 1 Top cover bail plate left side Parts catalog 7 67 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 33 StapleSmart finisher 2 d os i Li S NO on 7 68 Service Manual Assembly 33 StapleSmart finisher 2 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 E RENE Units Description 33 1 53P8862 1 Stapler cartridge holder 321 C 2 53P8699 1 Stapler assembly 3 53P8725 1 Bracket attach 4 53P8617 1 Parts packet screws 5 53P8607 1 Belt 185G 6 53P8715 1 Card assembly right stapler bin level 7 53P8297 1 Arm assembly belt idler 8 53P8716 1 Spring swing arm 9 53P8719 1 Bumper output tray 10 53P8706 1 Bar upper output tray 11 53P8696 2 Spring output tray 12 53P8714 2 Cover optical sensor 13 53P8701 1 Frame assembly right 14 53 8726 1 Clip static ground Parts catalog 7 69 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 34 StapleSmart finisher 3
286. s 5 4 parts catalog 7 28 removal 4 31 high capacity feeder locations 5 3 parts catalog 7 52 service check 2 56 high capacity output stacker service check 2 62 horizontal paper adapter 7 64 inner paper deflector removal 4 33 inner shield parts catalog 7 32 removal 4 34 input sensor removal 4 34 input tray feed test 3 10 input tray sensor test 3 10 installation bevel gear 4 17 fuser assembly 4 24 pick roll assembly integrated tray autocompensator 4 39 system board 4 60 integrated tray autocompensator assembly parts catalog 7 13 removal 4 35 interconnect board connectors 5 5 parts catalog 7 30 removal 4 40 internal tray card ITC parts catalog 7 6 removal 4 41 service check 2 66 IPDS emulation user message 2 32 K kiosk horizontal paper adapter 7 64 kiosk vertical paper adapter 7 62 L lamp fuser 4 28 laser cover removal 4 14 LCD test 3 8 left door removal 4 9 left side frame removal 4 20 lens cover see bezel operator panel low voltage power supply LVPS connectors 5 6 parts catalog 7 28 removal 4 42 lower deflector assembly removal 4 47 lubrication specifications 6 1 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 main drive assembly parts catalog 7 22 removal 4 44 service check 2 68 main fan removal 4 46 maintenance ESD sensitive parts 4 1 lubrication 6 1 maintenance kit 6 1 preventive 6 1 safety inspection guide 6 1 maintenance approach 1 1 maintenance kits 6 1 maintenance page count 3 17 messages check device c
287. s may be available Cancel Job Reset Printer Reset Active Bin 38 Memory Full This message displays when the printer is processing an incoming job and there is insufficient memory available to continue processing the job The following actions may be taken Press Go to clear the message Perform the defragment operation Perform the defragment operation Delete fonts macros and other data in RAM Install additional memory Press Menu to display Busy Waiting The following functions may be available Cancel Job Reset Printer Reset Active Bin 39 Complex Page This message displays when the page is too complex to print The following actions may be taken Press Go to clear the message and continue the job Some data loss may occur Simplify the print job and reprint if necessary Press Menu until Busy Waiting appears The following selections are possible Cancel Job Reset Printer Reset Active Bin 50 PPDS Font Error This message displays when the PPDS interpreter has encountered a font error Note This error may only occur when the printer is formatting PPDS print data The following actions may be taken Press Go to clear the message and continue processing the job Press Menu until Busy Waiting appears The following are available Cancel Job Reset Printer Reset Active Bin 51 Defective Flash This message displays when the printer detects a defective flash This
288. se the configuration of the printer has changed This message alternates with the secondary message Held jobs may not be restored Some configuration changes that may cause this condition are Code version change Paper handling option is removed Disk has been moved to a different model printer Press Go to clear the message Some of the Print and Hold jobs stored on the disk will not be restored They remain on the disk but cannot be accessed 58 Too Many Trays Attached This error code displays when too many input trays are attached to the printer 58 Too Many Disks Installed This error displays when too many disks are attached to the printer 59 Incompatible Output Bin x An incompatible output bin is installed For Output Bin X X 1 2 or 3 Remove the incompatible output bin and press Go to clear the message Note If the user installed the incompatible device to satisfy a Check Device Connections reattach message the user should reinstall an associated compatible option or hot unplug the option 59 Incompatible Envelope Feeder An incompatible envelope feeder is installed Remove the incompatible feeder and press Go to clear the message Note If the user installed the incompatible device to satisfy a Check Device Connections reattach message the user should reinstall an associated compatible option or hot unplug the option 2 28 Service Manual User attendance messages
289. seeee has 7 71 Bracket attach ida uet pae x AURA xe bald adeb taut eia 7 69 Glip Static sse see des AN RE exe Ede aene dim A EE 7 69 Paper alignment wheel esasi ia reser s a eee hen 7 73 Restraint side 500 sheet tray 7 45 Restraint side iori ea stat Gd ee det uc dale Sawa VUE tle earns IER S aes 7 21 Label tray option number 7 48 7 45 7 53 Tray assembly backup 7 68 7 65 Parts packet Screw 2 vase RE ee wee a MMC E MRR MARC RR ES 7 63 7 65 Parts packet Screw KIOSK iso erc Reate ee x vene wet eee os bodes 7 76 Grease packet Nyogel 744 rann naken 7 76 Printer stand caster non locking illii 7 76 Printer stand caster locking 0 00 cece teens 7 76 Printer stand grommet Wre ac ruri px ied dad au eaters het ad 7 76 Printer stand lock cam 1 ee vnr a 7 76 Printer stand storage shelf i sark saa 7 76 Printer stand door assembly 7 76 Printer stand filler rear top piece nr EEE III Ih 7 76 Printer stand table assembly large 7 76 Printer stand table assembly sma
290. slot Bin x is full message that Bin x is Full does not display FRU Action 1 Bin x sensor Bin x sensor cable Bin x sensor flag Bin x sensor flag Control board Check the sensor flag for binds broken or missing parts If correct check the bin sensor for correct installation in the side of the tray If the bin sensor is installed correctly check the sensor cable for correct installation to the sensor and control board If correct replace the bin x sensor If this does not fix the problem replace the control board Ready Bin x Full displays and paper feeds into bin x FRU Action 1 Bin x sensor Bin x sensor control board Check the sensor flag for binds Make sure the sensor flag is not in an up position If the sensor flag is operating correctly replace the bin x sensor If this does not fix the problem replace the control board 271 Paper Jam Check Bin 1 displays paper does not feed into the bin selected FRU Action 1 Deflector Deflector spring Deflector cover Deflector cover spring Shaft assemblies Check all the bin parts for missing or loose springs binds in the deflector or deflector cover broken or binding shaft assemblies or broken gear teeth If incorrect repair as necessary 2 Bin x solenoid assembly Control board Check the solenoid for any binds Make sure the solenoid is contacting the latch correctly If incorrect repair as nec
291. sor is a normally closed sensor with the sensor flag down Therefore unless the flag is in the up position or out of the sensor slot a Remove Paper Standard Bin message does not display FRU Action 1 System board Printer fails to display Remove Paper Standard Bin message Output Bin Sensor Test fails Check the voltage at J11 1 It measures 5 V dc when the flag is in the sensor and 0 V dc when the flag is out of the sensor If the voltage does not change replace the sensor cable assembly If this does not fix the problem replace the system board 2 Output bin sensor flag Make sure the correct flag is installed Check the flag for damage or improper operation If incorrect replace the flag Note A broken or improper operating sensor flag causes a Remove Paper Standard Bin message to display before POST completes and cannot be cleared Output expander service check Service tip The majority of the mechanical components can be observed during operation by removing the left right and system board covers The output expander functions without the covers installed Make sure the option is correctly installed before attempting to service the unit No jumpers should be installed at connector J6 on the output expander board Problems with excessive static electricity buildup FRU Action 1 Output expander control board cover Check the output expander control board cover to mak
292. spring comb Repair information 4 51 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Outer shield removal 1 Remove the left door See Left door removal on page 4 9 2 Loosen the outer shield mounting screws A and remove the shield SPSS SSCS de ode dm GR GR dA RA e d GR oC ET RA Wd m Omm Rm ER E BG ETNE dH HS TT ETE TET EET k 202 Paper alignment assembly removal 1 Remove the upper paper deflector assembly See Upper paper deflector assembly removal on page 4 63 Remove the inner paper deflector assembly See Inner paper deflector assembly removal on page 4 33 Release the input paper sensor from its mounting and remove Remove the left door Bo N 4 52 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 5 Remove the paper alignment assembly mounting screws A A 104 6 Locate the paper alignment assembly reference adjustment screw B through the left frame and remove the screw 7 Remove the paper alignment assembly Note Do the Paper alignment assembly adjustment on page 4 4 when you reinstall the assembly Repair information 4 53 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Paper bin full sensor flag assembly removal Remove the left door Remove the right cover Remove the rear paper deflector Press the fuser wiper cover latch and remove the cover Loosen screw A and remove the two screws B on the left side
293. ssembly is not functioning properly Make sure the option s are installed correctly and the machine is configured correctly before attempting to service the high capacity output stacker option See High capacity output stacker board on page 5 3 to identify the correct jumper locations at J6 for the upper and lower units Problems with excessive static electricity buildup FRU Action 1 Front Cover Assembly Check the front cover assembly to make sure the ESD brush ground lead is firmly attached to the high capacity option Also check to make sure the ESD brush is not loose or damaged The printer does not recognize one or more output options as installed Service tip If more than a single output option is installed check each one to see if the printer recognizes any single option as installed If the printer recognizes any of the output options the base printer autoconnect system is operating correctly The problem is in the unrecognized option Continue with this service check or go to the service check for the failing output option FRU Action 1 High capacity stacker Check the autoconnects cables and connectors of the option for any feeder signs of loose or damaged parts 2 High capacity output Remove the left and right side covers and check all four stacker mechanical linkage autoconnects for damage especially the connector pins Remove the assembly output option and check the voltages on the stan
294. t This test performs a non destructive read write on one block per track on the disk The test reads one block on each track saves the data and proceeds to write and read four test patterns to the bytes in the block If the block is good the saved data is written back to the disk To run the Quick Disk Test 1 Select Quick Disk Test from the Device Tests menu The power indicator blinks while the test is in progress Quick Disk Test Test Passed message displays if the test passes and the power indicator turns on solid Quick Disk Test Test Failed message displays if the test failed and the power indicator turns on solid 2 Press Go Return or Stop to return to the Device Tests menu Disk Test Clean Warning This test destroys all data on the disk and should not be attempted on a good disk Also note that this test may run approximately 1 1 2 hours depending on the disk size To run the Disk Test Clean Test 1 Select Disk Test Clean from the Device Tests menu Files will be lost Go or Stop message displays to warn the user that all contents on the disk will be lost 2 To exit the test immediately and return to the Device Tests menu press Return Stop To continue with the test press Go If Go is selected Disk Test Clean BAD 000000 0095 message displays The screen updates periodically indicating the percentage of test completed and the number of bad blocks found 3 The power indicator blinks during the
295. t Power On Self Test Pulse Width Modulation Raster Imaging Processor Read Only Memory Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory Single Inline Memory Module Static Random Access Memory Used Parts Return Volts alternating current Volts direct current Volt Ohmmeter General information 1 15 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 1 16 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 2 Diagnostic information Start disconnect any cable or electronic board or assembly for personal safety and to prevent damage to the printer Use the handholds on the side of the printer Make sure your fingers are not under the printer when you lift or set the printer down CAUTION Remove the power cord from the printer or wall outlet before you connect or Use the service error code user status message user error message symptom table service checks and diagnostic aids in this chapter to determine the corrective action necessary to repair a malfunctioning printer Service error codes are indicated by a three digit error code If a service error code displays go to Service error codes on page 2 2 User status messages provide the user with information on the current status of the printer Ready displays on the first line of the display unless Power Saver is invoked and then Power Saver displays If a user status message is displayed go to User status displays on page 2 14 User error messages are indicated by a two or three digit error code that pro
296. tension dangereuse dans la partie AN du produit sur laquelle vous travaillez D branchez le produit avant de commencer ou faites preuve de vigilance si l ex cution de la t che exige que le produit reste sous tension DANGER lt 1 13 gt Do not connect or disconnect a communication port a teleport or hcsf0113 any other connector during an electrical storm Safety information xvi Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 orme di sicurezza Lasicurezza del prodotto si basa sui test e sull approvazione del progetto originale e dei componenti specifici Il produttore non responsabile per la sicurezza in caso di sostituzione non autorizzata delle parti Leinformazioni riguardanti la manutenzione di questo prodotto sono indirizzate soltanto al personale di assistenza autorizzato Durante lo smontaggio e la manutenzione di questo prodotto il rischio di subire scosse elettriche e danni alla persona pi elevato Il personale di assistenza autorizzato deve quindi adottare le precauzioni necessarie ATTENZIONE Questo simbolo indica la presenza di tensione pericolosa nell area del AN prodotto Scollegare il prodotto prima di iniziare o usare cautela se il prodotto deve essere alimentato per eseguire l intervento xvii Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Sicherheitshinweise Die Sicherheit dieses Produkts basiert auf Tests und Zulassungen des urspr nglichen Modells und bestimmter Bauteile Bei Verwendung nicht genehmigter Ersatzteile wir
297. ter alternately flashes the primary and secondary messages to indicate that all accumulated sheets should not be removed during the jam clearance procedure Obviously if no sheets have accumulated for stapling then no message flashing occurs and the primary message is used When the secondary message is posted if accumulated sheets are removed during jam clearance the printer does not reprint the removed sheets Furthermore after the printer resumes printing and the print job is completed the portion of the job printed after the jam is not stapled Duplex paper jams 23x jam code Jam location 231 Rear Media did not arrive at the duplex input sensor but did leave the fuser exit sensor 232 Rear Media did not clear the duplex input sensor but did leave the printer fuser exit sensor 233 Rear Media failed to make the duplex double feed sensor during turnaround 234 Rear Media did not arrive at the duplex exit sensor 235 Front A piece of media is over the duplex double feed sensor 236 Front Media did not leave the duplex exit sensor 237 Front A duplexed sheet did not reach the printer input sensor 238 General Error A piece of media is over the duplex sensors during a reset Diagnostic information 2 47 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Duplex does not recognize that the option is installed or other options below the duplex are installed FRU Action 1 Autoconnect cables connections
298. ter legal or A4 paper To print the Menu Settings Page 1 Select the TESTS MENU 2 Select Print Menus from the TESTS MENU The page contains the following information Alist of all the printer settings contained in the operator panel menus and their values Alist of the installed options and features such as RAM memory cards optional input paper trays envelope feeder duplex option output bins flash or disk Printer information such as serial number page count installed RAM engine code level RIP code level envelope feeder code level tray 1 5 code levels output bin 1 3 code levels operator panel code levels font ROM version and SRAM availability 3 20 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Theory Autocompensator operation The autocompensator is a paper pick device that generates its own normal force This force generation is inherent in the fundamental design of the pick arm If light media is used it picks very gently If a heavy media is used it picks very aggressively No customer adjustments are necessary therefore no special trays are needed for card stock or labels The gearing in the arm is designed so the input torque from the motor produces a movement about the pivot of the arm This movement produces a downward force at the pick rolls The friction between the pick roll and the paper produces a frictional locking condition If the paper is physically held and not allowed to feed then the motor stalls
299. ter replacing the kit the maintenance count must be reset to zero to clear the 80 Scheduled Maintenance message See Maintenance page count on page 3 17 Preventive maintenance 6 1 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 6 2 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 7 Parts catalog How to use this parts catalog SIMILAR ASSEMBLIES If two assemblies contain a majority of identical parts they are shown on the same list Common parts are shown by one index number Parts peculiar to one or the other of the assemblies are listed separately and identified by description NS Not Shown in the Asm lndex column indicates that the part is procurable but is not pictured in the illustration PP Parts Packet in the Description column indicates the part is contained in a parts packet Parts catalog 7 1 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 1 Covers 7 2 Service Manual Assembly 1 Covers Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 E i HE Units Description 1 1 56P1300 14 Cover fuser wick assembly 2 53P8916 1 Cover assembly redrive cap Infoprint 1332 2 53P8434 1 Cover assembly redrive cap Infoprint 1352 1372 3 56P1301 1 Cover assembly laser assembly 250 sheet output Infoprint 1332 3 56P1302 1 Cover assembly laser assembly 500 sheet output Infoprint 1352 1372 4 53P8465 1 Support paper
300. test The test can be canceled anytime during the test by pressing Return Stop Once the test is complete the power indicator turns on solid and a message displays e xxxx Bad Blocks yyyyyy Usable message displays if fewer than 2000 bad blocks are detected xxxx indicates the number of bad blocks and yyyyyy indicates the number of usable blocks e xxxx Bad Blocks Replace Disk message displays if more than 2000 bad blocks are detected The disk cannot be recovered because too many bad blocks exist on the disk 4 Press Go or Return Stop to return to the Device Tests menu 3 2 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Flash Test This test causes the file system to write and read data on the flash to test the flash Warning This test destroys all data on the flash because the flash is reformatted at the end of the test To run the Flash Test 1 Select Flash Test from the Device Tests menu The power indicator blinks while the test is running Flash Test Test Passed message displays if the test passes and the power indicator turns on solid Flash Test Test Failed message displays if the test fails and the power indicator turns on solid 2 Press Go or Return Stop to return to the Device Tests menu Disabling Download Emulations Error Code 964 Download Emulation CRC Failure Checksum failure detected in the emulation header or emulation file Error Code 965 Download Emulation Outdated Time stamps
301. test 3 9 SDRAM memory test 3 9 input tray tests 3 10 input tray feed test 3 10 paper feed tests base sensor test 3 16 feed to all bins test 3 12 input tray sensor test 3 10 output bin feed test 3 11 output bin sensor test 3 12 output bin test standard bin 3 11 print registration 3 16 print tests 3 19 printer setup 3 17 maintenance page count 3 17 restore EP factory defaults 3 18 setting configuration ID 3 18 setting the page count 3 17 viewing the permanent page count 3 17 diagnostic mode 3 1 disabling download emulations 3 3 disk test clean 3 2 duplex option parts catalog 7 48 service check 2 47 sub error codes 2 12 duplex tests 3 4 l 2 Service Manual E envelope feeder connections 5 2 parts catalog 7 50 service check 2 49 sub error codes 2 13 EP frame removal 4 20 error codes 2 2 error log 3 6 ESD sensitive parts 4 1 F fan removal main 4 46 feed tests finisher 3 14 feed to all bins test 3 12 flag paper bin full sensor 4 54 paper tray paper out sensor 4 51 flash test 3 3 frames parts catalog 7 4 removals 4 20 fuser connectors 5 2 installation 4 24 parts catalog 7 24 removals 4 23 service check 2 52 sub error codes 2 11 fuser board 5 2 fuser cover 4 25 fuser exit sensor removal 4 28 fuser lamp removal 4 28 fuser narrow media sensor removal 4 28 fuser solenoid adjustment 4 2 service check 2 55 fuser transfer plate removal 4 30 H hardware tests 3 8 high voltage power supply HVPS connector
302. the envelope feeder Press Menu until Busy Waiting displays Select one of the following Cancel Job Reset Printer Reset Active Bin If the message cannot be cleared go to Envelope feeder service check on page 2 49 2 22 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 User attendance messages continued Primary message Secondary message Explanation Install Tray x Tray x Tray 2 Tray 3 Tray 4 Tray 5 or Cancel Job This message is displayed when a paper handling option has been hot unplugged The printer requires the reinstallation of the option to print a page which has been formatted by the interpreter before the option was removed The following actions may be taken Install the option Press Menu until Busy Waiting displays Select one of the following Cancel Job Reset Printer Reset Active Bin If the message cannot be cleared go to Input tray s service check on page 2 64 Load Staples This message displays when the Staples Empty Alarm is activated and one of the following occurs There are no staples in the stapler The maximum number of staples have been fired after the engine has reported that the staple cartridge is low The printer does not detect the staple cartridge is present The following actions may be taken Install a new staple cartridge to clear this message and select Start or Continue to resume printing the staple job Choose to ignore the Load Staples messag
303. the page is printed from Tray 1 Check the Quick Test Page for the correct offset between the placement of the first scan line on the front and back side of a duplexed sheet e f adjustment is necessary the Top Margin Offset must be adjusted first The range of the adjustment is 25 to 25 The Duplex Top Margin Offset range is 20 to 20 Adjustment of this setting lets you shift up or down the position of the Top Margin Changing this parameter by 1 unit moves the margin 1 100 inch A positive offset moves the text down the page and widens the top margin while a negative offset moves the text up the page and narrows the top margin 3 Press Return Stop to exit the test Check the Top Margin Offset of the base printer Duplex Sensor Test This test is used to determine whether or not the duplex sensors and switches are working correctly 1 Select Sensor Test from the Duplex Tests menu 2 Manually actuate each of the duplex sensors When the sensor switch is closed CL closed displays when the sensor switch is open OP Open displays Duplex input sensor Duplex exit sensor 3 Press Return Stop to exit the test 3 4 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Duplex Motor Test This test lets you test the duplex option paper feed drive system and verify that the power and velocity values are acceptable To run the Duplex Motor Test 1 Select Motor Test from the Duplex Tests menu The duplex motor test continues to r
304. the paper is jammed at or near the printer exit sensor located in the fuser assembly This can be caused by the paper arriving at the sensor too late the paper jammed in the fuser assembly or jammed exiting the fuser assembly in the redrive assembly or the exit sensor flag is not operating correctly If an output option is installed on the printer a 202 Paper Jam may be displayed if the option is not operating properly especially the pass thru sensor of the output option Remove the output options from the printer and check the printer for correct operation If the printer operates correctly then install one output option at a time and check which one fails Note When the StapleSmart Finisher option is installed a secondary message may be displayed which advises whether or not to remove the job from the finisher If a job has accumulated in the finisher then the printer alternately flashes the primary and secondary messages to indicate that all accumulated sheets should not be removed during the jam clearance procedure If the sheets are removed then the printer does not reprint these sheets Diagnostic aids 3 23 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Paper jams options Error Message 23x Paper Jam Check Duplex Option 231 Paper Jam U Input Sensor E 232 Paper Jam ON Stage 1 PS Location 235 Paper Jam 234 Paper Jam Doublefeed Sensor 236 Paper Jam 235 Paper Jam 233 Paper Jam 237 Paper Jam Exit Sensor The paper is most
305. the printer Select the paper size and corresponding paper ITC cable switch from table below Pin Signal Static Static with paper tray in and set to V dc ac Letter Legal A4 Exec B5 A5 1 PSIZE2 3 3 0 0 3 3 3 3 0 3 3 2 Ground 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 PSIZE1 3 3 3 3 3 3 0 0 0 3 3 4 PSIZE3 3 3 0 3 3 3 3 0 3 3 0 5 N A 6 N A 7 N A 8 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 9 N A 10 N A If the voltage on J34 does not change go to step 4 If the voltage changes recheck the printer If Tray 1Missing is still displayed replace the system board assembly 4 System board Ground the appropriate pin on connector J34 on the system board Tray 1 Missing should not be displayed If it is not displayed go to step 5 If it still displays replace the system board assembly 5 ITC autocomp cable Check continuity of the ITC Autocomp cable If correct replace the ITC assembly ITC assembly If incorrect replace the ITC autocomp cable Diagnostic information 2 67 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Main drive service check Service tip Excessive gear or main drive assembly noise is usually caused by a defective motor assembly or system board Service tip If there are equally spaced horizontal lines across the page go to Print quality evenly spaced horizontal lines or marks on page 2 80 Warning Whenever the gearbox assembly is removed from the machine it must be handled very carefully Do not allow any
306. the toner sensor 102 Transfer roll assembly removal 1 Open the upper front cover and remove the print cartridge 2 Unsnap the transfer roll assembly from the left pivot arm 3 Lift the transfer roll assembly toward the left and remove it from the printer Repair information 4 61 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Upper front cover hinge assembly removal 1 Remove the upper front cover See Upper front cover removal on page 4 12 2 Remove the laser cover assembly See Laser cover removal on page 4 14 3 Remove the C clips A from the upper front cover hinge assembly left and right hinge pins and remove the pins Note the pin orientation and the C clip location on the inside of each hinge 4 Detach the two springs B from the upper front cover hinges 5 Detach spring C from the left side of the hinge assembly 6 Remove the cover closed switch assembly 7 Disconnect the operator panel cable from the operator panel assembly 8 Raise the upper front cover hinge assembly to a position that lets you lift the left pivot arm from the mounting bracket D 9 Lift the left pivot arm from the bracket and move the upper cover hinge assembly toward the left to clear the right upper cover pivot arm from the mounting bracket 0 Remove the upper front cover hinge assembly 4 62 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Upper paper deflector assembly removal r Open the multipurpose tray and remove the tray
307. thru sensor cable and check the voltage at J3 3 The voltage measures approximately 5 V dc If incorrect check the voltage at J3 2 The voltage measures approximately 0 V dc If incorrect replace the sensor assembly If this does not fix the problem replace the lower control board High capacity output stacker drive belt s Drive pulleys Belt idlers Belt tension springs Check to ensure the output stacker drive belt or the failing assembly is correctly installed on the drive pulley and belt idler pulley Check the belt tension spring to make sure it is not loose or broken Repair as necessary Mechanical linkage motor assembly upper or lower If the DC motor is functioning properly check the gears clutch and other linkage parts for correct operation and wear broken gear teeth or damaged parts If incorrect replace the mechanical linkage assembly DC motor assembly Remove Paper Output Bin x Full displays You may not be able to clear the message FRU Action Dual output bin sensor flag upper assembly Check the flag for correct operation binding broken parts or interference from the sensor cable If incorrect repair as necessary 271 Paper Jam Check Bin x POST incomplete FRU Action Upper pass thru sensor flag assembly Upper control board Check the flag for correct operation binding broken parts or interference from the sensor cable I
308. tion is not available if the printer is in Diagnostics Mode or running diagnostics If the device is experiencing a hardware problem turn the printer off and on If the message continues to be displayed go to Input tray s service check on page 2 64 Close Finisher Side Door Close the finisher side door If the message does not clear automatically when the door is closed go to StapleSmart finisher service check on page 2 86 Close Finisher Top Cover Close the finisher top cover If the message does not clear automatically when the cover is closed go to StapleSmart finisher service check on page 2 86 Delete All Jobs Go Stop When the user has selected the Print and Hold Delete All Jobs selection this message is displayed The following actions may be taken Press Go to confirm the selection All jobs are deleted Press Return or Stop to cancel the delete operation 2 20 Service Manual User attendance messages continued Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Primary message Secondary message Explanation Disk Corrupted Reformat The printer has detected there are errors on the hard disk that cannot be corrected The disk cannot be used until it is reformatted Warning All data on the disk will be lost if you format the disk The following actions can be taken Power off and remove the disk The disk will not be formatted Press Go to format the disk All data is lost wh
309. to 8 5 x 14 in 139 7 X X X X X X X X X x 210 mm to 215 9 x 355 6 mm 2 75 x 5 to 8 5 x 14 in 69 85 x X X X X X X 127 mm to 229 x 355 6 mm 5 83 x 7 17 in to 8 5 x 14 in 148 X X X X X X X X X X x 182 mm to 215 9 x 355 6 mm This size does not appear in the Paper Size menu until Tray Size Sensing is turned off This size setting formats the page for 215 9 x 355 6 mm 8 5 x 14 in unless the size is specified by the software program General information 1 9 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 gt gt S S E M 2 2 5 2 5 2 5 5 c 5s 2 3 5 Sr B BIS Media size supported S B 3 3 5 9 o 5 0 gt 0 4 5 S S 2 c 5 c gt E S 8 5 t t v D 2 2 o 5 2 5 2 2 0 0o v S EIE e 2 2 3 5 c 2 32I o o 8 c 1 lolo lole s a 5 z 5 2o 29 5m gt TIal Envelopes 794 Envelope 3 875 in x 7 5 in X x X X X 98 mm x 191 mm 9 Envelope 3 875 in x 8 9 in 98 X X X 225 4 10 Envelope 4 125 x 9 5 in X X X X X 105 mm x 241 mm DL Envelope 4 33 in x 8 66 in X X X X X 110 mm x 220 mm C5 Envel
310. to J4 2 measures between 115 and 135 ohms Also check J4 1 and J4 2 to the motor case for shorts If either the resistance is incorrect or a short is found replace the motor mechanical linkage assembly Note If the DC motor is shorted it may also be necessary to replace the control board 2 74 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 FRU Action 2 Output expander control Disconnect the motor cable J4 and check the voltages at J4 on the board board Note Use caution not to short to adjacent pins on the connector Pin Status Voltage J4 1 Motor Idle 24 V dc J4 2 Motor Idle 24 V dc J4 5 Motor Idle 45 V dc J4 6 Motor Idle 45 V dc If any of the voltages are incorrect replace the control board If the voltages are correct replace the DC motor mechanical linkage assembly No indication that bin x is full or no indication that bin x is near full FRU Action 1 Dual output bin x sensor Check for correct installation of the sensor cable at J5 on the output assembly expander control board If either the Bin Full F or Bin Near Full NF Output expander control fail the sensor test then check the voltage at J5 3 and J5 4 The board voltage measures approximately 5 V dc If the voltage is incorrect replace the output expander control board If correct replace the sensor assembly Diagnostic information 2 75 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Pape
311. trailing edge of media state 84 xx 23 x1 The transfer servo never started x12media size x2 leading edge of media state 84 xx 25 This code indicates that the media has activated the input sensor before the printhead has locked Enough time has elapsed since printhead start to expect a lock One of the following may be failing Printhead assembly System board Printhead cables 84 xx 26 This code indicates that media has activated the input sensor however the printhead fell out of lock condition or not enough time elapsed since the printhead start to expect a stable lock The media may have also reached the input sensor early 89 00 01 The exit sensor in the fuser is activated by a piece of media indicating there is a piece of media in the machine during POST Check for media in the exit of the fuser assembly or redrive assembly Feed a sheet of paper and if the same error occurs after clearing the fuser or the same error occurs when no media is present check the exit sensor assembly internal fuser assembly cabling DC fuser cable to the system board and the cable connection to J14 on the system board Service tip Turn the printer off enter the diagnostic tests menu and select the base sensor test Select output sensor and check the sensor for correct operation 89 xx 03 The fuser exit sensor did not detect the trailing edge of the media going through the fuser assembly This failure can be caused by a broken fuser
312. tructions for making printer adjustments and removing and installing FRUS Connector locations uses illustrations to identify the connector locations and test points on the printer Preventive maintenance contains the lubrication specifications and recommendations to prevent problems Parts catalog contains illustrations and part numbers for individual FRUs Definitions Note A note provides additional information Warning A warning identifies something that might damage the product hardware or software CAUTION A caution identifies something that might cause a servicer harm area of the product where you are working Unplug the product before you begin or use caution if the product must receive power in order to perform the task CAUTION When you see this symbol there is a danger from hazardous voltage in the Preface XX Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 xxi Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 1 General information The IBM Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 laser printers are letter quality page printers designed to attach to IBM compatible personal computers and to most computer networks The IBM Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 laser printers are available in the following models IBM Model name Configuration IBM Machine type Lexmark Model name Lexmark Machine type IBM Infoprint 1332 Non network 4527 001 002 Lexmark T630 4060 000 IBM Infoprint 1332 Network 4527 N01 N02 Lexmark T630n 4060 010 n
313. tup Reset Maintenance Count screen Diagnostic aids 3 17 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Setting configuration ID The configuration ID is used to communicate information about certain areas of the printer that cannot be determined using hardware sensors The configuration ID is originally set at the factory when the printer is manufactured however it requires resetting whenever you replace the interconnect board and can be set on the operator panel However the configuration ID is the only diagnostic function displayed until a valid ID is entered To set the configuration ID 1 Enter the Diagnostic mode 2 Select Configuration ID from the Printer Setup menu 3 At the prompt enter the model name and serial number for your printer 4 Enter the configuration ID The current ID displays on the screen The Configuration ID is on a label located inside the printer The label is attached to the top front cover hinge assembly and is visible when the top front cover is open The leftmost digit blinks indicating that it is the first digit to be changed 5 To change the value press Menu until the value you want is reached Press Select to move to the next digit or press Select again to skip a digit Change each digit as required When the last digit is changed press Select to validate the Configuration ID If the ID is invalid then INVALID ID message displays on Line 2 before the ID displays You have to reenter the Configuration ID until
314. ty feeder option control board 2 Elevator top optical sensor Check the continuity of the sensor cable If incorrect replace the cable cable If correct replace the top optical sensor assembly Elevator top optical sensor Tray x Empty displays Tray does not respond to loading paper No response from the front door switch FRU Action 1 High capacity feeder option Check the voltage on the board at J4 2 green The voltage control board measures approximately 5 V dc If incorrect disconnect the cable at J4 and check the voltage again If incorrect replace the high capacity feeder option control board 2 Elevator top optical sensor Check the continuity of the sensor cable If incorrect replace the cable cable If correct replace the top optical sensor assembly Elevator top optical sensor 2 60 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Tray x Paper Low displays when the high capacity feeder input tray is full or has adequate paper in the tray FRU Action 1 Paper low switch Paper low switch cable High capacity feeder option control board Run the sensor diagnostics for tray x x the number that represents the high capacity input tray If the test fails check the voltage at J3 1 gray The voltage measures approximately 24 V dc If incorrect disconnect the paper low switch cable from J3 and measure the voltage again on J3 1 If incorrect replace the high capac
315. u eanet 7 15 Pad2machine Mounting ce gu ts E desse E PELLE uH hot 7 7 Pan motor dips fs v tere hade areas exi E bx ERU RI 7 7 Parts packet developer drive shaft coupler gear 55 7 23 Shaft power takeoff 250 Infoprint 1332 7 23 Arms paper out 250 sheet fiw p tar eee rep EL ES 7 41 Redrive assembly 250 in 250 out Infoprint 1332 7 7 Label envelope orientation 7 51 External serial adapter iive eg e bedere va I ERE Y uw KR Red a be 7 74 Arm assembly MPF 4 t etta dead t bi x HE LER Re ERES 7 15 Screws parallel connector mounting 7 31 Restraint back 500 sheet tray 7 45 Restraint Back cime fe ROV eae seas Ea Se 7 21 Restraint back 250 sheet tray 7 19 7 43 Card assembly 2000 option 7 53 MPF lower detlect r rer ERA eek Galen UPPER ean Y ERRORIS d 7 15 Adapter card SES for we licer er UN evt n Rae ete eus paa 7 74 Cable assembly SER PAR 1284 INA 0 en 7 75 INA serial and parallel 01 ra 7 74 Adapter parallel 1284 C B
316. un until the printer is powered off The power indicator blinks while the test is running The duplex option runs the motor at a high speed and then a low speed and takes an average of the power required for each speed e After all the information is computed the motor turns off DUPLEX MOTOR AA BB CC DD EE FF appears on the printer display To pass the test the following results must display AA 00 BB in the range of 20 through 3F inclusively hex CC in the range of through 5D inclusively hex DD in the range of 11 through 1F inclusively hex Ignore bytes EE and If the test fails remove the drive belt from the duplex DC motor and run the motor test again For the duplex DC motor to pass the test the following results must display AA 00 BB in the range of 29 through 3E inclusively hex CC in the range of 35 through 51 inclusively hex DD in the range of OC through 13 inclusively hex For the duplex drive system to pass the test the following results must display AA 00 BB in the range of 29 through 3F inclusively hex CC in the range of 3A through 5D inclusively hex DD in the range of 11 through 1F inclusively hex 2 Press Return Stop to exit the test Duplex Feed 1 Test This test feeds a blank sheet of paper to the duplex paper stop position 1 To run the Duplex Feed 1 Test Select Duplex Feed 1 from the Duplex Test menu The power indicator blinks while the paper is feeding
317. unt pha 7 51 Kit door switch spring and bumper 0 cee eee tees 7 53 Glutch restraim gear i 2 detis b eur a athe ee dat 7 51 Spring restraint roll shaft 0 eee 7 51 Parts packet retainer 4 mm PP 7 51 Parts packet retainer 6 mm 0000 ee eee 7 51 Parts packet retainer 7 mm shaft teens 7 51 Parts packet retainer clip 5 mm shaft 7 51 Parts packet retainers envelope option 7 76 PIck arm assembly 1s six vri ER ETHER gee ae Lge ate 7 45 Label TLI ID serial number blank 7 3 Parts packet screw duplex ete tee teens 7 76 Screw top motor DOard a s dh he Sk Savina dated RR wad sa Sakae S 7 51 Spring trap DIAS ies co EM Ere de 7 41 7 45 Bushing drive roll neta a Ne 7 43 7 45 Stud assembly 250 sheet frame 0 0 ees 7 41 7 59 Aligner assembly paper saranin ian Te arr n nrk vnr hh 7 45 7 59 Shaft 500 sheetdnve vx tec oe evt hec TG 7 45 Retainer roller osx a E Rab Eel Red E es toa ean dud 7 41 7 45 Roll skewed backup 0 00 cece
318. uplex chassis grounding is provided from the printer to the duplex option through a ground spring attached to the frame and base of the printer The ground connection is automatically made when the option is installed below the printer The paper input sensor is located in the rear of the duplex option under the input paper guide The paper exit sensor is located on the left frame assembly Option microcode The options are Smart Options or options that have a system board The option system board has a microprocessor that controls the option mechanism A software architecture is provided that controls the option and communicates information such as paper path status sensor status motor status and so on to the base printer Paper feed jams 201 Paper Jam 200 Paper Jam 27x Paper Jam 28x Paper Jam occurs in the 260 Paper Jam finisher option only 202 Paper Jam 24x Paper Jam 23x Paper Jam 3 22 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Paper jams base printer Error Message 200 Paper Jam Remove Cartridge This message indicates that paper is jammed at the printer input sensor This condition can be caused by the paper jamming prior to activating the input sensor flag the sensor not detecting paper over the sensor or paper arriving at the sensor too late Note A defective system board or printhead can also cause a 200 Paper Jam message to occur prior to the paper reaching the input sensor flag This error
319. urces to be sure they are operating correctly The base printer indicates a dead machine condition when the high capacity input tray is installed FRU Action 1 AC line cord If the base printer works normally using the AC line cord from the AC AC jumper HCIT to printer AC input and output receptacles AC wiring harness A wall outlet and does not work when using the AC jumper from the HCIT check the AC jumper cord If defective replace the cord If not defective check the AC input and output receptacles and wiring harness in the HCIT Repair or replace the receptacles or AC wiring harness as required Note Make sure the ground wire is installed correctly from the AC wiring harness to the frame of the HCIT and the nut and lock washer are tightened The base printer does not recognize that the high capacity input tray is installed FRU Action high capacity feeder autoconnect mechanical check Check the high capacity feeder input tray to make sure it is mounted correctly and is not pushed down into the frame assembly or damaged Be sure the high capacity feeder input tray autoconnect is properly connected to the high capacity feeder tray option board assembly Base printer or option mounted above Check the option or base printer autoconnect for signs of damage Repair the high capacity option autoconnect as necessary LVPS Option system board Check the voltages at
320. ures between 5 ohms and 10 ohms If incorrect replace the fuser assembly If correct go to step 2 2 System board Measure the voltage at the 42 V dc test point on the system board The voltage should measure approximately 42 V dc If incorrect go to step 3 If incorrect go to step 4 3 LVPS Measure the voltage at CN2 18 on the LVPS The voltage should measure approximately 42 V dc If incorrect replace the LVPS assembly If correct replace the system board If this does not fix the problem replace the interconnect board assembly 4 Fuser board to system board cable Make sure the cable is connected properly to the system board and fuser control board Reconnect the cable if necessary If the cable is connected correctly go to step 5 5 Fuser assembly If no problems were found in steps 1 through 4 replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 23 Diagnostic information 2 55 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 High capacity feeder input tray service check Note Voltage measurements in the high capacity feeder input tray service checks must be made with the high capacity feeder attached to the base printer to obtain accurate results Service tip Be sure the paper size switch is set to the correct paper size setting and the rear paper guides are in the correct locations for the size of paper installed in the high capacity feeder tray Service tip Check the other paper so
321. urn Stop to exit the Error Log 3 6 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Printing the error log Additional diagnostic information is available when you print the error log Some of the additional information includes Detailed printer information Time and date stamps Page counts for each error Sub error code information for each 9xx or 2xx error Note The 900 error code does not have sub error codes Model and Erer dog Axesor uns Serial number Printer information Page count Panel display when error occurred Sub error codes Next error code 4 The printed error log can be faxed to your next level of support for verification or diagnosis To print the error log 1 Select Print Log from the Error Log menu ERROR LOG Print Log 2 To move to the next screen press Menu 3 Press Return Stop to exit the Error Log menu Diagnostic aids 3 7 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Clearing the error log 1 Select Clear Log from the Error Log menu ERROR LOG Clear Log 2 Select YES to clear the Error Log or NO to exit the Clear Log menu If YES is selected Empty Error Log displays on the screen 3 Press Return Stop to exit the Clear Log menu Hardware tests Select the following Hardware Tests from this menu LCD Test Button Test e DRAM Memory Test ROM Memory Test Parallel Wrap if available Serial Wrap if available Se
322. ve Cartridge Leave Job in Finisher Primary Paper is jammed at the printer input sensor Open the printer upper front door and remove the print cartridge to access the paper jam area Secondary When this message is displayed do not remove accumulated sheets during the jam clearance procedure as the printer will not reprint the removed sheets Also if the accumulated sheets are removed the portion of the job printed after the jam will not be stapled 201 Paper Jam Remove Cartridge Leave Job in Finisher Primary Paper is jammed between the printer input and exit sensors Open the printer upper front door and remove the print cartridge to access the jam area Secondary When this message is displayed do not remove accumulated sheets during the jam clearance procedure as the printer will not reprint the removed sheets Also if the accumulated sheets are removed the portion of the job printed after the jam will not be stapled 202 Paper Jam Open Rear Door Leave Job in Finisher Primary Paper is jammed at the printer exit sensor Open the printer rear door to access the jam area Secondary When this message is displayed do not remove accumulated sheets during the jam clearance procedure as the printer will not reprint the removed sheets Also if the accumulated sheets are removed the portion of the job printed after the jam will not be stapled 231 Duplex Paper Jam Rear Leave Job in Finisher Primary
323. ved during the jam clearance procedure If the sheets are removed then the printer does not reprint these sheets Diagnostic aids 3 25 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Error Message 282 Check Stapler This message indicates that a staple jam has been detected during normal operation when printing and stapling jobs The printer alternately flashes the primary and secondary message to indicate that all accumulated sheets should be removed during the jam clearance procedure Error Message 283 Check Stapler This message indicates that a staple jam has been detected during a stapler priming operation There is no secondary message displayed Note After the error has been cleared the printer does not reprint any pages which existed in the accumulator for stapling Note Do not use the Sub Error chart to help diagnose problems when 281 282 and 283 are displayed 3 26 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 4 Repair information Warning Read the following before handling electronic parts Handling ESD sensitive parts Many electronic products use parts that are known to be sensitive to electrostatic discharge ESD To prevent damage to ESD sensitive parts follow the instructions below in addition to all the usual precautions such as turning off power before removing logic boards Keep the ESD sensitive part in its original shipping container a special ESD bag until you are ready to install the part into the machine Make
324. ventive maintenance iib vada os dE dama dd 6 1 Salei spool abad d ETE EE 6 1 Lubficaton speci callBlis OER esd 6 1 SCHOEN EEE SEE EEE 6 1 NNN 7 1 How to use this pans catalog EE 7 1 Assembly EG pde mai e ada Eo EEE agua 7 2 Assembh a Fame 22o2oqu pgmera 9er are res URP E MPESH PPS qe PS de 7 4 FN FINSE seg acsi te RUD dob rao tind de dr qe ee debe dra dte quaa de dra rapa 7 6 Assembly 4 Printhead 1 Infoprint 1382 vos ph Tape P PR de np 7 10 Assembly 9 Printhead 2 Infoprint 1992 sks dad ed aederaand ansees 7 11 Assembly 6 Printhead 3 Infoprint 1372 cte HERR doe 7 12 Assembly 7 7 13 Assembly 8 Paper feed multipurpose 7 14 Assembly 9 cee ee rena eee 7 16 Assembly 10 Integrated paper 250 7 18 Assembly 11 Integrated 500 7 20 Assembly 12 Drives Main drive and developer drive 7 22 FP FONN MEN erst S vegne di di Ode E bara dur
325. ver Cover retainers Note When replacing the right side cover make sure the cover retainers are correctly located in the appropriate slots in the right side frame Repair information 4 11 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Upper front cover removal 1 Raise the upper front cover 2 Remove the upper front cover mounting screws A 4 12 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 3 While holding the two upper front cover latches lift off the cover Note When removing the cover hold the upper and lower latch and spring to prevent them from falling into the printer Note Use caution to avoid scratching or damaging the operator panel lens cover 4 Set aside the operator panel overlay Note Be sure to replace the overlay when you replace the upper front cover Repair information 4 13 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Laser cover removal Remove the left door Remove the right cover See Right cover removal on page 4 10 Remove the paper support Remove the redrive cap Press the fuser wiper cover latch and remove the cover Loosen screw A and remove the two screws B on the right side oN 2 102 323 7 Remove the mounting screws C from the left side 20 NNN 4 14 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 8 Remove the paper bin full sensor flag assembly from the mounting bracket See Paper bin full sensor flag assembly removal on page 4 54 10 Remove
326. vides the user with information that explains a problem with a print cartridge paper jam option port and so on If a user error message displays go to User attendance messages on page 2 19 If your machine completes the Power On Self Test POST on page 2 34 without an error and you have a symptom go to Symptom tables on page 2 35 Locate your symptom and take the appropriate action If a service error code appears while you are working on the machine go to Service error codes on page 2 2 and take the indicated action for that error Diagnostic information 2 1 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Messages and error codes Service error codes Service error codes are generally non recoverable except in an intermittent condition when you can POR the printer to temporarily recover from the error condition Service error code Error code Action 900 RIP Software Go to 900 Error Code service check on page 2 41 901 Engine Flash Indicates that the flash which the system board code is programmed into is bad Replace the system board 902 General Engine Software Error 903 Paperport Link Driver Error 904 Interface Violation by RIP 905 Interface Violation by Paperport Device 906 RIP Interface Driver Error These errors indicate an unrecoverable system software error Replace the System board 910 DC Pick Motor DC Pick Motor Stall 911 DC Pick Motor Excessive PWM 912 DC
327. w O V dc Motor running forward J1 1 Brown 0Vdc J1 2 Yellow 24 V dc Motor running in reverse J1 1 Brown 24 V de J1 2 Yellow O V dc If any of the voltages are incorrect disconnect the motor and measure the resistance between J 1 and J 2 The resistance measures between 7 5 and 10 5 ohms If incorrect replace the motor If correct replace the system board Diagnostic information 2 59 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Paper size switch not selecting paper size that is selected FRU Action 1 Paper size switch Check for continuity between the common pin J5 1 and the pin of High capacity feeder option the paper size selected control board Pin Color Paper size J5 1 Black Common lead J5 2 Blue B5 J5 3 Green Executive J5 4 Yellow A4 J5 5 Orange Letter J5 6 Red Legal J5 7 Brown A5 If any position does not measure continuity when selected replace the paper size switch assembly If the switch assembly is operating correctly replace the high capacity feeder option control board 24x Paper Jam Check Tray x displays when tray x is empty Tray x does not display FRU Action 1 High capacity feeder option Check the voltages on the board at J4 1 red and J4 3 blue The control board voltages measure approximately 5 V dc If incorrect disconnect J4 from the board and measure the voltages again If incorrect replace the high capaci
328. work 8 56P1444 1 Card assembly communications non network 9 53P9113 2 Screws parallel connector mounting 10 53 8617 1 Screw USB attaching PP 53P8617 Parts catalog 7 31 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 17 Electronics shields 7 32 Service Manual Assembly 17 Electronics shields Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 i EM Units Description 16 1 53P8617 1 Parts packet screw INA cover mounting 2 56P1341 1 Cover INA flat blank 3 53P8617 6 Parts packet screw outer shield mounting 4 53P8617 1 Parts packet screw inner shield mounting 5 56P1344 14 Shield outer 2 slot Infoprint 1352 1372 6 56P1342 1 Shield inner assembly 2 slot Infoprint 1352 1372 7 53P8477 1 Shield Ethernet blank 8 56P1343 1 Shield inner assembly 1 slot Infoprint 1332 9 56P1345 1 Shield outer 1 slot Infoprint 1332 Parts catalog 7 33 Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 18 Cabling diagrams 1 7 34 Service Manual Infoprint 1332 1352 1372 Assembly 18 Cabling diagrams 1 i Units Description 18 1 56P1408 1 Cartridge fan 2 56P1360 1 Fan main w cable 3 56P1391 1 Sensor standard bin level with cable 4 56P1382 1 Int card autocomp card cable paper low out sensors 5 56P1326 1 Pick arm assembly 250 sheet Infoprint 1332

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Manual Máquina de Escovação Versão: v-1.0  T80 Basic Quadcopter Manual Version 1.0 ™  LS-100 Instruction Manual  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file